Course Descriptions - Academic Registry - Home - Hong Kong ...

ORBS 7010 Operational Research I (3,3,0)This course introduces the fundamental theory, techniques andalgorithms for linear programming, nonlinear programming andstatistical computation problems.ORBS 7020 Techniques of Production Operations (2,2,0)ManagementThis course introduces students systematically to the range ofactivities involved in production and operations management,mainly adopting quantitative approaches.ORBS 7030 Statistical Software in Business (3,3,0)and ManagementThis course introduces elementary statistical concepts andmethods and how to use SPSS, a friendly statistical software, as acomputational aid to carry out the statistical computation.ORBS 7040 Computer Tools for Simulation (3,3,0)This course introduces how to use computers to analyse real-lifemanagerial problems, understand the theoretical basis of discreteeventsimulation models and communicate technical resultseffectively to non-specialist managers.ORBS 7070 Business Statistics and Modelling (3,3,0)This course introduces statistical methods for analysing categoricaldata arisen from qualitative response variables which cannot behandled by methods dealing with quantitative response, such asregression and ANOVA.ORBS 7080 Operational Research II (3,3,0)This course introduces the basic techniques and algorithms fordynamic programming, inventory control and queuing theory.ORBS 7090 Performance Management (2,2,0)This courses introduces students systematically to the range ofactivities in performance evaluation, mainly adopting quantitativeapproaches; and enables students to gain an understanding of thesuitable quantitative approaches used in performance evaluations(and related areas).ORBS 7100 Managing Complexity: The Systems (2,2,0)ApproachThis course introduces a range of soft OR/systems methods in apractical and yet critical way.ORBS 7110 Quantitative Models for Marketing (2,2,0)This course aims to study market response models that capture thefactors that drive a market and market segmentation models forconducting segmentation studies.ORBS 7120 Business Intelligence and Decision (2,2,0)SupportThe aims of this course are to study the concepts and tools ofbusiness intelligence, to explore the process, contents and contextof managerial decision making and to look at how businessintelligence can enhance a company’s competitive advantage andimprove its top management decision-support effectiveness.ORBS 7130 Survey Sampling (2,2,0)This course introduces the overall planning of the surveyoperation and design and selection of samples and the designof questionnaires; the various survey sampling methods and thecorresponding analyses of data, especially the estimation methodsof population mean and proportion.ORBS 7140 Actuarial Statistics (2,2,0)This course introduces the mathematics of risk and insurance,life contingencies as applied to models including expenses, nonforfeiturebenefits, dividends, and valuation theory for pensionplans.ORBS 7150 Experimental Design (2,2,0)This course introduces various kinds of experimental designsinvolving factorial and uniform designs as well as design forcomputer experiments.ORBS 7160 Network and Project Management (2,2,0)This course introduces the fundamental idea, techniques andalgorithms for network, transportation, and assignment models, aswell as project management.ORBS 7180 Heuristic and Structured Problems in (2,2,0)Operational ResearchThis course introduces model building and solution techniquesfor practical problems in mathematical programming, and themethods in the design and analysis of algorithms for solution tolarge size practical real-life problems.ORBS 7190 Data Mining and Knowledge (2,2,0)DiscoveryThis course introduces the concept of data mining and knowledgediscovery, and data mining techniques (included advancestatistical and machine learning technique) for solving problemssuch as data cleaning, clustering, classification, relation detection,and forecasting.ORBS 7200 Derivatives (2,2,0)This course introduces computational methods for problems offinance, including mainly the computation of market indicatorsand option price.ORBS 7210 Work-base Learning (2,0,2)This course gives an opportunity for students to apply the skillsand knowledge from the MSc programme to local (Hong Kong)companies/industries.ORBS 7220 Risk and Portfolio Management (2,2,0)This course introduces the fundamental concepts of financialderivatives and portfolio risk measurement and management.Students will learn why both firms and individual investors shouldlearn how to measure and manage risk.ORBS 7231-2 Dissertation I & II (6,0,9)This is an individual dissertation which usually relates tothe operational research and business statistics, and requiresknowledge and skill acquired in the course. A thesis and an oralpresentation are required upon completion of the project.ORBS 7240 Forecasting and Demand Management (2,2,0)To learn the theory of business forecasting, apply forecastingmethods in practice using computer tools and real-world data,understand how firms should set and update pricing and productavailability decisions across their various selling channels in orderto maximize profitability.ORBS 7250 Applied Multivariate Analysis (3,3,0)This course introduces classical multivariate analysis andtechniques which are useful for analysing both designedexperiments and observational studies.ORBS 7260 Applied Time Series (3,3,0)This course introduces sophisticated statistical techniques andmodels for analysing time series data.ORBS 7270 Financial Calculus (2,2,0)This course introduces derivative pricing. Students will learnsome well-known mathematical pricing models of financialinstruments under no arbitrary principle. We first overviewsome fundamental probability, statistical knowledge and skillsrequired for mathematical finance. Then, we shall introduce animportant concept in financial pricing models, Martingale andRisk neutrality. In the incomplete market, Martingale probabilitymeasure provides an important method in obtaining a fairinstrument price under no arbitrary principle. Then, we shallstudy three well-known approaches to model the dynamic of thefinancial instruments, they are Markov process, Poisson processand Brownian model. To highlight the practical relevance of thecourse materials we shall discuss a number of real-world casestudies throughout the course.461Course Descriptions

462Course DescriptionsORGC 1240 Public Speaking (3,1,2) (E)This course presents the principles and techniques of publicspeaking and introduces the students to effective uses ofpresentational software. Students practise analysis, formulation,organization, development and delivery of ideas and are providedwith the instruction and practice in the utilization of commonpresentational software to support the effective communication oftheir ideas to the audience.ORGC 1310 Interpersonal Communication (3,2,1)This course introduces the theories and principles of effectivecommunication as they apply to interpersonal interactions, toincrease understanding of the transactional nature of humancommunication and to enhance communication competence.The course examines psychological and sociological factors asrelated to perception, judgment and behaviour in one-on-onecommunication in a variety of situations. Topics include verbaland nonverbal messages, listening, emotions, power/control,communication climate, and conflict.ORGC 2005 Group Communication (3,2,1) (E)Theories and processes of small groups are reviewed as relevantto enhance communication skills necessary for productive groupinteraction. Emphasis is placed on the types of small groupdiscussions oriented towards effective problem solving, decisionmaking,and conflict management, as well as the role of leadershipin the process, focusing on the behaviour of groups and leaders asinherently communicative. Students will study small group andleadership communication theory, research, and practice fromseveral different perspectives, focusing on how group synergyemerges from the communication.ORGC 2007 Organizational Communication (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: COMM 1005 Introduction to CommunicationThis course examines various theoretical approaches tocommunication phenomena in organizations. Analyses oforganizational communication problems in the local settingswill be conducted. Emphasis will be given in evaluating theapplicability of existing communication theories to organizationalpractices.ORGC 2015 Computer Mediated (3,2,1)CommunicationThis course explores the influences of computer technology oncommunication studies and the inter-relations among computernetwork, culture and communication, and reviews some majorconcepts of computer mediated communication (CMC) aspresented in academic publications.ORGC 2016 Culture, Society and the Media (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1005 Introduction to CommunicationThis course is an introduction to cultural studies. This new areawithin the discipline of communication brings social and politicalanalysis to the study of communicative practice. The emphasisis on developing sets of concepts which help to understandcommunicative power, using examples from film, press, television,popular music, fiction, and so forth.ORGC 2017 Nonverbal Communication (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1005 Introduction to CommunicationNonverbal behaviour is examined as part of the package ofinteracting signals which are fundamental to interpersonal, group,and all forms of mass mediated communication. Surveys of themajor divisions of kinesics, proxemics, artifactual, chronemics andparalinguistics are supplemented with published scholarship in thecomparatively minor areas of tactile, environmental and olfactoryresearch. Cross-cultural implications are explored. Primaryemphasis is placed on the practicalities for the communicationprofessional who designs as well as interprets signs. A researchproject gives practical experience for methodically recordingnaturalistic observation.ORGC 2025 Interpersonal Communication (3,2,1) (E)This course introduces the theories and principles of effectivecommunication as they apply to interpersonal and relationalcontexts of interaction. It aims to increase students’ ability to notecommunication patterns and processes, and to make active andconstructive choices during their interaction with other people.Analysis of the major variables in face-to-face communicationinclude topics on verbal and nonverbal behaviours, self-awarenessand disclosure, interpersonal perceptions and communicationcompetence, and types of relationship.ORGC 2027 Interviewing (3,2,1)Interpersonal communication in interviewing situations isexamined including dyadic communication principles and specificapplications in selection, appraisal, counselling, exit, journalistic,and survey interview situations.ORGC 2110 Culture, Society and the Media (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1160 Introduction to CommunicationSocial and cultural perspectives on communication are examinedincluding theoretical foundations and approaches to the study ofthe mass media, the dominant types of discourses in the media,and the positioning of media and their audiences in social andcultural contexts.ORGC 2120 Computer Mediated (3,2,1)CommunicationThis course explores the influences of computer technology oncommunication studies and the inter-relations among computernetwork, culture and communication, and reviews some majorconcepts of computer mediated communication (CMC) aspresented in academic publications. Students are encouraged toboth utilize computer technology to demonstrate an alternativeform of presentation and reflect critically to such communicationphenomenon.ORGC 2140 Persuasion and Social Influence (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: COMM 1160 Introduction to CommunicationTaking a social scientific approach, this course is designed toprovide students with foundational theories of persuasion andtheir applications to everyday situations. Specifically, this coursefocuses on audience analysis, attitude formation, the attitudebehaviourrelationship, and changing attitudes and/or behaviour.Persuasion practices in the Chinese culture will be compared withthose in Western world.ORGC 2160 Group Communication (3,2,1) (E)Theories and processes of leadership and small groups arereviewed as relevant to enhance communication skills necessaryfor productive group interaction. Emphasis is placed on the typesof small group discussions oriented toward effective problemsolving, decision making and conflict management, as well as therole of leadership in the process, focusing on the behaviour ofgroups and leaders as inherently communicative. Students willstudy small group and leadership communication theory, researchand practice from several different perspectives, focusing on howleadership emerges from the communication.ORGC 2210 Interviewing (3,2,1) (E)Interpersonal communication in interviewing situations isexamined including dyadic communication principles and specificapplications in selection, appraisal, counselling, exit, journalistic,and survey interview situations.ORGC 2220 Nonverbal Communication (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1160 Introduction to CommunicationNonverbal behaviour is examined as part of the package ofinteracting signals which are fundamental to interpersonal, groupand all forms of mass mediated communication. Surveys of themajor divisions of kinesics, proxemics, artifactual, chronemics andparalinguistics are supplemented with published scholarship in thecomparatively minor areas of tactile, environmental and olfactoryresearch. Cross-cultural implications are explored. Primary

emphasis is placed on the practicalities for the communicationprofessional who designs as well as interprets signs. A smallresearch project gives practical experience for methodicallyrecording naturalistic observation.ORGC 2230 Organizational Communication (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: COMM 1160 Introduction to CommunicationThis course examines various theoretical approaches tocommunication phenomena in organizations. Analyses oforganizational communication problems in the local setting will beconducted. Emphasis will be given in evaluating the applicabilityof existing communication theories to the local organizationalpractices.ORGC 2320 Communication Project (3,2,1) (E)ManagementThe success of an organization lies in the effective, successfulimplementation of its strategic decisions that usually takes theform of a project in the organization. Project management is thediscipline of organizing and managing resources (e.g. money,people, materials, energy, space, provisions, and communication)in such a way that the project will be completed within definedscope, quality, time and cost constraints and met the presetobjectives. Since a project is a temporary and one-timeactivity undertaking in an organization’s permanent system, themanagement of these two systems is often very different andrequires varying technical skills and philosophy.This course will provide students with a solid introduction ofpractice and theory of project management. Throughout thecourse, students will be given the opportunity to apply their projectmanagement knowledge to practical cases that are communicationrelated.This course serves as a capstone for those who areinterested in specializing in organizational communication as aproject manager, a consultant, a PR professional, or a corporatecommunicator. Along with other advanced courses in the ORGCcurriculum, this course trains students to be future managerswith a strategic thinking and the ability to manage organizationaloperations that meet the pre-set objectives.ORGC 2410 Intercultural Communication (3,2,1) (E)The most important theories and practices which underlie thestudy of intercultural communication are explored. Structuresand barriers developed within and between cultures as they affectthe process of interpersonal communication are examined from across-cultural perspective.ORGC 2630 Organizational Communication (0,*,*)Practicum IPrerequisite: Year II standing and COMM 2310 CommunicationTheory (Communication Studies)Students operate as corporation Communication office, YoungCommunication Professionals. Under supervision, each studentis assigned a specific position and is required to work and supportvarious programmes. Students gain practical experience byparticipating in surveys, planning and execution in the activitiesand corporation programmes for social, industrial and mediacontexts.ORGC 3000 Organizational Communication (0,0,0)InternshipOrganizational Communication students are encouraged toundertake a non-graded and zero-credit professional internshipduring their study. The internship is normally of at least twomonths full-time employment or professional practice duringthe summer between the second and third years but it can be aminimum of 160 hours of work. Students are required to conformto all reasonable requirements of their internship employer. Boththe employer and the student file reports with the Department ofCommunication Studies after the internship.ORGC 3005 Communication Project (3,2,1)ManagementThe success of an organization lies in the effective, successfulimplementation of its strategic decisions that usually takes theform of a project in the organization. Project management is thediscipline of organizing and managing resources (e.g. money,people, materials, energy, space, provisions, and communication)in such a way that the project will be completed within definedscope, quality, time and cost constraints and met the presetobjectives. Since a project is a temporary and one-timeactivity undertaking in an organization’s permanent system, themanagement of these two systems is often very different andrequires varying technical skills and philosophy. This coursewill provide students with a solid introduction of practice andtheory of project management. Throughout the course, studentswill be given the opportunity to apply their project managementknowledge to practical cases that are communication-related.This course serves as a capstone for those who are interestedin specializing in organizational communication as a projectmanager, a consultant, a PR professional, or a corporatecommunicator. Along with other advanced courses in the ORGCcurriculum, this course trains students to be future managerswith a strategic thinking and the ability to manage organizationaloperations that meet the pre-set objectives.ORGC 3006 Persuasion and Social Influence (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1005 Introduction to CommunicationWith a social-scientific approach, this course is designed toprovide students with foundational theories of persuasion andtheir applications to everyday situations. Specifically, this coursefocuses on audience analysis, attitude formation, the attitudebehaviourrelationship, and changing attitudes and/or behaviour.Persuasion practices in the Chinese culture will be compared withthose in the Western world.ORGC 3007 Organizational Communication (3,2,1)Training and DevelopmentPrerequisite: Completion of Year IIEmployee training and development is essential to sustainsuccess in every organization. Increases in technology anddiversity in organizations, as well as other factors, have placedincreasing emphasis on the need for training. Practical andtheoretical approaches to employee training and development inorganizations will be examined in this course. Specifically, it willshow students how to recognize when training and developmentare needed and enhance their ability to design, develop, deliverand evaluate different kinds of training programmes. Specialcommunication issues related to training programme content willalso be discussed.ORGC 3008 Organizational Communication (0,*,*)Practicum IPrerequisite: Year III standingStudents operate as corporation communication office, The YoungCommunication Professionals. Under supervision, each studentis assigned a specific position and is required to work and supportvarious programmes. Students gain practical experience byparticipating in surveys, planning and execution in the activitiesand corporation programmes for social, industrial and mediacontexts.ORGC 3009 Organizational Communication (0,*,*)Practicum IIPrerequisite: Year III standingStudents operate as corporation Communication office, TheYoung Communication Professionals. Under supervision, eachstudent is assigned a specific position and is required to work andsupport various programmes. Students gain practical experienceby participating in surveys, planning and execution in the activitiesand corporation programmes for social, industrial and mediacontexts.ORGC 3015 Intercultural Communication (3,2,1)The course will cover some important theories and practices whichunderlie the study of intercultural communication. Structuresand barriers developed within and between cultures as they affectcommunication will be examined.463Course Descriptions

464Course DescriptionsORGC 3016 Health Communication (3,0,3)Prerequisite: C O M M 2 0 0 6 C o m m u n i c a t i o n T h e o r y( C o m m u n i c a t i o n S t u d i e s ) a n d C O M M2 0 0 7 C o m mu n i c a t i o n Re s e a r c h M e t h o d(Communication Studies)This course provides students with an introduction ofcommunication within and between health institutions andvarious agencies and how these institutions and agencies can affecthealth culture and people’s perceptions and behaviours in health.This course will examine different forms of communication inhealth settings, ranging from the micro forms of interpersonalcommunication to the macro forms of health organizationalcommunication.With an overview of the public health theories, students will alsolearn to use different media for effective dissemination of healthmessages and develop public health campaigns.ORGC 3017 Web Survey and Data Mining (3,0,3)Prerequisite: COMM 2007 Communication Research Method(Communication Studies)The success of an organization hinges on effective communicationwith stakeholders, which depends on a well-designed datawarehouse for relationship management and organizationstakeholders’interactions. Data mining is an important processof transforming data for business operations. Along with webresearch, data mining provides systematic, scientific approachesto manage data for organizational operation and exploreopportunities in the competitive business environment. Thiscourse introduces skills and techniques of data mining andweb-based research in an organization setting. Applications indifferent organizations and business entities will be discussed.ORGC 3025 Argumentation (3,0,3)This course stresses the abilities to analyze other people'sarguments and to construct and improve one's own arguments.Basic principles of practical reasoning are introduced from boththe Chinese rhetorical perspective and the Western new rhetorical(or informal logic) perspective. Students prepare argumentativespeeches with emphasis on anticipating and addressing thealternative perspectives held by members of critical, well-informedaudiences.ORGC 3027 Psychology of Communication (3,2,1)This course investigates the psychological dimensions ofintrapersonal communication processes and the socialpsychological dimensions of inter personal and masscommunication processes.ORGC 3036 Rhetorical Approaches to (3,2,1)CommunicationThis course provides a historical overview of the developmentof rhetorical theory and practice in China, Europe and the USand its social antecedents and consequences from the classicalperiod to the present day, with particular focus on the evolutionof rhetorical concepts as they reflected and affected the socialdevelopments and intellectual histories of human beings.ORGC 3045 Multimedia Design for (3,0,3)OrganizationsPrerequisite: C O M M 2 0 0 6 C o m m u n i c a t i o n T h e o r y( C o m m u n i c a t i o n S t u d i e s ) a n d C O M M2 0 0 7 C o m mu n i c a t i o n Re s e a r c h M e t h o d(Communication Studies)The course aims at developing students’ aesthetic sense andcreativity on visual communication for organizations. It beginswith an introduction on concepts of multimedia design and thenfocuses on applying them to visual analysis and appreciation, alsoproviding creative solutions for specified communication problemsfor organizations. Students will possess useful techniques todesign visual communication tasks with a range of multi-mediaapplications (e.g. Web page design for organizations). Throughhands-on practices, students will be capable to visualize their ideaseffectively for organizational communication in the media world.ORGC 3110 Organizational Communication (3,2,1) (E)Training and DevelopmentPrerequisite: Completion of Year IIEmployee training and development are essential to sustainsuccess in every organization. Technological advancementand growing diversity in organizations have placed anincreasing emphasis on the need for training. Practical andtheoretical approaches to employee training and development inorganizations will be examined. Specifically, students will learnhow to recognize training and development needs and acquire theabilities to design, develop, deliver and evaluate various trainingprogrammes. Special communication issues are emphasized.ORGC 3130 Organizational Decision Making (3,2,1) (E)and Problem SolvingPrerequisite: Completion of Year IIProblem solving is a set of activities and procedures designedto analyse a situation systematically and generate, implementand evaluate solutions. Decision making is a mechanism forexercising judgment and making choices at each step of theproblem-solving process. To come up with sound solutions toproblems, one must understand the judgment processes so as toavoid one’s own biases. This course introduces the fundamentalsof human judgment processes such as biases, errors, heuristicsand rationality. Judgment and decision making are examinedin a variety of organizational contexts. Practical strategies areprovided for changing and improving decision-making processesin reaching sensible and effective solutions for various problems inorganizations and organizational communication.ORGC 3140 Communication Audits (3,2,1)Prerequisite: Completion of Year IIThe success of an organization hinges on effective communicationprograms, which are established for various organizationalgoals and objectives. Communication audits provide systematic,scientific approaches to evaluating whether internal and/orexternal communication programmes are fulfilling what theyare set out to do. Audits reveal how these programmes work anddon’t work. Audits benchmark best practices in organizationalcommunication for various industry sectors. Audits build platformfor improvement. This course serves as a capstone for those whoare interested in specializing in organizational communication asa consultant, a PR professional, a corporate communicator or abusiness communication specialist.ORGC 3150 Leadership Communication (3,2,1) (E)This course introduces students to leadership communicationstudies. Students will be exposed to many writings and ideas ofleadership theorists and practitioners. Emphasis will be givento the role of communication in leader processes typified inemergence, influence and outcomes. Students will analyse thethoughts and practices of various leadership studies, theoriesand styles and will discuss their potential applications in modernorganizations. Students will gain a broad understanding ofhow leadership emerges and is enacted on a daily basis throughcommunication.ORGC 3220 Health Communication (3,0,3)Pre-requisites: C O M M 2 3 1 0 C o m m u n i c a t i o n T h e o r y( C o m m u n i c a t i o n S t u d i e s ) C O M M 2 3 2 0C o m m u n i c a t i o n R e s e a r c h M e t h o d(Communication Studies)This course provides students with an introduction ofcommunication within and between health institutions andvarious agencies and how these institutions and agencies can affecthealth culture and people’s perceptions and behaviours in health.This course will examine different forms of communication inhealth settings, ranging from the micro forms of interpersonalcommunication to the macro forms of health organizationalcommunication.With an overview of the public health theories, students will alsolearn to use different media for effective dissemination of healthmessages and develop public health campaigns.

ORGC 3230 Current Topics in Organizational (3,0,3)CommunicationPrerequisite: C O M M 2 3 1 0 C o m m u n i c a t i o n T h e o r y( C o m m u n i c a t i o n S t u d i e s ) a n d C O M M2 3 2 0 C o m mu n i c a t i o n Re s e a r c h M e t h o d(Communication Studies)An in-depth study of a current topic of communicationresearch and/or practice is provided. Topics are chosen andannounced a semester in advance from among the following orothers as approved by the Communication Studies ProgrammeOption Subcommittee: Communication Policy in Asia,Communication Policy in China, Family Communication,Gender Communication, Marxist-Leninist-Maoist Criticismand Communication, Media Effects, Political Communication,Semiotic Analysis, Semantics, or Telecommunications Policy.ORGC 3240 Argumentation (3,0,3)This course stresses the abilities to analyse other people’sarguments and to construct and improve one’s own arguments.Basic principles of practical reasoning are introduced from boththe Chinese rhetorical perspective and the Western new rhetorical(or informal logic) perspective. Students prepare argumentativespeeches with emphasis on anticipating and addressing thealternative perspectives held by members of critical, well-informedaudiences.ORGC 3250 Qualitative Research in (3,2,1)CommunicationPrerequisite: C O M M 2 3 2 0 C o m mu n i c a t i o n Re s e a r c h(Communication Studies)This course introduces the most widely used qualitative methodsemployed in the communication arts and sciences, buildingupon the general introduction to the research process andqualitative methods provided in COMM 2320 CommunicationResearch. Students will learn how to formulate qualitativelyappropriate research questions, how to collect, interpret andreport qualitatively generated data, and how to prepare a formalproposal.ORGC 3440 Advanced Empirical Research (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 2320 Communication Research Method(Communication Studies)This course provides in-depth coverage of some of the mostfrequently used research designs and statistical analyses incommunication research. Students will examine the underlyingassumptions and rationale for various designs such as survey,experiment, and content analysis. They will learn to useappropriate statistics to test hypotheses and answer researchquestions via hands-on practices in SPSS programming, readingthe outputs, and reporting results in tables and figures. Topicsfor statistics include correlation, regression, ANOVA, repeatedmeasures of ANOVA, factor analysis, path analysis, and structuralequation models. Criteria for evaluating academic researchstudies using these designs will be discussed. This course isespecially helpful to students who opt to conduct research honorsprojects.ORGC 3480 Psychology of Communication (3,2,1)This course investigates the psychological dimensions ofintrapersonal and interpersonal communication processes andthe social psychological dimensions of interpersonal and masscommunication.ORGC 3490 Rhetorical Approaches to (3,2,1) (C)CommunicationThis course provides a historical overview of the development ofrhetorical theory and practice in China, Europe and the UnitedStates and its social antecedents and consequences from theclassical period to the present day, with particular focus on theevolution of rhetorical concepts as they reflected and affected thesocial developments and intellectual histories of human beings.ORGC 3590 Organizational Communication (3,*,*)Honours ProjectPrerequisite: COMM 2310 Communication Theory (COMS)and COMM 2320 Communication ResearchMethod (COMS), and students have successfullycompleted Year IIThe student will engage in independent research for one semester.Under the guidance of an adviser, students generate a researchidea, contextualize it within the literature of ongoing research,find and analyse research materials, and cogently present thework in a well-documented research report. The student selects atopic for the dissertation under the guidance of the chief adviser.During the final semester, the student meets periodically with thechief adviser.ORGC 3620 Conflict and Negotiation (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1160 Introduction to CommunicationThis course examines various theoretical approaches tonegotiation and conflict management. The “Western” and“Eastern” negotiation styles will be compared and contrasted.Students will be involved in various simulated interculturalnegotiation situations.ORGC 3640 Organizational Communication (0,*,*)Practicum IIPrerequisite: Completion of ORGC Year IIStudents operate as corporation Communication office, TheYoung Communicator. Under supervision, each student isassigned a specific position and is required to work and supportvarious programmes. Students gain practical experience byparticipating in surveys, planning and execution in the activitiesand corporation programmes for social, industrial and mediacontexts.ORGC 4005 Leadership Communication (3,2,1)This course introduces students to leadership communicationstudies. Students will be exposed to many writings and ideas ofleadership theorists and practitioners. Emphasis will be givento the role of communication in leadership processes typified inemergence, influence, and outcomes. Students will analyse thethoughts and practices of various leadership studies, theories,and styles and will discuss their potential applications in modernorganizations. Students will gain a broad understanding ofhow leadership emerges and is enacted on a daily basis throughcommunication.ORGC 4006 Advanced Qualitative Research (3,2,1)in CommunicationPrerequisite: COMM 2007 Communication Research Method(Communication Studies)This course introduces the most widely used qualitative methodsemployed in the communication arts and sciences, building uponthe general introduction to the research process and quantitativemethods provided in COMM 2320. Students will learn how toformulate appropriate research questions, how to collect, interpretand report qualitatively generated data, and how to prepare aqualitative research proposal.ORGC 4007 Organizational Communication (0,0,0)InternshipOrganizational Communication students are encouraged toundertake a non-graded and zero-credit professional internshipduring their study. The internship is normally of at least twomonths full-time employment or professional practice duringthe summer between the second and third years but it can be aminimum of 160 hours of work. Students are required to conformto all reasonable requirements of their internship employer. Boththe employer and the student file reports with the CommunicationStudies Department after the internship.465Course Descriptions

466Course DescriptionsORGC 4015 Advanced Empirical Research (3,2,1)MethodsPrerequisite: COMM 2007 Communication Research method(Communication Studies)This course provides in-depth coverage of some of the mostfrequently used research designs and statistical analyses incommunication research. Students will examine the underlyingassumptions and rationale for various designs such as survey,experiment, and content analysis. They will learn to useappropriate statistics to test hypotheses and answer researchquestions via hands-on practices in SPSS programming, readingthe outputs, and reporting results in tables and figures. Topicsfor statistics include correlation, regression, ANOVA, repeatedmeasures of ANOVA, factor analysis, path analysis, and structuralequation models. Criteria for evaluating academic researchstudies using these designs will be discussed. This course isespecially helpful to students who opt to conduct research honoursprojects.ORGC 4025 Communication Audits (3,2,1)Prerequisite: Completion of Year IIIThe success of an organization hinges on effective communicationprogrammes, which are established for various organizationalgoals and objectives. Communication audits provide systematic,scientific approaches to evaluating whether internal and/orexternal communication programmes are fulfilling what they areset out to do. Audits reveal how these programmes work anddon’t work. Audits benchmark best practices in organizationalcommunication for various industry sectors. Audits build platformfor improvement. This course serves as a capstone for those whoare interested in specializing in organizational communication asa consultant, a PR professional, a corporate communicator or abusiness communication specialist.ORGC 4026 Conflict and Negotiation (3,2,1)Prerequisite: COMM 1005 Introduction to CommunicationThis course examines various theoretical approaches tonegotiation and conflict management. The “Western” andEastern” negotiation styles will be compared and contrasted.Students will be involved in various simulated interculturalnegotiation situations.ORGC 4027 Current Topics in Organizational (3,0,3)CommunicationPrerequisite: COMM 2005 Introducion to Communication,C O M M 2 0 0 6 C o m m u n i c a t i o n T h e o r y( C o m m u n i c a t i o n S t u d i e s ) a n d C O M M2 0 0 7 C o m mu n i c a t i o n Re s e a r c h M e t h o d(Communication Studies)An in-depth study of a current topic of organizationalcommunication research and/or practice is provided.ORGC 4036 Organizational Decision Making (3,2,1)and Problem SolvingPrerequisite: Completion of Year IIIProblem solving is a set of activities and procedures designedto analyse a situation systematically and generate, implement,and evaluate solutions. Decision making is a mechanism forexercising judgment and making choices at each step of theproblem-solving process. To come up with sound solutions toproblems, one must understand the judgment processes so as toavoid one’s own biases. This course introduces the fundamentalsof human judgment processes such as biases, errors, heuristicsand rationality. Judgment and decision making are examinedin a variety of organizational contexts. Practical strategies areprovided for changing and improving decision-making processesin reaching sensible and effective solutions for various problems inorganizations and organizational communication.ORGC 4895 Organizational Communication (3,*,*)Honours ProjectPrerequisite: C O M M 2 0 0 6 C o m m u n i c a t i o n T h e o r y(Communication Studies), COMM 2007Communication Research Method (CommunicationStudies) and successful completion of Year IIIThis course engages the student in independent research. Underthe guidance of two advisers, students generate a research idea,contextualize it within the literature of on-going research, findand analyze research materials, and cogently present the work ina well-documented research report. The student selects a topicfor the project in the first semester of Year IV under the guidanceof the chief adviser. During the second semester of Year IV thestudent meets periodically with the chief adviser, and seeks advicefrom the second advisor. Meetings are held at intervals during thesemester to permit students to exchange information as well as todiscuss progress and difficulties.PCM 1060 Supervised Practicum I (2,*,*)The 15 weeks subject is divided in three parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCM1060: 2 weeks); Supervised Practicum II(PCM3190: 12 weeks); Supervised Practicum III (PCM3200: 4 sitevisits). Supervised Practicum I will be carried out in the summerafter the first academic year, Supervised Practicum II in thesummer after the third academic year, and Supervised PracticumIII in the fourth academic year. It aims to have the students, undertutorial guidance, review and practice the knowledge obtainedfrom the precious studies, and further establish professionalskills for future work. The subject covers the knowledge ofpharmaceutical botany, authentication and processing ofChinese materia medica, and quality control and assurance ofpharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica. The practicum willbe conducted in the formats of hands-on work and site visits. Itwill be arranged at a botanical garden, pharmaceutical companies,hospitals and clinics of Chinese medicines, and institutions ofChinese medicines. This subject is an important social practicefor the students before working in their position; it is also animportant part in training of Chinese medicines professionals.The subject provides training for the students in their logicalthinking, working independence and scientific research ability.PCM 2000 (5,5,0) (P)Phytochemistry CHEM 1510 Chemistry for Life Science CHEM2510 Chemical AnalysisPrerequisite: CHEM 1510 Chemistry for Life Science andCHEM 2510 Chemical AnalysisTeaching of this subject will be undertaken on the basis ofmedicinal botany, biochemistry and organic chemistry along withthe teaching biological activities of the chemical components ofCMM and resource utilization. Students are required to grasp thebasic theories and skills for studying the chemical types, physicochemicalproperties, extraction, isolation and analysis of the activecomponents of CMM; to understand the systematic detectionof single herb and the methods for structural identification ofthe active components. These will lay foundation for CMMformulation, quality control and new drug development.PCM 2010 (1,0,3)Phytochemistry—Laboratory PCM 2000 Co-requisite: PCM 2000 PhytochemistryTeaching of this subject will be undertaken on the basis ofmedicinal botany, biochemistry and organic chemistry along withthe teaching biological activities of the chemical components ofCMM and resource utilization. Students are required to grasp thebasic theories and skills for studying the chemical types, physico-

chemical properties, extraction, isolation and analysis of the activecomponents of CMM; to understand the systematic detectionof single herb and the methods for structural identification ofthe active components. These will lay foundation for CMMformulation, quality control and new drug development.PCM 2020 (4,4,0) (P)Chinese Medicinal FormulaeFormula is one of the basic courses in Chinese medicine studies.It offers knowledge about treatments, formula combinations andclinical applications. The course builds on foundation coursesincluding Chinese medicine theories and Chinese medicinestudies to further elaborate on the relation between treatmentand formulas. Medicine types and dosages are chosen accordingto combination principles to create an appropriate and effectiveformula. The main teaching aims of the course is to offerstudents understanding of the characteristics of Chinese medicinetherapeutics, to understand the relation between treatment andformula, recognize the distinction and linkage between medicineand formula, comprehend the significance of sovereign, minister,assistant and courier in formula creation, and to grasp the use offormula through actual combination practices. It aims to providea solid foundation for students to proceed to various clinicalsubjects.As a professional pharmacy course in Chinese medicine,this course also provides information relevant to professiondevelopments including dosages and preparation forms.PCM 2060 (1,1,0) (P)Pharmaceutical LatinThe Latin is a tool language used for academic terminology inthe medicine and biology. Setup of this course aims in helpingthe students with Chinese medicine specialty to control the basicpronunciation and phrasing of Latin, the rules of nomenclaturein medicaments, plants, animals, crude drugs and the structure ofthe prescription, etc.PCM 2610 (3,3,0) (P)Health Care in Chinese MedicineThis course covers the basic concepts of nutriology, thecharacteristics and content of nutriology in Chinese medicine, aswell as the application in clinics. The second part of the courseintroduces the theory and method in Chinese medicine healthmaintenance.PCM 2620 (3,3,0) (P)Resources of Medicinal PlantsThe setup of this course aims in helping the students withChinese medicine specialty to study and control the distributionof traditional Chinese herbs, geo-herbal drugs and knowledgeabout Good Agriculture Practice (GAP), available exploitationand utilization of Chinese Medicinal Materials (CMM) resources,protection and sustainable utilization of CMM resources, etc.PCM 2630 (3,3,0) (P)Marketing of Chinese Medicines and LegalAspects of International BusinessThis course will provide students with an understanding ofmarketing of Chinese medicines, which would be usefulin enhancing Hong Kong’s role as an exporter of Chinesemedicines or to enhance over-the-counter sales. The knowledgeof regulation of international investment, inward and outwardforeign investment, immigration law, intellectual property, etc willbe introduced in this course.PCM 3000 (4,4,0) (E)Pharmacology and ToxicologyThis course aims to provide students with fundamental knowledgeon the use of xenobiotics as orthodox Western drugs in thetreatment of human diseases or as toxic agents to cause systemicdisorders. In the beginning of the course, the important principlesof pharmacology and toxicology will be introduced. This isfollowed by a series of topics on the therapeutic approach intackling various body dysfunctions of the biological systemsand in practical chemotherapy. Students have the opportunityto participate in group discussion and presentation on approvedtopics relevant to pharmacology and toxicology. By the end of thecourse, students are expected to acquire essential knowledge onthe classes and clinical uses of different drugs currently commonlyused in Hong Kong, plus a general idea about toxicology.PCM 3010 (1,0,3)Pharmacology and Toxicology—Laboratory PCM 3000 Co-requisite: PCM 3000 Pharmacology and ToxicologyThis laboratory course aims to provide students with a practicalexperience in pharmacology. Students will be enriched to havea better picture of the concepts acquired from the pharmacologylecture course PCM3000 by participation in a series ofexperimental sessions involving animal studies and generalpharmacological lab techniques.PCM 3020 (5,5,0) (P)Pharmaceutics of Chinese Materia Medica CMED 2170 PCM 2000 Prerequisite: CMED 2170 Chinese Materia Medica and PCM2000 PhytochemistryThis course aims to (1) teach students for the theory and be awareof ledge of pharmaceutics of Chinese Materia Medica, (2) trainstudents for the basic pharmaceutical techniques in ChineseMateria Medica, and (3) introduce the modern technology ofpharmaceutical engineering.PCM 3030 (1,0,3)Pharmaceutics of Chinese Materia Medica—Laboratory PCM 3020 Co-requisite: PCM 3020 Pharmaceutics of Chinese MateriaMedicaIt aims to provide the training of the preparation of Chinesemedicines and the experimental expertise related. It includesthe preparation of different dosage forms of Chinese medicinesand the quality control, test of stability, and determination ofdissolution of drugs.PCM 3070 (4,4,0) (P)Authentication of Chinese Materia Medica PCM 1000 PCM 1050 PCM 2000 467Course Descriptions

468Course DescriptionsPrerequisite: PCM 1000 Medicinal Botany and Zoology I, PCM1050 Medicinal Botany and Zoology II and PCM2000 PhytochemistryTo study the history, origin, morphology, collection, processing,production and marketing, active principles, characteristics foridentification, quality, pharmacological action and efficiency ofcommon crude drugs.PCM 3080 (1,0,3)Authentication of Chinese Materia Medica—Laboratory PCM 3070 Co-requisite: PCM 3070 Authentication of Chinese MateriaMedicaTo provide the training of identification of discrimination ofChinese Materia Medica between genuine and counterfeit,good and bad qualities through experiments from the aspects ofsource, morphology, microscopy and by means of physical andchemical authentication. It includes the observation of specimensof Chinese Materia Medica and their original plant sources,identification through microscopy and by means of physics andchemistry.PCM 3090 (3,3,0) (P)Chinese Medicine Preparation Analysis PCM 2000 CHEM 2510 Prerequisite: PCM 2000 Phytochemistry and CHEM 2510Chemical AnalysisThis course aims at teaching students the various ways inqualitative and quantitative analysis of Chinese medicines usingconventional as well as modern instrumental techniques, in orderto satisfy the requirements of quality assurance and regulations.PCM 3100 (1,0,3)Chinese Medicine Preparation Analysis—Laboratory PCM 3090 Co-requisite: PCM 3090 Chinese Medicine Preparation AnalysisThis course provides laboratory work complementary to thelecture course PCM 3090 Chinese Medicine Preparation Analysis.It allows students to have hands-on experience in the analysis ofsome commonly used Chinese medicine preparations. It will trainthem to solve the analytical problems which will be encounteredin their work.PCM 3120 (3,3,0) (P)Introduction to Chinese Medicine PracticeThis subject aims to introduce to students the basic philosophyand fundamental knowledge in clinical practice of traditionalChinese medicine (TCM). On completion of this subject, studentswould be able to: (1) Learn the knowledge of principles andmethods of CM therapy in clinical practice; (2) Understand theprinciples and methods of diagnosis and treatment based on thetheories of differentiation of symptoms and signs; (3) Master theknowledge of therapeutics common diseases including internalmedicine, dermatology and pediatrics of CM.PCM 3140 (3,3,0) (P)Unique Processing Methods of ChineseMedicines CMED 1120 CMED 2170 PCM 2000 Prerequisite: CMED 1120 Fundamentals of Chinese Medicine,CMED 2170 Chinese Materia Medica, PCM 2000PhytochemistryThis course aims to allow students to understand the theory,methods, evolution history and development trend of theprocessing of Chinese medicinal herbs; and to know theprocessing principle, technology improvement, quality standardand clinical applications of processed decoction pieces after theyhave learnt the Fundamental Theories of Chinese Medicine,Chinese Materia Medica, Medicinal Botany & Zoology, ChineseMedicinal Formulae, Pharmacology & Toxicology, ChemicalAnalysis, Phytochemistry of Chinese Materia Medica andAuthentication of Chinese Materia Medica.PCM 3150 (4,4,0) (P)The Development of New Products fromChinese Materia MedicaThis one semester subject aims to introduce the knowledge ofthe research and development (R&D) of new products fromChinese medicine. The knowledge covers the research projectdevelopment, quality control standard, efficacy pharmacology,safety evaluation, clinical trials, product registration, leadcompound discovery strategies, intellectual property rightsprotections, etc. This subject will teach students to design R&Dprotocols for designated products by applying the knowledgeof Chinese medicine, Chinese material medica, chemistry,pharmaceutical sciences and biomedical sciences, which thestudents have learnt from their previous studies.PCM 3160 (4,4,0) (P)Herbal PharmacologyThis 1-semester course aims to allow students to understand howherbal drugs modify biochemical, molecular and physiologicalprocesses in health and disease. It equips students with sufficienttraining in skills and techniques for pharmacological research,drug development and screening, and biomedical laboratoryanalysis. It makes particularly effective combinations withchemistry, pharmacology, pharmaceutical science, biochemistry,biomedical chemistry, microbiology, biological computing,forensic science and herbal medical sciences. Students will beenriched to have a better picture of the concepts acquired fromlectures by participation in a couple of practical sessions ofanimal experiments.PCM 3170 (3,3,0) (P)BiopharmaceuticsThis course aims to (1) study drugs safety and efficiency throughdrugs absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion, as wellas the drugs interaction and pharmacokinetics; (2) illustrate thecorrelation of dosage form and physiological factors on curativeeffect; (3) study quality evaluation on dosage forms; and (4)interpret scientific data on the rationalization in drug applicationand clinical application.

PCM 3180 Advances in Modern Research of (3,3,0) (P)Chinese Materia MedicaTo study and understand the progress and advances of modernscientific research in Chinese materia medica.PCM 3190 Supervised Practicum II (5,*,*)The 15 weeks subject is divided in three parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCM1060: 2 weeks); Supervised Practicum II(PCM3190: 12 weeks); Supervised Practicum III (PCM3200: 4 sitevisits). Supervised Practicum I will be carried out in the summerafter the first academic year, Supervised Practicum II in thesummer after the third academic year, and Supervised PracticumIII in the fourth academic year. It aims to have the students, undertutorial guidance, review and practice the knowledge obtainedfrom the precious studies, and further establish professionalskills for future work. The subject covers the knowledge ofpharmaceutical botany, authentication and processing ofChinese materia medica, and quality control and assurance ofpharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica. The practicum willbe conducted in the formats of hands-on work and site visits. Itwill be arranged at a botanical garden, pharmaceutical companies,hospitals and clinics of Chinese medicines, and institutions ofChinese medicines. This subject is an important social practicefor the students before working in their position; it is also animportant part in training of Chinese medicines professionals.The subject provides training for the students in their logicalthinking, working independence and scientific research ability.PCM 3200 Supervised Practicum III (1,*,*)The 15 weeks subject is divided in three parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCM1060: 2 weeks); Supervised Practicum II(PCM3190: 12 weeks); Supervised Practicum III (PCM3200: 4 sitevisits). Supervised Practicum I will be carried out in the summerafter the first academic year, Supervised Practicum II in thesummer after the third academic year, and Supervised PracticumIII in the fourth academic year. It aims to have the students, undertutorial guidance, review and practice the knowledge obtainedfrom the precious studies, and further establish professionalskills for future work. The subject covers the knowledge ofpharmaceutical botany, authentication and processing ofChinese materia medica, and quality control and assurance ofpharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica. The practicum willbe conducted in the formats of hands-on work and site visits. Itwill be arranged at a botanical garden, pharmaceutical companies,hospitals and clinics of Chinese medicines, and institutions ofChinese medicines. This subject is an important social practicefor the students before working in their position; it is also animportant part in training of Chinese medicines professionals.The subject provides training for the students in their logicalthinking, working independence and scientific research ability.PCM 3201 Supervised Practicum I (6,*,*)PCM 3202 Supervised Practicum II (2,*,*)This 15 weeks subject will be divided into two parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCM3201-1: 14 weeks) and Supervised PracticumII (PCM3201-2: 4 site visits). Supervised Practicum I will becarried out in the summer after the first academic year as wellas in the summer after the third academic year. SupervisedPracticum II will be carried out in the fourth academic year. Itaims to have the students, under tutorial guidance, review andpractice the knowledge obtained from the precious three years’study and establish professional skills for future work, includingpharmaceutical botany, authentication of Chinese materia medica,special processing of Chinese material medica, pharmaceuticsof Chinese materia medica, quality analysis and control ofpharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica, etc.. The practicumwill be conducted in the formats of hand on work and site visit. Itwill be arranged at a botanical garden, pharmaceutical companies,hospitals and clinics of Chinese medicines, and other institutionsof Chinese medicines. This subject is an important social practicefor the students before working in their position; it is also animportant part in training of Chinese medicines professionals. Itprovides training for the students in their logical thinking, workingindependence and scientific research ability.PCM 3211 Honours Project (2,*,*)PCM 3212 Honours Project (6,*,*)This Honours Project will focus on the following 4 researchfields: (1) Identification of crude drugs and Chinese Patent drugs;taxonomy of medicinal plants; (2) Natural products chemistryand quality assessment of Chinese Materia Medica; (3) Researchand development of new products from Chinese medicines;Pharmaceutics of Chinese Medicines; (4) Pharmacology andtoxicology of Chinese medicines; and (5) Intellectual property andadministration of proprietary Chinese medicines.Under the supervision of a teaching staff (Principal Supervisor orCo-supervisor) of the School of Chinese Medicine, each final yearstudent will carry out an independent research topic belongingto one of the above fields. During the period of the HonoursProject, the students will conduct literature searching and review,lab procedure design, experimental operation and handling, dataanalysis and interpretation, and summarization of the researchresults. At the end of the projects, the students are required todeliver an oral presentation and write a thesis.PCM 3620 (3,3,0) (P)Management of Pharmaceutical AffairsThis course aims to provide students with the knowledge ofmanagement and operation of pharmaceutical affairs through thestudy of basic concepts in the management of pharmaceuticalaffairs, the legislation of drug administration in Hong Kong andthe Mainland of China, the management of drug identifiersand drug advertisement, the management of drug distribution,international drug administration policies, the management ofpharmacist, pharmacy, pharmaceutical products, special controldrugs and Chinese medicine in Hong Kong, and pharmaceuticalindustry in Hong Kong. This course will teach students to analyzeand distinguish various pharmaceutical phenomena and problemsthrough social investigation.PCMD 1016 (1,0,3)Medicinal Botany LaboratoryThis course aims to (1) teach students the theory and knowledgeof Medicinal Botany; (2) identify different types of plant organs;and (3) train students’ skills for the basic microscopic observationand master anatomical techniques about cells/ tissues/ organs ofplants.PCMD 1025 Supervised Practicum I (1,*,*)The 15 weeks subject is divided in three parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCMD1025: 2 weeks); Supervised Practicum II(PCMD4005: 12 weeks); Supervised Practicum III (PCMD4025:4 site visits). Supervised Practicum I will be carried out in the469Course Descriptions

470Course Descriptionssummer after the first academic year, Supervised Practicum IIin the summer after the third academic year, and SupervisedPracticum III in the fourth academic year. It aims to havethe students, under tutorial guidance, review and practice theknowledge obtained from the precious studies, and furtherestablish professional skills for future work. The subject coversthe knowledge of pharmaceutical botany, authentication andprocessing of Chinese materia medica, and quality controland assurance of pharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica.The practicum will be conducted in the formats of hands-onwork and site visits. It will be arranged at a botanical garden,pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and clinics of Chinesemedicines, and institutions of Chinese medicines. This subjectis an important social practice for the students before working intheir position; it is also an important part in training of Chinesemedicines professionals. The subject provides training for thestudents in their logical thinking, working independence andscientific research ability.PCMD 1026 Medicinal Botany I (2,2,0) (P)This course aims to (1) teach students the theory and knowledgeof Medicinal Botany; (2) introduce students the basic macroscopicand microscopic observation theory; and (3) anatomical structuresabout cells/ tissues/ organs of plants.PCMD 1027 Medicinal Botany II (2,2,0) (P)This course aims to (1) teach students the theory and knowledgeof Medicinal Botany; (2) introduce the classical botanicalclassifications; and (3) get familiar with main characteristics of 42families and their commonly found Chinese medicinal herbs.PCMD 1035 Pharmaceutical Latin (2,2,0) (P)Latin is a tool language used for academic terminology inmedicine and biology. Setup of this course aims in helping thestudents with Chinese medicine specialty to control the basicpronunciation and phrasing of Latin, the rules of nomenclaturein medicaments, plants, animals, crude drugs and the structure ofthe prescription etc.PCMD 1036 Chemistry for Pharmaceutical (4,4,0) (E)SciencesThis course aims to strengthen the knowledge of basic chemistrylearned from the first semester, and further extend the chemistryknowledge to life science chemistry so as to build up a foundationof chemistry especially organic chemistry principles relevant tothe study of some subjects in pharmaceutical and biomedicalsciences.PCMD 1037 Chemistry for Pharmaceutical (1,0,3)Sciences LaboratoryThis course aims to provide selected experiments on organicchemistry which is relevant to pharmaceutical and biomedicalstudies and to illustrate organic chemistry laboratory techniques.It also aims to provide clear illustrations of the chemical principlesof organic reactions discussed in the lecture subject.PCMD 2005 (3,3,0) (P)Chinese Medicinal FormulaeChinese Medicinal Formula is one of the basic courses in Chinesemedicine studies. It offers knowledge about treatments, formulacombinations and clinical applications. The course builds onfoundation courses including Chinese medicine theories andChinese medicine studies to further elaborate on the relationbetween treatment and formulas. Medicine types and dosagesare chosen according to combination principles to create anappropriate and effective formula. The aim of this course is tooffer students understanding of the characteristics of Chinesemedicine therapeutics, to understand the relation betweentreatment and formula, recognize the distinction and linkagebetween medicine and formula, comprehend the significance ofsovereign, minister, assistant and courier in formula creation, andto grasp the use of formula through actual combination practices.It aims to provide a solid foundation for students to proceed tovarious clinical subjects. As a professional pharmacy course inChinese medicine, this course also provides information relevantto profession developments including dosages and preparationforms.PCMD 2006 (4,4,0) (P)Phytochemistry CHEM 2026 Chemistry for Life SciencesPrerequisite: CHEM 2026 Chemistry for Life SciencesTeaching of this subject will be undertaken on the basis ofmedicinal botany, biochemistry and organic chemistry along withthe teaching biological activities of the chemical components ofCMM and resource utilization. Students are required to grasp thebasic theories and skills for studying the chemical types, physicochemicalproperties, extraction, isolation and analysis of the activecomponents of CMM; to understand the systematic detectionof single herb and the methods for structural identification ofthe active components. These will lay foundation for CMMformulation, quality control and new drug development.PCMD 2007 (1,0,3)Phytochemistry—Laboratory PCMD 2006Co-requisite: PCMD 2006 PhytochemistryTeaching of this subject will be undertaken on the basis ofmedicinal botany, biochemistry and organic chemistry along withthe teaching biological activities of the chemical components ofCMM and resource utilization. Students are required to grasp thebasic theories and skills for studying the chemical types, physicochemicalproperties, extraction, isolation and analysis of the activecomponents of CMM; to understand the systematic detectionof single herb and the methods for structural identification ofthe active components. These will lay foundation for CMMformulation, quality control and new drug development.PCMD 2036 (3,3,0)Marketing of Chinese Medicines and LegalAspects of International BusinessThe course will provide students with an understanding of themarket of Chinese medicines in the Chinese Mainland, andtherefore they can contribute in the international trade of Chinesemedicine in Hong Kong in future. The knowledge of regulationsof international investment, inward and outward foreigninvestment, import and export law and intellectual property etc.will be introduced in this subject.PCMD 2037 (3,3,0)Resources of Chinese Medicinal PlantsThe setup of this course aims at helping students with Chinesemedicine specialty to study and control the distribution oftraditional Chinese herbs, geo-herbal drugs and knowledge aboutGood Agriculture Practice (GAP), available exploitation andutilization of Chinese Medicinal Materials (CMM) resources,protection and sustainable utilization of CMM resources, etc.PCMD 3005 (3,3,0) Introduction to Chinese Medicine PracticeThis subject aims to introduce to students the basic philosophyand fundamental knowledge in clinical practice of traditionalChinese medicine (TCM). On completion of this subject, studentswould be able to: (1) Learn the knowledge of principles and

methods of CM therapy in clinical practice; (2) Understand theprinciples and methods of diagnosis and treatment based on thetheories of differentiation of symptoms and signs; (3) Master theknowledge of therapeutics common diseases including internalmedicine, dermatology and pediatrics of CM.PCMD 3006 (4,4,0) (E)Pharmacology and ToxicologyThis course aims to provide students with fundamental knowledgeon the use of xenobiotics as orthodox Western drugs in thetreatment of human diseases or as toxic agents to cause systemicdisorders. In the beginning of the course, the important principlesof pharmacology and toxicology will be introduced. This isfollowed by a series of topics on the therapeutic approach intackling various body dysfunctions of the biological systemsand in pratical chemotherapy. Students have the opportunity toparticipate in group presentation on approved topics relevant topharmacology and toxicology. By the end of the course, studentsare expected to acquire essential knowledge on the classes andclinical uses of different conventional drugs currently used inHong Kong plus a general idea about toxicology.PCMD 3007 (5,5,0)Pharmaceutics in Chinese Materia Medica CMED 2006PCMD 2006Prerequisite: CMED 2006 Chinese Materia Medica and PCMD2006 PhytochemistryThis course aims to (1) teach students for the theory and be awareof ledge of pharmaceutics of Chinese Materia Medica, (2) trainstudents for the basic pharmaceutical techniques in ChineseMateria Medica, and (3) introduce the modern technology ofpharmaceutical engineering.PCMD 3015 (1,0,3)Pharmaceutics in Chinese Materia Medica—Laboratory PCMD 3007 Co-requisite: PCMD 3007 Pharmaceutics of Chinese MateriaMedicaIt provides the training in preparation of different dosage forms ofChinese medicines and the quality control, testing of stability, anddetermination of dissolution of drugs.PCMD 3016 (4,4,0)Authentication of Chinese Materia MedicaTo study the history, origin, morphology, collection, processing,production and marketing, active principles, characteristics foridentification, quality, pharmacological action and efficiency ofcommon crude drugs. Students will learn the skills to discriminategenuine and quality of crude drugs, thus to ensure clinical safetyand efficiency.PCMD 3017 (1,0,3)Authentication of Chinese Materia Medica—LaboratoryTo provide the training of identification of discrimination ofChinese Materia Medica between genuine and counterfeit,good and bad qualities through experiments from the aspects ofsource, morphology, microscopy and by means of physical andchemical authentication. It includes the observation of specimensof Chinese Materia Medica and their original plant sources,identification through microscopy and by means of physics andchemistry.PCMD 3025 (3,3,0)BiopharmaceuticsThis course aims at (1) study drugs safety and efficiency throughdrugs absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion, as wellas the drugs interaction and pharmacokinetics (2) illustrate thecorrelation of dosage form and physiological factors on curativeeffect, (3) study quality evaluation on dosage forms, and (4)interpret scientific data on the rationalization in drug applicationand clinical applicationPCMD 3026 (3,3,0)Herbal PharmacologyThis 1-semester course aims to allow students to understand howherbal drugs modify biochemical, molecular and physiologicalprocesses in health and disease. It equips students with sufficienttraining in skills and techniques for pharmacological research,drug development and screening, and biomedical laboratoryanalysis. It makes particularly effective combinations withchemistry, pharmacology, pharmaceutical science, biochemistry,biomedical chemistry, microbiology, biological computing,forensic science and herbal medical sciences.PCMD 3027 (1,0,3)Herbal Pharmacology LaboratoryTo allow students to gain actual experience in solving specificproblems in herbal pharmacology. Students will be enriched tohave a better picture of the concepts acquired from lectures byparticipating in a series of practical sessions of in vitro and animalexperiments.PCMD 3035 Advances in Modern Research (3,3,0)of Chinese Materia MedicaTo study and master the progress and advances of modernscientific research in Chinese materia medica.PCMD 3036 (3,3,0)Health Care in Chinese MedicineThis course covers the basic concepts of nutriology, thecharacteristics and content of nutriology in Chinese medicine, aswell as the application in clinics. It also introduces the theory andmethod of health maintenance in Chinese medicine.PCMD 4005 Supervised Practicum II (3.5,*,*)The 15 weeks subject is divided in three parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCMD1025: 2 weeks); Supervised Practicum II(PCMD4005: 12 weeks); Supervised Practicum III (PCMD4025:4 site visits). Supervised Practicum I will be carried out in thesummer after the first academic year, Supervised Practicum IIin the summer after the third academic year, and SupervisedPracticum III in the fourth academic year. It aims to have471Course Descriptions

472Course Descriptionsthe students, under tutorial guidance, review and practice theknowledge obtained from the precious studies, and furtherestablish professional skills for future work. The subject coversthe knowledge of pharmaceutical botany, authentication andprocessing of Chinese materia medica, and quality controland assurance of pharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica.The practicum will be conducted in the formats of hands-onwork and site visits. It will be arranged at a botanical garden,pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and clinics of Chinesemedicines, and institutions of Chinese medicines. This subjectis an important social practice for the students before working intheir position; it is also an important part in training of Chinesemedicines professionals. The subject provides training for thestudents in their logical thinking, working independence andscientific research ability.PCMD 4006 (3,3,0)Chinese Medicine Preparation Analysis PCMD 2006 CHEM 3025 Prerequisite: PCMD 2006 Phytochemistry and CHEM 3025Chemical AnalysisThis course aims at teaching students the various ways inqualitative and quantitative analysis of Chinese medicinesusing modern instrumental techniques, in order to satisfy therequirement of quality assurance and regulations.PCMD 4007 (1,0,3)Chinese Medicine Preparation Analysis—Laboratory PCMD 4006 Co-requisite: PCMD 4006 Chinese Medicine PreparationAnalysisThis course provides laboratory work complementary to thelecture course PCMD 4006 Chinese Medicine PreparationAnalysis. It allows students to have hands-on experience in theanalysis of some commonly used Chinese medicine preparations.It will train them to solve the analytical problems which will beencountered in their work.PCMD 4015 (3,3,0)Management of Pharmaceutical AffairsThis course aims to provide students with the knowledge ofmanagement and operation of pharmaceutical affairs through thestudy of basic concepts in the management of pharmaceuticalaffairs, the legislation of drug administration in Hong Kong andthe Mainland of China, the management of drug identifiersand drug advertisement, the management of drug distribution,international drug administration policies, the management ofpharmacist, pharmacy, pharmaceutical products and Chinesemedicine in Hong Kong, and pharmaceutical industry in HongKong. This course will teach students to analyze and distinguishvarious pharmaceutical phenomena and problems through socialinvestigation.PCMD 4016 (2,2,0)The Development of New Products fromChinese Materia MedicaThis one semester subject aims to introduce the knowledge ofthe research and development (R&D) of new product fromChinese medicine. The knowledge covers the product selection,formulation, processing, pilot manufacturing, quality controlstandard, stability testing, pharmacodynamics and mechanism,safety evaluation, clinical trials, product registration, intellectualproperty rights protections, etc. This course will teach studentsto design R&D protocols for designated products by applyingthe knowledge of Chinese medicine, Chinese material medica,chemistry, pharmaceutical sciences, biomedical sciences learntfrom other course in the previous study.PCMD 4017 (3,3,0)Unique Processing Methods of ChineseMedicinesThis one-semester course aims to allow students to understandthe theory, methods, evolution history and development trendof the processing of Chinese medicinal herbs; and to know theprocessing principle, technology improvement, quality standardand clinical applications of processed decoction pieces after theyhave learnt the Fundamental Theories of Chinese Medicine,Chinese Materia Medica, Medicinal Botany & Zoology, ChineseMedicinal Formulae, Pharmacology & Toxicology, ChemicalAnalysis, Phytochemistry of Chinese Materia Medica andAuthentication of Chinese Materia Medica.PCMD 4025 Supervised Practicum III (0.5,*,*)The 15 weeks subject is divided in three parts: SupervisedPracticum I (PCMD1025: 2 weeks); Supervised Practicum II(PCMD4005: 12 weeks); Supervised Practicum III (PCMD4025:4 site visits). Supervised Practicum I will be carried out in thesummer after the first academic year, Supervised Practicum IIin the summer after the third academic year, and SupervisedPracticum III in the fourth academic year. It aims to havethe students, under tutorial guidance, review and practice theknowledge obtained from the precious studies, and furtherestablish professional skills for future work. The subject coversthe knowledge of pharmaceutical botany, authentication andprocessing of Chinese materia medica, and quality controland assurance of pharmaceutics of Chinese materia medica.The practicum will be conducted in the formats of hands-onwork and site visits. It will be arranged at a botanical garden,pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and clinics of Chinesemedicines, and institutions of Chinese medicines. This subjectis an important social practice for the students before working intheir position; it is also an important part in training of Chinesemedicines professionals. The subject provides training for thestudents in their logical thinking, working independence andscientific research ability.PCMD 4035 Chinese Medicines (3,3,0)Merchandise ScienceThe course will provide students with an understanding ofthe formula, manufacturing procedures, actions, indications,characteristics, specifications, and storages of commonly usedChinese medicines merchandises, including Chinese materiamedica and Chinese proprietary medicines. The knowledge ofbusiness management of Chinese medicines industry, trade ofChinese medicines merchandises, resource of Chinese materiamedica and geographically specific Chinese materia medica,collection and habitat processing of Chinese materia medica,authentication of Chinese medicines merchandises, quality controlstandard and quality control of Chinese medicines merchandises,packaging and storage Chinese medicines merchandises, andregulations on Chinese medicines merchandise etc. will be alsointroduced in this subject.PCMD 4036 Licensing Training for Pharmacist (3,3,0)in Chinese MedicinesThe course will provide students with a comprehensive review andin depth discussion on knowledge and skills that the students havebeen educated in this programme in line with the requirements

of licensed Chinese medicine pharmacist of Mainland Chinaor of Hong Kong once the local licensing system of Chinesemedicine pharmacist is established in future. The course aimsto assist the student to pass through the license examination inMainland China and, in future, in Hong Kong. The knowledge ofmanagement of pharmaceutical affairs, pharmacy laws, Chinesemateria medica, pharmaceutics in Chinese materia medica,unique processing methods of Chinese medicines, authenticationof Chinese medicines, phytochemistry, and comprehensiveknowledge and skill of Chinese medicines, etc. will be reviewedand discussed in this subject.PCMD 4898-9 Honours Project I & II (3,*,*)This Honours Project will focus on the following 4 researchfields: (1) Identification of crude drugs and Chinese Patent drugs;taxonomy of medicinal plants; (2) Natural products chemistryand quality assessment of Chinese Materia Medica; (3) Researchand development of new products from Chinese medicines;Pharmaceutics of Chinese Medicines; (4) Phar macolog y andtoxicology of Chinese medicines; and (5) Intellectual property andadministration of proprietary Chinese medicines.Under the supervision of a teaching staff (Principal Supervisor orCo-supervisor) of the School of Chinese Medicine, each final yearstudent will carry out an independent research topic belongingto one of the above fields. During the period of the HonoursProject, the students will conduct literature searching and review,lab procedure design, experimental operation and handling, dataanalysis and interpretation, and summarization of the researchresults. At the end of the projects, the students are required todeliver an oral presentation and write a thesis.P.E. 1110 Physical Education (Badminton) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1120 Physical Education (Basketball) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1140 Physical Education (Folk Dance) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1150 Physical Education (Gymnastics) (0,2,0)P.E. 1160 Physical Education (Handball) (0,2,0)P.E. 1170 Physical Education (Jazz Dance) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1180 Physical Education (Soccer) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1190 Physical Education (Social Dance) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1200 Physical Education (Softball) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1220 Physical Education (Swimming) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1230 Physical Education (Table Tennis) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1240 Physical Education (Tennis) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1250 Physical Education (Volleyball) (0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1260 Physical Education (Wushu—Taichi)(0,2,0) (C)P.E. 1270 Physical Education (Track and (0,2,0)Field)P.E. 1280 Physical Education (Special Physical (0,2,0) (C)Education I)P.E. 1290 Physical Education (Special Physical (0,2,0) (C)Education II)P.E. 1330 Physical Education (Aerobic Fitness (0,2,0) (C)and Conditioning)P.E. 1340 Physical Education (Muscular (0,2,0) (C)Fitness and Conditioning)P.E. 1360 Physical Education (Golf) (0,2,0) (C)These non-credit compulsory courses are required of allstudents under the Complementary Studies Programme exceptthose students who study Physical Education and RecreationManagement (or Sport and Recreation Leadership). Each of theundergraduate students is required to take two different PhysicalEducation courses throughout their studies in the University andonly one Physical Education course in any semester. A basicintroduction is given to the principles and prescription of healthand physical fitness programmes. Practical experience of selectedfitness exercise is also provided. Each of the above-mentionedcourses aims to acquaint students with the fundamental knowledgeand skills of the sport. Subject to approval by the Department ofPhysical Education, students with health problems may apply toenrol in a special Physical Education course.P.E. 1410 Physical Education (Badminton) (1,2,0)P.E. 1420 Physical Education (Basketball) (1,2,0)P.E. 1440 Physical Education (Folk Dance) (1,2,0)P.E. 1450 Physical Education (Gymnastics) (1,2,0)P.E. 1460 Physical Education (Handball) (1,2,0)P.E. 1470 Physical Education (Jazz Dance) (1,2,0)P.E. 1480 Physical Education (Soccer) (1,2,0)P.E. 1490 Physical Education (Social Dance) (1,2,0)P.E. 1500 Physical Education (Softball) (1,2,0)P.E. 1510 Physical Education (Special (1,2,0)Physical Education)P.E. 1520 Physical Education (Swimming) (1,2,0)P.E. 1530 Physical Education (Table Tennis) (1,2,0)P.E. 1540 Physical Education (Tennis) (1,2,0)P.E. 1550 Physical Education (Volleyball) (1,2,0)P.E. 1560 Physical Education (Wushu—Taichi) (1,2,0)P.E. 1570 Physical Education (Track and (1,2,0)Field)P.E. 1630 Physical Education (Aerobic Fitness (1,2,0)and Conditioning)P.E. 1640 Physical Education (Muscular (1,2,0)Fitness and Conditioning)P.E. 1660 Physical Education (Golf) (1,2,0)These courses are primarily designed for international students.Local students may enrol in the above PE courses after theyhad completed the non-credit compulsory PE courses under theComplementary Studies Programme subject to quota availability.A basic introduction is given to the principles and prescriptionof health and physical fitness programmes. Practical experienceof selected fitness exercise is also provided. Each of the abovementionedcourses aims to acquaint students with the fundamentalknowledge and skills of the sport.P.E. 1620 Principles and Problems of (2,2,0)CoachingThis course introduces students to the role of coaching andhighlights the selected concepts and principles of psychosocialaspects in coaching. Special attention is given to dealing withsports injuries and ergogenic aids. The course also emphasizescoaching problems associated with motivation and emotion, theplanning, training and conditioning methods of the individualand the whole team. This course is especially designed to broadenthe knowledge of students seeking a career in human serviceslike social work, recreation and sports management, teaching andworking in community agencies and for those who will be servingas voluntary coaches in schools, companies and communityagencies.P.E. 1711-2 Physical Education (University (0,0,2)Team)P.E. 2111-2 Physical Education (University (0,0,2)Team)P.E. 3111-2 Physical Education (University (0,0,2)Team)Prerequisite: University team memberThese courses cover the rules, skills and refereeing involved inseveral popular sports, including basketball, football, volleyball,badminton, tennis, table-tennis, swimming, squash, cross countryand track and field.P.E. 7010 Programme and Event Planning (3,3,0)and ManagementThis course aims to provide a common foundation for studentsby presenting a coherent vacabulary for conceptualizing anddiscussing the functions of programme, event and facilitymanagement. Upon completing the course, students are expectedto be conversant with current development in design, planning inprogramme, event and facilities; have an overview of programme,event and facilities management; and have some insights in theimplications of programme/event planning and management inspecific cases locally as well as in mainland China and overseas.473Course Descriptions

474Course DescriptionsPEDU 1005 Principles and Practice of Resistance (3,2,1)TrainingLike all fields of study, resistance training is based on underlyingprinciples, concepts, and definitions. The knowledge presentedin the course in necessary to understand and successfully designany resistance training program. Through lectures, discussions/tutorials, as well as practical hands-on experiences, studentswill acquire knowledge on: a) the principles of various typesof resistance training, b) how muscles function and how theyare controlled and adapt to resistance training, c) exerciseprescription of resistance training, d) advanced training strategies,with particular focus on periodization, power development,and plyometrics, e) application of resistance training to a totalconditioning program.PEDU 1006 Weight Management and Healthy (3,3,0)LivingThis introductory course provides students with essentialknowledge and skills in weight management. The students willalso be able to identify various measures in managing bodycomposition toward maintaining a healthy living. Throughlectures, discussions/tutorials, as well as practical hands-onexperiences, students will acquire knowledge on: a) humangrowth & development, b) factors contributing to weight gain &weight loss, c) the implications of body composition on diseases& health, d) malnutrition & eating disorders, e) physical activity& diet strategies for optimal body composition management, andf) methods of assessing body composition, nutritional status &activity status.PERM 1005 Historical and Philosophical (3,3,0) (E)Foundation in Physical Education andRecreationThe course covers the historical and philosophical knowledgeof sport, physical education and recreation in the Western andChinese history. It enables students to (1) trace the roots ofmodern physical education, sport and recreation in respect tophilosophical and historical concepts; (2) critically evaluatemodern programs in physical education, sport and recreationin Hong Kong; (3) understand the different issues of physicaleducation, sport and recreation sport in society with keyphilosophical and historical approaches; and (4) be competentin assessing the ethical and moral impact of what presentlyconstitutes organized physical activity in schools and community.PERM 1006 Human Anatomy and Physiology (3,3,1) (E)The course covers fundamental knowledge about the structuresand functions of several major human organ systems that areimportant for human movement. In addition, students will gainlaboratory experiences that are vital to the understanding ofhuman anatomy and physiology.PERM 1007 Sport and Exercise Psychology (3,3,0) (E)This course covers fundamental knowledge about exercise andsport psychology, such as motivation, stress management. It aimsto (1) enable students to learn basic knowledge and understandingof sports and exercise psychology; (2) introduce basic concept,causes, and consequences of stress; and (3) enrich students’knowledge and practical experiences for stress interventions.PERM 1110 Historical and Philosophical (3,3,0)Foundation in Physical Education andRecreationThis course enables students to (1) trace the roots of modernphysical education, sport and recreation in respect to philosophicaland historical concepts; (2) critically evaluate modern programmesin physical education, sport and recreation in Hong Kong; (3)understand the different issues of physical education, sport andrecreation sport in society with key philosophical and historicalapproaches; (4) be competent in assessing the ethical and moralimpact of what presently constitutes organized physical activity inschools and community.PERM 1120 Human Anatomy and Physiology (3,3,1)This course enables students to (1) identify the human structureof body parts, their forms and arrangement; (2) comprehend thefunctions and the interrelationship of the main systems of humanbody; and (3) gain laboratory experiences that are vital to anunderstanding of anatomy and physiology.PERM 1140 Sport and Exercise Psychology (3,3,0)This course is to provide students with (1) the basic knowledgeand understanding of sport and exercise psychology; (2) the basicconcept, causes and consequences of stress; (3) the knowledge andpractice experiences for stress interventions; and (4) the knowledgeof psychology in physical education and recreation.PERM 1160 Tests and Measurement (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to prepare students to effectively implementmeasurement and evaluation techniques in physical educationand recreation. Emphasis is upon developing the ability to selectgood tests based on the principles of measurement and evaluationin individual performance and programme effectiveness. Oncompleting the course the students will be able to (1) identifytopics amenable to investigation, and test, construct appropriateprocedures; (2) select valid and reliable tests for their programme;and (3) apply appropriate statistical techniques in data analysis.PERM 1170 Exercise Physiology (3,3,1)Prerequisite: PERM 1120 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThis course enables students to (1) comprehend the physiologicalaspects of human body during exercise; (2) understand thephysiological adaptation following exercise and physical training;(3) acquire the knowledge of human performance under specialenvironments; and (4) become acquainted with basic physiologicalevaluation and assessment through laboratory practicum andindependent works.PERM 1180 Motor Learning and Development (3,3,0)This course enables students to (1) understand the fundamentalmotor skill development from babyhood to adolescence; (2) tracethe path of human perceptual-motor development throughout thelife span; (3) be acquainted with the process of how learning andperformance of motor skill occur; and (4) discuss the implicationsand applications of the general principles and concepts of motorlearning.PERM 1190 Organization and Administration (3,3,0)in Physical Education and RecreationThe objectives of this course are to (1) give students a solidunderstanding of organizational theory and administrativeprocess; (2) equip students with the knowledge and techniquesof administration to improve programmes; and (3) train studentsin problem analysis and problem solving in the areas of physicaleducation and recreation.PERM 1210 Swimming I (1,1,2)Upon completion of the course, the students should be ableto (1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) haveknowledge of the scientific bases of swimming; (3) master twoswimming strokes, namely crawl stroke and breaststroke; and (4)able to teach swimming to beginners.PERM 1220 Swimming II (1,1,2) (C)Prerequisite: PERM 1210 Swimming IUpon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of swimming; (3) master twoswimming strokes, namely backstroke and butterfly; and (4) ableto teach swimming to beginners.PERM 1230 Track and Field I (1,1,2)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of the skills courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of track and field; (3) develop alarge movement repertoire; and (4) be familiar with the rules andregulations of track and field.

PERM 1240 Track and Field II (1,1,2) (C)Prerequisite: PERM 1230 Track and Field IUpon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of the skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of track and field; (3) develop alarge movement repertoire; and (4) be familiar with the rules andregulations of track and field.PERM 1250 Gymnastics I (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) havethe knowledge of the scientific bases of gymnastics; (3) learndominant movement patterns characteristics of gymnastics; and (4)be familiar with the rules and regulations of gymnastics.PERM 1260 Gymnastics II (1,1,2)Prerequisite: PERM 1250 Gymnastics IUpon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of gymnastics; (3) master basicgymnastics skills; (4) able to teach basic gymnastics to beginners;and (5) be familiar with the rules and regulations of gymnastics.PERM 1270 Conditioning and Fitness (1,1,2) (C)This course is designed to (1) introduce to students the scientificknowledge about physical fitness; (2) provide practical exposureand participation in a variety of conditioning and fitnessprogrammes; and (3) help students to develop an active lifestyle.PERM 1280 Dance (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of dance; (3) develop the senseof rhythm as well as aesthetic appreciation; and (4) be acquaintedwith the methods and teaching of various dance skills.PERM 1290 Outdoor Pursuits (1,1,2) (C)Prerequisite: PERM 1210 Swimming IUpon completion of the course, students should have (1) achievedthe common objectives of skill courses; (2) a thorough scientificknowledge of outdoor adventure activities; and (3) been instilledwith a healthy respect for the natural environment.PERM 1305 Swimming (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practicalskills in swimming. It aims to introduce the scientific basesand techniques of swimming events mainly including frontcrawl stroke, backstroke and breaststroke (starting and finishingincluded). Students will also come to understand the competitionrules and officiating of all swimming events.PERM 1306 Conditioning and Fitness (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin conditioning and fitness. It aims to (1) introduce to students thescientific knowledge about physical fitness; (2) provide practicalexposure and participation in a variety of conditioning and fitnessprogrammes; and (3) help students to develop an active lifestyle.PERM 1307 Dance (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practicalskills in dance. It aims to enable students to achieve the commonobjectives of skill courses, to have knowledge of the scientificbases of dance, to develop the sense of rhythm as well as aestheticappreciation and to learn the methods of teaching various danceskills.PERM 1310 Team Sport: Basketball (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of basketball; (3) be acquaintedwith the methods and teaching of individual skills and teamplay; (4) learn various types of offences and defences under gamesituations; and (5) be familiar with the rules and regulations ofbasketball.PERM 1315 Gymnastics (1,1,2) (C)This course covers fundamental knowledge about gymnastics andstudents will be able to perform routines in gymnastics. Uponcompletion of the course, students should be able to (1) achievethe common objectives of skill subjects; (2) have knowledge ofthe scientific bases of gymnastics; (3) learn dominant movementpatterns characteristics of gymnastics; and (4) be familiar with therules and regulations of gymnastics.PERM 1316 Track and Field (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin selected events of track and field. It aims to introduce thescientific bases and techniques of track and field events includingshot put, high jump and short distance running, middle distancerunning and relay races. Students will come to understand thecompetition rules and officiating of the above events.PERM 1317 Outdoor Pursuits (1,1,2) (C)Prerequisite: PERM 1305 SwimmingThis course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin outdoor pursuits. Upon completion of the course, studentsshould be able to achieve the common objectives of skill courses inoutdoor settings, have a thorough scientific knowledge of outdooradventure activities, and be instilled with a healthy respect for thenatural environment.PERM 1320 Team Sport: Volleyball (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) haveknowledge of the scientific bases of volleyball; (3) be acquaintedwith the methods and teaching of individual skills and teamplay; (4) learn various types of offences and defences under gamesituations; and (5) be familiar with the rules and regulations ofvolleyball.PERM 1325 Individual Sport: Badminton (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practicalskills in badminton. Upon completion of the course, studentsshould be able to master concepts/skills within the followingdomains: (1) psychomotor: skills proficiency in badminton and theability to apply skills in various badminton game situations; (2)cognitive: knowledge about badminton includes the rules, offensiveand defensive concepts, tactics and strategies in different gamesituations, scientific bases of badminton and the methods ofteaching/coaching badminton to various levels/targets; and (3)affective: appreciation of skill execution and its complexity, fairplay, sportsmanship, and physical activity/exercise as a lifelongpursuit.PERM 1326 Individual Sport: Golf (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin golf. Upon completion of the course, students should be ableto (1) understand the golf terminology and etiquette; (2) performthe basic golf swing with drives, irons, and putters; (3) understandthe basic rules of a 18 hole-game; and (4) be familiar with thefundamental management of a golf course.PERM 1327 Individual Sport: Squash (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin squash. It aims to (1) introduce to students the knowledge ofthe scientific bases of squash; (2) help students to develop thedifferent techniques of grips, serves, strokes and footwork; (3)enable students to perform simple tactics in game situation; (4)introduce the methods of teaching; and (5) game officiating.PERM 1330 Team Sport: Handball (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of handball; (3) be acquaintedwith the methods and teaching of individual skills and team play; (4)learn various types of offences and defences under game situation;and (5) be familiar with the rules and regulations of handball.475Course Descriptions

476Course DescriptionsPERM 1335 Individual Sport: Table-Tennis (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin table-tennis. Upon completion of the course, students shouldbe able to (1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses;(2) have the knowledge of the scientific bases of table-tennis; (3)demonstrate the different techniques of table-tennis; (4) applysimple tactics in game situation; and (5) understand the methodsof teaching/coaching.PERM 1336 Individual Sport: Tennis (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practicalskills in tennis. It aims to introduce students to the foundationof tennis. Students learn the different techniques of grips,serves, strokes and footwork. Students will come to understandthe knowledge of the scientific bases of tennis, simple tactics ingame situation, the methods of teaching and how to officiate thematches.PERM 1337 Martial Art: Judo (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin Judo. Upon completion of the course, students should be ableto (1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) havethe knowledge of the rules for Judo; (3) master basic Judo skillsincluding falling, throwing and ground work techniques; and (4)learn the methods of teaching Judo.PERM 1340 Team Sport: Soccer (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) haveknowledge of the scientific bases of soccer; (3) be acquainted withthe methods and teaching of individual skills and team play; (4)learn various types of offences and defences under game situation;and (5) be familiar with the rules and regulations of soccer game.PERM 1345 Martial Art: Taekwondo (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin Taekwondo. Upon completion of the course, students shouldbe able to (1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2)have the knowledge of the rules for Taekwondo; (3) master basicTaekwondo skills including kicking, punching, and Poomse (forms);and (4) learn the methods of teaching Taekwondo.PERM 1346 Martial Art: Tai Chi (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin Tai Chi. Upon completion of the course, students should beable to (1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2)understand the principles and philosophies of Tai Chi; (3) masterthe basic skills of Tai Chi; and (4) learn the methods of teachingTai Chi.PERM 1347 Team Sport: Basketball (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin basketball. It aims to introduce students to the foundationof basketball. Upon completion of the course, students shouldbe able to (1) acquire skills proficiency in basketball and theability to apply skills in various game situations; (2) understandthe knowledge about basketball includes the rules, offensive anddefensive concepts, different game situations, scientific bases ofbasketball and ways to teach basketball to various age levels; and(3) develop an appreciation for and commitment to movementactivity as lifelong pursuit.PERM 1350 Racket Sport: Badminton (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) haveknowledge of the scientific bases of badminton; (3) demonstratethe different techniques of grips, serves, strokes and footwork; (4)demonstrate simple tactics in game situation; (5) understand themethods of teaching; and (6) officiate the game.PERM 1355 Team Sports: Handball (1,1,2)The course covers fundamental handball skill of passing,catching and shooting, basic individual and team offensive anddefensive tactics, refereeing knowledge, and teaching methods ofindividual skills and team play. It aims to provide students withthe knowledge of the scientific bases of handball. They will learnvarious types of offences and defenses under game situations, andbe familiar with the rules and regulations of handball. Further,they will be acquainted with the methods of teaching of individualskills and team play.PERM 1356 Team Sport: Soccer (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin soccer. Upon completion of the course, students should be ableto (1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of soccer; (3) demonstrate thedifferent techniques of soccer; (4) apply various types of offensesand defenses under game situation; (5) be familiar with the rulesand regulations of soccer game; and (6) understand the methodsof teaching/coaching.PERM 1357 Team Sport: Softball (1,1,2)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin softball. It aims to introduce the scientific bases and techniquesof fast-pitch softball. Students will learn basic softball techniquesfor throwing, fielding, batting and base-running. Students willalso acquire knowledge of the competition rules and umpiresignals. In addition, basic principles for teaching of basic softballskills will be introduced.PERM 1360 Racket Sport: Table-tennis (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) haveknowledge of the scientific bases of table-tennis; (3) demonstratethe different techniques of grips, serves, strokes and footwork; (4)demonstrate simple tactics in game situation; (5) understand themethod of teaching; and (6) officate the game.PERM 1365 Team Sport: Volleyball (1,1,2) (C)This course is to enhance students’ knowledge and practical skillsin volleyball. Upon completion of the course, students should beable to master concepts/skills within the following domains: (1)psychomotor: skills proficiency in volleyball and the ability to applyskills in various volleyball game situations; (2) cognitive:knowledge about volleyball includes the rules, offensive anddefensive concepts, tactics and strategies in different gamesituations, scientific bases of volleyball and the methods ofteaching/coaching volleyball to various levels/targets; and (3)affective: appreciation of teamwork and its commitment, fair play,sportsmanship, and physical activity/exercise as a lifelong pursuit.PERM 1370 Racket Sport: Tennis (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) haveknowledge of the scientific bases of tennis; (3) demonstrate thedifferent techniques of grips, serves, strokes and footworks; (4)demonstrate simple tactics in game situation; (5) understand themethods of teaching; and (6) officiate the game.PERM 1380 Racket Sport: Squash (1,1,2) (C)Upon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)achieve the common objectives of skill courses; (2) have theknowledge of the scientific bases of squash; (3) demonstrate thedifferent techniques of grips, serves, strokes and footwork; (4)demonstrate simple tactics in game situation; (5) understand themethods of teaching; and (6) officiate the game.PERM 1390 Alternative Sports and Games (1,1,2) (C)This course enables students to (1) comprehend and demonstratean understanding of the latest trends of the “City Sports and XGames” such as golf, bicycling, war games, roller skating andwater skiing; (2) acquire essential skills to participate in variousmost up-to-date “City Sports and X Games”; and (3) understandthe social and physical influences of the “City Sports and XGames”.

PERM 2005 Exercise Physiology (3,3,1) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1006 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThe course covers fundamental knowledge about the acute andchronic physiological responses in different biological systemsof human participating in exercise. In addition, students willgain laboratory experiences that are vital to the understandingof the responses. The course aims to (1) enable students tolearn the acute and chronic physiological responses, and itsinterrelationship, in biological systems that are essential forexercise performance; and (2) help students to acquire knowledgein basic physiological evaluation and assessment throughlaboratory practicum and independent works.PERM 2006 Organization and Administration (3,3,0) (E)of Physical Education and RecreationThis course aims to give students a solid understanding oforganizational theory and administrative process, to equipstudents with the knowledge and techniques of administration toimprove programmes and to train students in problem analysisand problem solving in the areas of physical education andrecreation. Upon completion of the course, students shouldhave (1) the basic concepts in organization and administration ofPhysical Education and Recreation; (2) understand the differentmanagement processes; and (3) be conversant with the techniquesand current practices used in sports organizations.PERM 2007 Tests and Measurement (3,3,0) (E)The course introduces the concepts of measurement andevaluation and their importance in decision making in physicaleducation and recreation settings. It covers the skills necessaryto make valid measurement decisions including criteria for testselection, test administration and data analysis and interpretation.PERM 2016 Theory and Practice in Physical (3,3,0)Education and RecreationPrerequisite: PERM 1005 Historical and PhilosophicalFoundation in Physical Education and RecreationThis course is to provide students with a social science foundationof recreation management and physical education through theexamination of contemporary issues of recreation and physicaleducation. Upon completion of the course, students shouldbe able to (1) understand the roles of physical educators andrecreation leaders in the provision of physical education andrecreation services; (2) understand the concepts and practice in theprovision of physical education and recreation activities; and (3)apply the concepts in analysing physical education and recreationactivities.PERM 2120 Theory and Practice in Physical (3,3,0) (E)Education and RecreationPrerequisite: PERM 1110 Historical and PhilosophicalFoundation in Physical Education and RecreationThis course aims to (1) provide students with a social sciencediscipline foundation to recreation management and physicaleducation; (2) develop students’ understanding of the theoreticalbasis of recreation/leisure behaviours that have practicalimplications to the performance of their future professionalduties; (3) prepare students for their professional development asactivity leaders, programmers, recreation managers/providers,policy makers and physical educators; (4) help students to developa strong theoretical base for their subsequent studies in the course,and a firm base for their future professional practice; and (5)provide students an opportunity to examine contemporary issuesof recreation and physical education from different disciplinaryperspectives, including psychological, sociological, philosophicaland management perspectives.PERM 2170 Prevention and Care of Sports (3,3,0) (E)InjuriesPrerequisite: PERM 1120 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyUpon completion of the course, students are expected to (1)identify the basic classification of injury etiology and mechanisms;(2) demonstrate the skills of proper handling of acute sportsinjuries; (3) have a solid understanding of indications andcontraindications of treatments related to specific injury trauma;and (4) obtain a certificate of first aid and safety.PERM 2220 Internship (2,0,2)This two-unit course requires the second year students to work inan organization for at least 300 hours. Students can choose theirplacement in different types of sports and recreation agencieslocally as well as overseas. These agencies could be public,private, voluntary or commercial.PERM 2610 Health Fitness Evaluation and (3,3,1) (E)AssessmentPrerequisite: PERM 1120 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThis course enables students to have (1) a thorough understandingof both the laboratory and field assessment of various healthfitness components; (2) practical hands-on experiences for suchassessment; and (3) the ability to interpret health fitness testingresults as well as to prescribe proper health fitness programmesthereafter.PERM 2760 Sociology of Sport and Recreation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1110 Historical and PhilosophicalFoundation in Physical Education and RecreationThis course enables students to (1) understand the sociologicalmethod of enquiry, its key ideas, concepts and perspectives andits application to the study of the relationships between sport,recreation, culture and society; (2) understand the different issuesof sport and recreation in society with key sociological concepts; (3)critically evaluate modern organized sport and recreation in thesociety; and (4) think critically about sports and recreation as partsof social life.PERM 3005 Internship (3,*,*)The course arranges the students to work in the recreation andsport agencies for 300 hours in order to link up the applicationand theoretical concepts in the real world.This three-unit course requires the third year students to work inan organization for at least 300 hours. Students can choose theirplacement in different types of sports and recreation agencieslocally as well as overseas. These agencies could be public,private, voluntary or commercial.This course aims to provide the students with first handknowledge and understanding of community structure and forceswhich affect them; to provide the students with the opportunitiesto interact with the professionals on the job and to gain workingexperience in the real world; to provide the students with theopportunities to put knowledge and theory into practice. Throughthe internship experience, the students are expected to developtechniques and skills commonly practiced in the related fieldslocally and/or overseas, in order to prepare for their professionalcareer after graduation.PERM 3006 Research Methods (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PERM 2007 Tests and MeasurementThis course is designed as an introduction to basic researchmethods that are applicable to physical education and recreation.Knowledge acquired in this course will assist students indeveloping skills necessary in conducting physical educationand recreation research. The course aims to (1) help students’understanding of the processes and ethical issues involvedin research; (2) aid students’ understanding the designs andprocedures of quantitative and qualitative research methods; (3)enhance students’ application and interpretation of data analyticalskills; and (4) help students developing a research proposal.PERM 3007 Sociology of Sport and Recreation (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PERM 1005 Historical and PhilosophicalFoundation in Physical Education and RecreationThe course covers the ways that sociology can be used tostudy sport. It also introduces the relationships between sportand society, and the cultural implications in our daily lives.Upon completion of the course, students should be able to (1)477Course Descriptions

478Course Descriptionsunderstand the sociological method of enquiry, its key ideas,concepts and perspectives and its application to the study of therelationships between sport, recreation, culture and society; (2)understand the different issues of sport and recreation in societywith key sociological concepts; (3) critically evaluate modernorganized sport and recreation in the society; and (4) thinkcritically about sports and recreation as parts of social life.PERM 3015 Recreation Programming and (3,3,0)Event ManagementPrerequisite: PERM 2016 Theory and Practice in PhysicalEducation and RecreationThis course introduces students to theories, principles andpractices of recreation programming and event management. Itaims to (1) develop students’ programming and event managementskills through practical exercises; and (2) help students acquirean understanding of the processes and procedures entailed inplanning, designing and delivering of recreation programmes andrunning of events.PERM 3016 Fitness and Recreation for (3,3,0) (E)Selected PopulationThis course discusses the benefits of exercise, exercise deliverymethods and methods of assessing fitness of persons withphysical disabilities, intellectual disabilities and older adults. Itenables students to (1) evaluate and identify the health fitnessand recreational programme needs of selected population; (2)understand the benefits of exercise for selected population andadminister and interpret life-style inventory; and (3) plan andimplement the activity programme for the special population.PERM 3017 Health Fitness Evaluation and (3,3,1) (E)AssessmentPrerequisite: PERM 1006 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThe course covers fundamental knowledge about the laboratoryand field assessment of various health fitness components. Inaddition, students will gain practical experiences of fitnessassessment that are essential to the understanding of theprocedure of selected tests. The course aims to (1) enable studentsto understand both the laboratory and field assessment of varioushealth fitness components; (2) provide students with practicalhands-on experiences for such assessment; and (3) enhancestudents’ ability to interpret health fitness testing results.PERM 3025 Kinesiology (3,3,0)This course is to introduce basic knowledge on biomechanicalinformation required in performing human movement andexercise as well as in the analysis of human movement. Uponcompletion of the course, students should be able to (1) acquirethe basic biomechanical information necessary for adequateassessment, description, and analysis of human movement andexercise; (2) possess practical laboratory experience to assessfundamental mechanical concepts; and (3) apply the applicationof these principles in physical and recreational activities.PERM 3026 Nutrition and Health (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PERM 1006 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThis course is to provide students with basic nutritional principlesand practice as related to health as well as nutrition as relatedto sports. In addition, students will examine the importance ofnutrition throughout life cycle and the problems people facingabout nutrition in the modern society.This course enhance students’ understanding of macro and micronutrientsand their effects on people’s health; to understandprinciples and practice of healthy diet; to comprehend dietaryneeds throughout life cycle; to understand nutritional needs ofathletes and nutritional aids for sport performance; to applynutritional concepts for weight management; to discuss nutritionalissues facing today’s society.PERM 3027 Prevention and Care of Sports (3,3,0) (E)InjuriesPrerequisite: PERM 1006 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThis course covers basic knowledge on the mechanism, types,prevention and treatment of sports injuries of major joints inhuman body. Upon completion of the course, students should beable to (1) identify the basic classification of sport injury etiologyand mechanisms; (2) demonstrate the skills of proper preventionand handling of sports injuries; and (3) have a solid understandingof indications and contraindications of treatment.PERM 3035 Public and Community Recreation (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PERM 2016 Theory and Practice in PhysicalEducation and RecreationThe course covers the updated community recreation developmentin Hong Kong. The structure, roles and functions of government,voluntary and private sectors will be explored globally and locally.The course aims to (1) enhance students’ understanding of howdifferent leisure service providers operate to meet the diverseneeds and demands of individuals, families, and societies; (2)help students to appraise the professional recreation managementpractice and the fundamental forms of the activities promoted anddeveloped as public and community recreation; (3) help studentsto appreciate a range of social and institutional forces that impacton our leisure; (4) introduce to students different approaches in themanagement of recreation; (5) develop students’ understandingof the roles of recreation and leisure in our society (e.g. socialcontrol, for individual and community/social benefits); and (6)increase students’ awareness of individual and social problemsassociated with recreation and leisure.PERM 3037 Motor Learning and Development (3,3,0)This course covers fundamental knowledge about motor learningand motor development throughout the life span. Students canapply the knowledge in laboratory section and service learning.The course enables students to (1) understand the fundamentalmotor skill development from babyhood to adolescence; (2) tracethe path of human perceptual-motor development throughout thelife span; (3) be acquainted with the process of how learning andperformance of motor skill occur; and (4) discuss the implicationsand applications of the general principles and concepts of motorlearning.PERM 3110 Research Methods (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1160 Tests and MeasurementThis course is designed as an introduction to basic researchmethods that are applicable to physical education and recreation.Knowledge acquired in this course will assist students in (1)understanding the nature of the research process and thedifferentiation of various types of researches; (2) developing theskills necessary for conducting physical education and recreationresearches; (3) acquiring the ability and knowledge to understandphysical education and recreation journal articles; (4) recognizingsome key statistical concepts; and (5) selecting and applyingthe appropriate research method to conduct research at theundergraduate level.PERM 3140 Recreation Programming and (3,3,0) (E)Event ManagementPrerequisite: PERM 2120 Theory and Practice in PhysicalEducation and RecreationThis course focuses on skills and techniques in programmeplanning by examining elements, processes, and problem solvingin planning. The objectives of the course are to (1) developtechniques and skills common in programme planning; (2)identify existing and potential problems in planning; (3) proposealternatives in solving problems in planning; and (4) provideopportunities for students to implement the plan.PERM 3590 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year III Physical Education and RecreationManagement majorsA required project for all BA (Hons) in Physical Education andRecreation Management students. Students will pursue in-depth

esearch on a specific topic of interest to the student under theguidance of appointed lecturers from the Department offeringthe programme. Students are to consult with their advisersregarding the necessary field study, experimentation, library orarchival research required, and how best to integrate this into theirHonours Project. The purpose of the project is to integrate theprofessional skill which has been taught in the preceding two yearswith specific application to a topic to produce a well-argued anddocumented report.PERM 3640 Nutrition and Health (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1120 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThis course enables students to (1) learn basic knowledge ofnutrition for health and fitness; (2) examine the importanceof nutrition throughout the human life cycle; and (3) tacklenutritional problems and concerns facing the world today.PERM 3650 Kinesiology (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1120 Human Anatomy and PhysiologyThis course is to (1) provide the students with the basicbiomechanical information necessary for adequate assessment,description, and analysis of human movement and exercise; (2)provide practical laboratory experience to assess fundamentalmechanical concepts; and (3) emphasize the application of theseprinciples in physical and recreational activities.PERM 3660 Financial and Human Resources (3,2,1) (E)Management in Leisure ServicesPrerequisite: PERM 1190 Organization and Administration inPhysical Education and RecreationThis course enables students to (1) understand the fundamentalconcepts on how financial and human resources are managed andutilized effectively in an organization; and (2) obtain experiencein the practical aspects of problem-solving and decision makingtechniques used to manage the financial functions and humanresources in leisure services.PERM 3670 Fitness and Recreation for Selected (3,3,0) (E)PopulationThis course enables students to (1) evaluate and identify the healthfitness and recreation programmes needs of selected populations;(2) prescribe exercise and/or life-style inventory programmesaccording to their needs; (3) be able to explain the availablebenefits of such exercise and/or life-style inventory programmes;and (4) provide opportunities for students to plan and implementthe activity programme for the special population.PERM 3710 Public and Community Recreation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 2120 Theory and Practice in PhysicalEducation and RecreationThis course aims to (1) enhance students’ understanding of howdifferent leisure service providers operate to meet the diverseneeds and demands of individuals, families, and societies; (2)help students to appraise the professional recreation managementpractice and the fundamental forms of the activities promoted anddeveloped as public and community recreation; (3) introduce tostudents different approaches in the management of recreation;(4) provide students with a greater awareness of the ways inwhich community sports may differ from traditional sport; and(5) devleop students’ understanding of the roles of recreation andleisure in our society.PERM 3720 Marketing in Leisure Services (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1190 Organization and Administration inPhysical Education and RecreationThis course focuses on the importance of marketing in leisureservices. The techniques and applications are also included inthe course so as to enable the students to understand the conceptsthrough implementation as a whole. The objectives of the courseare to (1) understand the differences between service and physicalproduct; (2) identify the role of marketing in leisure sport services;and (3) provide application of marketing knowledge in leisuresport.PERM 3740 Facility Management (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1190 Organization and Administrationin Physical Education and RecreationThis course covers structures and space necessities for planningfacilities. It provides guidelines, principles, construction, use andmaintenance of outdoor and indoor facilities. The objectives ofthe course are to (1) provide basic steps of the facilities planningprocess; (2) understand the objectives and needs affecting theplanning process; (3) become familiar with the problems, forcesand issues shaping facilities; (4) become aware of the legalconcepts in facility construction; and (5) become familiar withlandscape design, construction and turf management.PERM 3750 Outdoor Recreation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 1290 Outdoor PursuitsThis course enables students to (1) comprehend the fundamentalsof outdoor recreation; (2) understand the nature and outdoorresources for recreation; and (3) acquire essential skills to beleaders in outdoor recreational activities.PERM 4005 Facility Management (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PERM 2006 Organization and Administration inPhysical Education and RecreationThe course covers the fundamental knowledge of planning andmanagement of sports facilities. It teaches students the resourcesmanagement, design and building requirements as well as safetyand risk management required for outdoor and indoor sportfacilities. Upon completion of the course, students should beable to (1) understand the structures and space necessities forplanning facilities; (2) learn the basic steps of planning processand understand the objectives and needs affecting sports facilityplanning; and (3) understand all the major issues involved inplanning, funding, tendering, design, building and management ofsports facilities.PERM 4006 Financial and Human Resources (3,2,1) (E)Management in Leisure ServicesPrerequisite: PERM 2006 Organization and Administration inPhysical Education and RecreationThis course provides students with the fundamental conceptsand skills related to the management of financial and humanresources. It also gives them opportunities to apply suchknowledge and skills to solve management issues in mock sportand leisure settings.This course enables students to understand the fundamentalconcepts on how financial and human resources are managedand utilized effectively in an organization; to enable students toobtain experience in the practical aspects of problem-solving anddecision making techniques used to manage financial and humanresources in leisure services.PERM 4007 Leadership and Communication (3,3,0)in Sport and RecreationThis course introduces students to recreation leadership conceptsand theories. It also provides students with an understandingof communication theories and processes related to publicand interpersonal communication. The course offers studentsopportunities to practice their leadership and communicationskills in sport and recreation settings.This course enables students to acquire an understanding of thebasic leadership theories, models and approaches; to be familiarwith the processes of activity leadership; to be able to applyleadership skills and strategies learned in the course in leadingsport and recreation activities; to develop an understanding ofconflict negotiation and decision-making skills; to understandconcepts, models and theories of public and interpersonalcommunication; to be able to apply public and interpersonalcommunication concepts and theories to analyse their own,interpersonal, and group behaviors; to enhance their teambuilding and leadership skills; to improve their written and oralcommunication skills relevant to sport and recreation.479Course Descriptions

480Course DescriptionsPERM 4015 Marketing in Leisure Services (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PERM 2006 Organization and Administration inPhysical Education and RecreationThe course covers the fundamental marketing knowledge of sportand recreation and its applications in the Western and Chinesesport industry. Upon completion of the course, students shouldbe able to (1) understand the differences between services andphysical product; (2) identify the role of marketing in leisure andsport services; and (3) apply the marketing knowledge in leisureand sport services.PERM 4016 Outdoor Recreation (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PERM 1317 Outdoor PursuitsThis course is to introduce fundamental knowledge and issuesin outdoor recreation as well as in leading recreation activities.Upon completion of the course, students should be able to(1) comprehend the fundamentals of outdoor recreation; (2)understand the nature and outdoor resources for recreation; and(3) acquire essential skills to be leaders in outdoor recreationalactivities.PERM 4017 Principles and Practice of Exercise (3,3,0)and Weight ManagementThis course introduces students to the scientific principlesunderlying the design of weight management programmes. Italso provides students with an understanding of the obesityissues. It enables students to: (1) understand the health risks andthe etiology of obesity; (2) introduce exercise prescription andintervention to combat obesity; and (3) understand the issue ofobesity and weight control in physiological, sociological, andpsychological context.PERM 4895 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: PERM 3006 Research MethodsThis course is a required project for all BA (Hons) in PhysicalEducation and Recreation Management students. Studentswill pursue in-depth research on a specific topic of interest tothe student under the guidance of appointed lecturers from theDepartment offering the course. Students are to consult with theiradvisers regarding the necessary field study, experimentation,library or archival research required, and how best to integrate thisinto their Honours Project.This course enables students to initiate, conduct and writeupa research project in the physical education and reactionmanagement field; to integrate the professional skills which havebeen taught in the preceding two years with specific application toa topic to produce a well-argued and documented report.PHYS 1005 Introduction to Physics (3,3,0) (E)This course introduces some basic concepts of physics withemphasis on real-life examples. It explores the fundamentalphysical principles in the workings of everyday objects and naturalphenomena.PHYS 1121 General Physics I (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: AS-Level Physics, or O-Level Physics andMathematics, or consent of the instructorThis course covers classical mechanics and thermodynamics at anintroductory level. After a brief review of Newton’s three laws, anumber of applications illustrating the use of conservation lawswith the help of calculus are discussed. This is followed by anelementary treatment of rigid body and fluid mechanics. Thelast part deals with thermal phenomena and the uses of statisticalconcepts in describing the gaseous state.PHYS 1122 General Physics II (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1121 General Physics I or consent of theinstructorIntroductory concepts of electricity, magnetism, electromagneticwave and optics will be presented.PHYS 1160 Electronics (3,3,0) (E)Co-requisite: PHYS 1170 Electronics LaboratoryThis course aims at instilling the basic knowledge of electroniccircuits, devices, and transducers (both for discrete componentsand integrated circuits). Operational knowledge of instrumentsfor electrical measurement will be emphasized.PHYS 1170 Electronics Laboratory (1,0,3) (E)Co-requisite: PHYS 1160 Electronics or consent of the instructorThis is a laboratory course which provides a set of experimentscomplementing the course PHYS 1160 Electronics.PHYS 1320 Experimental Physics I (2,0,3) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1121 General Physics I or consent of theinstructorThis course consists of a series of laboratory experiments (andlectures, for PHYS 1320) complementing the following courses:PHYS 1121-2 General Physics I & II.PHYS 1330 Mathematical Methods of Physics (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: MATH 1570 Advanced Calculus or consent of theinstructorOrdinary differential equations, partial differential equations,Fourier series, Fourier transform, Laplace transform, functionof a complex variable, and applications to physics problems arediscussed.PHYS 1620 Introduction to Astronomy (3,3,0) (E)Introductory astronomy, from the solar system to the large scalestructure of the universe, will be presented to both science andnon-science students. Physical concepts will be emphasized.Presentation will be mainly on a qualitative level.PHYS 1640 Energy, Environment and (3,3,0) (E)SustainabilityClimate change and the depletion of energy resources are issuesof major international concern in the contemporary world. Thefocus of this course is on the multiple and intricate relationshipsbetween energy, environment and sustainability issues. Itallows students to fully understand the subject matter from boththe natural science and social science perspectives. Throughappropriate real-life examples, the course aims to guide students,in an exploration of viable alternative energy sources and toenable them to embark on a way of life that promotes a clean andsustainable use of energy resources. In addition to classroomlearning, the teaching will be supplemented by field visits,demonstrations, group projects and debates.PHYS 1650 Nano-Living: Impact of (3,3,0)Nanoscience and NanotechnologyThis course will popularize basic knowledge of nanoscience andnanotechnology, introduce an increasing range of pragmaticapplications in daily life, establish critical consciousness of theirsocial consequences (in environment, safety and human health),and prevent misleading.PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1005 Introduction to Physics and MATH1005 Calculus or consent of instructorThis course covers classical mechanics and thermodynamicspertaining to energy science applications. The concepts andtheory of Newtonian mechanics will be introduced followedby applications to rigid body motions, wave propagation, andfluid dynamics. After presenting the laws of thermodynamics,the energy flow and energy conversion mechanisms in variousthermodynamic processes will be examined.PHYS 2006 Electricity and Magnetism (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1005 Introduction to Physics and MATH1005 Calculus or consent of instructorThis course introduces the basic concepts of electricity andmagnetism as applied to energy technology fields. Topics includeelectrostatics, circuits, induction, motors, generators, alternatingcurrents, transformers, electromagnetic waves and optics.

PHYS 2008 Green Energy Laboratory I (1,1,0)Co-requisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorBy way of lectures and a series of experiments related to principlesand application of energy science, this practical course introducesYear 2 students to the basic concepts and methodologies behindexperimentation and energy science.PHYS 2009 Green Energy Laboratory II (1,1,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorCo-requisite: PHYS 2006 Electricity and Magnetism or consentof instructorBy way of a series of Green Energy experiments, this practicalcourse introduces Year II students to the basic concepts andmethodologies behind Green Energy.PHYS 2130 Electromagnetism I (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1122 General Physics II or consent of theinstructorReview of vector field theory, Coulomb’s law, electric field,Gauss’s law, electric potential, Poisson’s equation, Laplace’sequation, electric energy, boundary value problems, multipleexpansion, electric fields in matter, magnetic field, Lorentz force,Ampére’s law, and Biot Savart law.PHYS 2140 Electromagnetism II (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 2130 Electromagnetism I or consent of theinstructorMagnetic fields in matter, Maxwell’s equations, vector potential,gauge transformation, electromagnetic energy and momentum,Poynting’s theorem, electromagnetic waves, polarization,reflection and refraction, electromagnetics waves in conductingmedia, dispersion, wave guides, electromagnetic radiation,retarded potential and Liénard-Wiechert potential, and relativisticelectrodynamics.PHYS 2260 Modern Physics (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1121-2 General Physics I & II, or consent ofthe instructorThis course introduces the key concepts of 20th-century physics:special relativity, light quantization, wave-particle duality, andquantum physics.PHYS 2330 Mechanics (4,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 1121 General Physics I or consent of theinstructorLagrangian and Hamiltonian Mechanics, central force motion,harmonic oscillations, coupled oscillations and waves. Teachingwill be illustrated with applications.PHYS 2340 Experimental Physics II (2,0,3)Prerequisite: Year II standing or consent of the instructorThis course consists of a series of laboratory experimentscomplementing the following courses: PHYS 1121-2 GeneralPhysics I & II.PHYS 2350 Atoms, Molecules, and Solids (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 2260 Modern Physics, or consent ofinstructorBy using the framework of quantum physics, this course explainsthe rich and diverse properties of matter ranging from atoms tosolids.PHYS 2360 Experimental Physics III (2,0,3)Prerequisite: Year II standing or consent of the instructorThis course consists of a series of laboratory experimentscomplementing the courses PHYS 2260 Modern Physics, PHYS2130 Electromagnetism I, PHYS 3120 Statistical Physics I andPHYS 2140 Electromagnetism II.PHYS 3005 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (4,4,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorThis course begins by introducing the key concepts of quantumphysics including the wave-particle duality, the Heisenberguncertainty principle and the Schrödinger equation. Usingthe language of quantum physics, students will then explorethe structure and properties of atoms and nuclei. This coursealso introduces the basic concepts of radioactivity and nuclearreactions and lays a foundation for understanding the workingprinciples of nuclear power generation.PHYS 3006 Renewable Energy Sources (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorThis course covers the physics and working principles ofrenewable energy sources such as wind, water, biomass, andgeothermal energy. Environmental impacts of the varioustechnologies are explained. Selected examples of emergingtechnologies and latest developments are also discussed.PHYS 3007 Energy Storage, Distribution and (3,3,0)ConservationPrerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorThis course explores the current practice and emergingtechnologies in energy storage, distribution and efficient energyusage. Selected topics on novel technologies such as high powerdensity rechargeable batteries, nonhydrogen based fuel cells, andsmart energy management etc. will also be discussed.PHYS 3015 Structure and Properties of (3,3,0)MatterPrerequisite: PHYS 3005 Atomic and Nuclear Physics orconsent of instructorBy using the framework of quantum physics, this course examinesthe structural, chemical, and electronic properties of matter,which form the basis for energy device applications.PHYS 3016 Energy Management (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorThis course explores the basic energy management strategy tostreamline energy flow and maximize energy usage efficiencyin daliy life. In addition to new supply-side managementtopics not covered in PHYS 3007 Energy Storage, Distributionand Conservation, the course will emphasize demand-sidemanagement including economics models, energy audit procedure,user-based source planning and implementation methods.PHYS 3017 Green Energy Lab with (3,0,3)LabVIEWThis course provides an introductory level to graphicalprogramming for data acquisition and instrument controlencountered by science students, using LabVIEW TMas theprogramming platform. This course has experiments in the areaof energy generation and device characterization such that themeasurements are carried out with the use of LabView for dataacquisition, data conversion, information presentation and filestorage and retrieval.PHYS 3025 Physics and Technology of (3,3,0)Energy ConversionPrerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorThis course provides a solid foundation of energy conversiontechnology which is the key to renewable energy science. Theprocesses include the conversion of Thermal, Mechanical andChemical energy into electricity.PHYS 3026 Instrumentation and Data (3,*,*) (E)Acquisition LaboratoryPrerequisite: COMP 1005 Essence of ComputingThis course introduces graphical programming for data acquisitionand instrument control encountered by science students, usingLabVIEW TM as the programming platform. This course providesa basic concept of hardware interface and sampling theory, andto equip students with practical skills to data acquisition, analysisand instrument control.481Course Descriptions

482Course DescriptionsPHYS 3027 Intermediate Electromagnetism (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 2006 Electricity and Magnetism or consentof instructorThis course studies electomagnetism up to Maxwell's equationsat an intermediate level. It uses the tools of vector calculus forsolving special problems in electrostatics and magnetostaticsincluding the presence of dielectric and magnetic materials.PHYS 3035 Energy and Thermodynamics (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 2005 Heat and Motion or consent ofinstructorThis course introduces the relation between free energy andkinematics by demonstrating the statistical formalism ofthermodynamics. Different kinds of free energy for differentensembles will be discussed, followed by applications of thestatistical formalism to simple thermodynamic systems.PHYS 3120 Statistical Physics I (4,4,0) (E)Co-requisite: Year III standing or consent of the instructorFoundation course on thermal and statistical physics. After adiscussion of thermodynamic systems and processes, the basicpostulates and framework of the statistical mechanics will be laidout, and connections to the classical thermodynamic laws will bemade. The formalism will then be applied to simple classical andquantum systems such as the ideal gas, paramagnetic solid, freeelectron gas and phonons in solids, etc. The quantum statistics ofBosons and Fermions will be introduced.PHYS 3140 Solid State Physics I (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 3120 Statistical Physics I or consent of theinstructorThis course studies applications of statistical physics and quantummechancis to the solid state of matter. Aspects included arecrystal structures, X-ray diffraction, lattice dynamics, thermalproperties, and band theory of solids.PHYS 3150 Quantum Mechanics I (4,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 2260 Modern PhysicsThe course begins with a revision of the elementary wavemechanics for a particle in one dimension. The basic formalismof quantum mechanics is then introduced after equipping studentswith tools from linear algebra. The theory is then applied to thetreatment of the hydrogen atom and classification of angularmomentum eigenstates. The wave functions for many-electronsystems and their applications will be introducted.PHYS 3170 Solid State Physics II (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 3140 Solid Physics I or consent of theinstructorThis course is a continuation of PHYS 3140 Solid State Physics I.A wide range of properties of solids, which include chargetransport phenomena, optical properties, dielectric properties, andselected new materials of current interest will be treated in detail.PHYS 3240 Experimental Physics IV (2,0,3) (E)Prerequisite: Year III standing or consent of the instructorThis course consists of a series of laboratory experimentscomplementing the courses PHYS 2260 Modern Physics, PHYS2130 Electromagnetism I, PHYS 3120 Statistical Physics I andPHYS 2140 Electromagnetism II.PHYS 3250 Experimental Physics V (2,0,2)Prerequisite: Year III standing or consent of the instructorThis course consists of a series of laboratory experimentscomplementing to year three courses, as well as some level twocourses.PHYS 3260 Quantum Mechanics II (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 3150 Quantum Mechanics I or consent ofthe instructorThis course studies the principles and applications of quantummechanics. The topics include: angular momentum and spin,perturbation theory, the variational principle, helium atom,molecules, and scattering.PHYS 3270 Modern Optics (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: PHYS 2140 Electromagnetism II or consent of theinstructorThe first part of this course focuses on understanding the natureof light and its interactions with matter. Though based onclassical ideas, modern applications will be emphasized. Thesecond part covers the quantum mechanical treatment of lightmatterinteractions, including semi-classical model of the laserand topics of current interest.PHYS 3290 Statistical Physics II (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 3120 Statistical Physics I or consent of theinstructorElementary treatment of statistical mechanics of interactingparticles and simple kinetic processes, with applications tocondensed systems such as liquids, superfluids or superconductors.Topics covered include cluster expansion for non-ideal gas, simpletransport processes, individual and collective diffusion, andcollective phenomena.PHYS 3310 Modern Science Experimental Lab (3,0,3) (E)Prerequisite: COMP 1170 Introduction to Str ucturedP r o g r a m m i n g , C O M P 1 1 8 0 S t r u c t u r e dP r o g r a m m i n g o r I . T. 1 1 8 0 I n f o r m a t i o nManagement TechnologyThis course provides an introductory level to graphicalprogramming for data acquisition and instrument controlencountered by science students, using LabVIEW TMas theprogramming platform. In contrast to other structuredprogramming platforms such as C and BASIC which requirea sophisticated programming experience, the graphicalprogramming environment offers a simple platform for beginnersto control instruments, automate data acquisition and datapresentation.PHYS 3460 Computational Physics I (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: COMP 1170 Introduction to Str ucturedProgramming or COMP 1180 Str ucturedProgramming or consent of the instructorThis is an introductory course on doing physics on the computer.By working through selected examples, students will learn basicprogramming strategies, as well as an appreciation of importantconcepts in numerical analysis, such as accuracy, stability, andefficiency of various algorithms. They will also encounterexamples of modelling and simulation designed to deepen theirunderstanding of physical phenomena such as diffusion, growth,and phase transitions. The course includes a lab componentwhich gives the student hands-on experience in numericalcomputation.PHYS 3591-2 Physics Project I & II (3,0,9)A one-year individual project which usually relates to theinterdisciplinary or applied courses in the final year, and requiresknowledge and skill acquired in the course. A thesis and an oralpresentation are required upon completion of the project. Thiscourse is open to Physics majors only.PHYS 3640 Computational Physics II (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 3460 Computational Physics I or consent ofthe instructorThis course focuses on the Molecular Dynamics (MD) and MonteCarlo (MC) methods applied to particle and spin systems. Thebasic ideas are first introduced through the simple example of aharmonic oscillator. The MD method is then applied to a manyparticleclassical system in a box. Some standard algorithms fornumerical integration, and for bookkeeping are discussed, alongwith methods of data analysis. Two versions of the MC methodwill be applied to the Ising model. The question of relaxationtime will be addressed. Finally, a version of the MC method willbe introduced to simulate the liquid state of a particle system andcompared with the corresponding MD simulation.

PHYS 3910 Topics in Physics I (*,*,*) (E)PHYS 3920 Topics in Physics II (*,*,*) (E)PHYS 3930 Topics in Physics III (*,*,*) (E)Prerequisite: Year III standing or consent of the instructorThis course covers more advanced topics or topics of currentinterest. A partial list of the topics includes the following:Acoustics, Computer-controlled Instrumentation, MaterialsScience, Electronic Instrumentation, Lasers and TheirApplications, Optoelectronics, Seminconductor Physics, andSpectroscopy. This course can be repeated for credit if the topic isdifferent.PHYS 4005 Non-Fossil Fuels (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 3005 Atomic and Nuclear Physics andPHYS 3015 Structure and Properties of Matter orconsent of instructorThis course covers the physics and working principles of importantnonfossil fuels, including nuclear, geothermal, and solar energysources. Environmental impacts of the various technologies areexplained. Selected examples of emerging technologies and latestdevelopments are also discussed.PHYS 4006 Advanced Green Energy (3,0,3)Laboratory (Metrology)Prerequisite: PHYS 3017 Green Energy with LabView orconsent of instructorThis laboratory course uses LabVIEW based software to performexperiments. The teaching mode includes lectures, lab exercises,and project-based experiments related to (1) energy harvesting;(2) energy conversion efficiency; (3) energy conservation; (4)measurements of meteorological parameters and atmosphericconstituents; (5) meteorological instrumentation; and (6)characterizations of energy harvesting materials and solar cells.PHYS 4007 Advances in Displays and Lighting (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 4025 Solid State Physics I and PHYS 4017Semiconductor Physics and Devices, or consent ofinstructorThis course provides students with an insight on understandingthe principles of displays and lighting that are widely used forapplication in mobile appliance, automotive lighting, trafficsignals, signage, LCD backlighting, advanced displays and energyefficient lighting.PHYS 4015 Introduction to Intellectual (2,2,0)PropertyPrerequisite: Year IV standingThis is an elective course for Year IV students majoring in GreenEnergy Science but it is open to all senior year students in allmajors. The course offers basic knowledge on copyrights, patentfiling and patent application.PHYS 4016 Renewable Energy Materals (3,3,0)and DevicesPrerequisite: PHYS 3015 Structure and Properties of Matter orconsent of instructorThis course provides students an insight on understandingthe renewable energy materials and devices with emphasison semiconductor science and photovoltaic technologies forapplication in energy harvesting. Topics cover the principles ofsemiconductor physics, basic energy bands, carrier transport, p-njunctions, photovoltaic effect, device structures, applications andrecent advances in solar cell technologies.PHYS 4017 Semiconductor Physics and (3,3,0)DevicesPrerequisite: PHYS 3015 Structure and Properties of Matter orconsent of instructorThis course introduces the basic physics of semiconductormaterials and the physical principles of key semiconductordevices. Both electronic and optical properties of semiconductorsare covered. Selected applications of the semiconductor devices,e.g. in light-emitting diodes, solar cells and photo-detectors, willbe presented.PHYS 4025 Solid State Physics I (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PHYS 3015 Structure and Properties of Matter ofconsent of instructorThis course studies applications of statistical physics and quantummechancis to the solid state of matter. Aspects included arecrystal structures, X-ray diffraction, lattice dynamics, thermalproperties, and band theory of solids.PHYS 4027 Computational Physics (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year IV standing or consent of instructorThis is an introductory course on computer simulation. Byworking through selected examples, including green energy relatedtopics such as the OLED emission, students will learn basicprogramming strategies, as well as an appreciation of importantconcepts in numerical analysis, such as accuracy, stability, anddeficiency of various algorithms. The course includes a labcomponent which gives the student hands-on experience oncomputer simulation. An introduction to higher level languagesor subroutines may also be included.PHYS 4035 Topics in Energy Science I (3,3,0)PHYS 4036 Topics in Energy Science II (3,3,0)PHYS 4037 Topics in Energy Science III (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year IV standing or consent of instructorThese courses are specialized courses reflecting the developmentof the time and the research interests of the faculty. Examplesof topics include Materials Science, Electronic Instrumentation,Optoelectronics, Spectroscopy, and Nuclear Physics andTechnology. These courses can be repeated for credit if the topicsare different.PHYS 4898-9 Final Year Project I & II (3,0,9)Prerequisite: Year IV standing or consent of instructorAll final year students majoring in Green Energy Science have tocomplete a project. The project may be taken as a semester-projector a year-project. It is one of the key elements in the programmeto train students to explore energy science in a research setting.The range of projects is diverse and each student will workindependently under faculty supervision. Upon completion, thestudent will gain valuable hands-on experience in problem solving.He will be required to communicate his results via written textsand oral presentation.PHYS 7320 Principles and Technologies of (3,3,0)Renewable Energy IThis course introduce the principles and technologies of renewableenergy. After completion of this course, students will learn (1)the origin of renewable energy flow; (2) blackbody radiation,solar spectrum and radiation; (3) the Earth’s energy budget; (4)working principles of inorganic and organic photovoltaic cells;(5) device fabrication and architecture; (6) materials science andcharacterization methodology of photovoltaic cells; and (7) solarcell systems and installation.PHYS 7330 Principles and Technologies of (3,3,0)Renewable Energy IIPrerequisite: PHYS 7320 Principles and Technologies ofRenewable Energy IAfter completion of this course, students will learn (1) the originof renewable energy flow; (2) individual renewable energysources, including solar radiation, wind, ocean waves, water flowsand tides, heat flows and stored heat, biomass; (3) large scaleenergy conversion processes; and (4) power transmission andenergy storage technologies.PHYS 7340 Energy Harvesting and Energy (3,3,0)ConservationPrerequisite: PHYS 7320 Principles and Technologies ofRenewable Energy IIAfter completion of this course, students will learn the following:(1) renewable energy system analysis; (2) harvesting parasiticenergy in daily life; (3) harvesting chemical energy; and (4) energyconservation.483Course Descriptions

484Course DescriptionsPHYS 7350 Geographic Information System and (3,3,0)Remote SensingIn this course, students will learn the following: (1) atmosphericphysics; (2) principles of radiation and energy transfer in theatmosphere; (3) measurement techniques of atmosphericparameters and constituents; (4) satellite and remote sensinginstrumentation; and (5) data inversion methodology andalgorithm.PHYS 7360 Green Laboratory (3,0,3)This laboratory course includes lectures, lab exercises, and projectbasedexperiments. The laboratory provides a set of practicalexperiments, which related to (1) energy harvesting; (2) energyconversion efficiency; (3) energy conservation; (4) measurementsof meteorological parameters and atmospheric constituents; (5)meteorological instrumentation; and (6) characterizations ofenergy harvesting materials and solar cells.PHYS 7371-2 Project in Green Technology (6,0,3)The objective of the course is to enable students to developmastery of green technology related concepts, including energyharvesting, energy conservation, and pollution monitoring.Students are expected to perform a highly independent work.After completion of this course, they will be able to demonstratetheir mastery of course materials and apply what they have learntin implementing practical problems. Students may proposea topic or select a project from a list of topics provided by theDepartment.PHYS 7380 Advanced Topics in Physics I (3,3,0)PHYS 7390 Advanced Topics in Physics II (3,3,0)PHYS 7400 Advanced Topics in Physics III (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructorThis course are advanced courses reflecting the research interestsof the time and of the faculty. Fundamental physics conceptsand skills acquired from upper level undergraduate courses will beapplied in these courses. Topics offered include Materials Science,Scientific Instrumentation, Modern Optics, Optoelectronics,Semiconductor Physics, Biophysics, Nonlinear Dynamic andSpectroscopy. These courses can be repeated for credit if thetopics are different.PHYS 7410 Physics for Green Technology (3,3,0)This course covers the physics for green technology andenvironmental science, including classical and fluid mechanics,thermodynamics, electrostatics and electricity, electromagneticwaves, optics, and modern physics.PHYS 7420 Energy Usage, the Environment and (3,3,0)SustainabilityThis course allows students to comprehend the significance ofenergy sources, their capacity, security, costs and their effectson the environment. The energy production and economicdistinction between non-renewable (e.g. coal, gas, oil and nuclearfuel) and renewable sources (e.g. wood, biomass, hydro, solar,wind, geothermal and ocean) upon amongst different countrieswill be explored. In addition, an examination on the role ofnuclear energy and its concerns in radiation, spent fuel wastedisposal and safety issue are addressed.PHYS 7430 Introduction to Modern Materials (3,3,0)This course aims to provide a broad base on properties of modernmaterials and their applications. Topics cover structure, propertiesand functionality of materials including metals, ceramics,polymers and semiconductors.PHYS 7440 Principles of Optoelectronics (3,3,0)This course aims to provide a broad base on optoelectronicproperties of semiconductors and device applications. Topicscover the principles of optoelectronics, their applications to somekey modern optoelectronic devices and current photovoltaictechniques.PHYS 7450 Principles of Photonic Physics (3,3,0)This is an introduction into advanced topics in propagationof electromagnetic waves in a medium and interaction ofelectromagnetic waves with matter. Topics covered includederivation of optical constants such as susceptibility and dielectricconstants, absorption, scattering and negative refraction.PHYS 7460 Advances in Displays and Lighting (3,3,0)This course provides students an insight on understandingthe principles of displays and lighting that are widely used forapplication in mobile appliance, automotive lighting, trafficsignals, signage, LCD backlighting, advanced displays and energyefficient lighting.POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science (3,2,1) (E)This is a course which introduces students to a comprehensivereview of the field of political science. Basic concepts, politicaltheories and methodologies, political institutions, politicalparties are all examined. The Subfields of comparative politicsand international relations are also integral parts of the courseso as to lay down the foundation for further studies. Politicaldevelopments in Europe and China are frequently employed asexamples and related to the introduction of political ideas.POLS 1110 Introduction to Research Methods (3,2,1) (E)This course is designed to enhance students’ ability to perceive,evaluate and understand political phenomena through asystematic introduction to a wide range of approaches, methodsand theories of political science. Basic research proceduresand academic writing are the other foci of the course. Studentsare encouraged to analyse and explain the current politicaldevelopment of Europe, mainland China or Hong Kong with thehelp of particular perspectives and research methods. This courseis open to GIS and European Studies majors only.POLS 1120 Introduction to Political Economy (3,2,1) (E)Political economy, with its roots in the European 17th and 18thcenturies, was the forefather of what developed in the 20thcentury into the two separate disciplines of political scienceand economics. However, it has remained as that disciplinewhich examines the relationship of the individual to society, theeconomy, and the state. It is the study of relations and choices,of structures and institutions, of scales from the personal andlocal to the national, international, and global. Its originatorsinclude Locke, Hobbes, Adam Smith, Karl Marx, and MaxWeber. Including choice theory and market theory, system theory,development theory and public policy theory, political economyexamines the historic and human behavioural linkages amongvalues/morals, politics, economic reality and economic reasoning.This course is open to GIS majors and GIS minors only.POLS 1140 Political Movements: Chinese and (3,2,1) (E)EuropeanPrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1510 Foundations of PoliticalScience or POLS 1520 Government and Politics ofChinaFor ES major: EURO 1111 Europe: Unity andDiversityThe course examines three major political movements—nationalism, liberalism, and socialism—within a comparativecontext. By “movement” is meant not solely an ideology, but anideology in relation to concrete political developments and popularmobilization. European experience of the three movements willbe compared and contrasted with Chinese experience. This courseis open to GIS and European Studies majors only.POLS 1150 Introduction to China Studies (1,0,0)This one-unit course is designed specially for Year I China Studiesstudents. It introduces students to the origin and development ofChina studies by examining the state of research and substantiveknowledge in the field. It also introduces works by noted China-

watchers or sinologists as well as publications by the teaching staffof China studies at the Hong Kong Baptist University, with anemphasis on the multidisciplinary nature of the field.POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science (3,2,1) (E)This is a course which introduces to students a comprehensivereview of the field of political science. Basic concepts, politicaltheories and methodologies, political institutions, politicalparties are all examined. The subfields of comparative politicsand international relations are also integral parts of the courseso as to lay down the foundation for further studies. Politicaldevelopments in Europe and China are frequently employed asexamples and related to the introduction of political ideas.POLS 1520 Government and Politics of China (3,2,1) (E)An introductory course to the government and politics ofcontemporary China focusing on the historical development andinstitutionalization of Marxism-Leninism.POLS 1530 Government and Politics of Hong (3,2,1) (E)KongThis course examines the development of politics and politicalinstitutions in Hong Kong from its colonial founding to thepresent. The institutional framework of politics in Hong Kongand the development of political culture in Hong Kong areintroduced, and the outlines of Hong Kong’s future relationshipwith China are explored with a focus on the Basic Law and theongoing reforms leading up to the assumption of sovereigntyby the People’s Republic of China. This course is open to GISmajors and GIS minors only.POLS 2005 Government and Politics of China (3,2,1) (E)An introductory course to the government and politics ofcontemporary China presenting China’s political changes after thefall of the Manchu Empire and focusing on the political system ofthe People’s Republic of China since the late 1970s.POLS 2006 Introduction to Political Economy (3,2,1) (E)Political economy, with its roots in the European 17th and 18thcenturies, was the forebear of what developed in the twentiethcentury into the two separate disciplines of political science andeconomic. However, it has become defined in the last twentyyears as that sub-discipline of political science and economicwhich examines the relationship of the individual to society, theeconomy, and the state with a particular focus on state-marketinteractions and intersections. It is the study of relations andchoices, of structures and institutions, of scales from the personaland local to the national, international, and global. Its originatorsinclude John Locke, Thomas Hobbes, Adam Smith, Karl Marx,and Max Weber. Including choice theory and market theory,system theory, development theory and public policy theory,contemporary political economy examines the historic and humanbehavioural linkages among values/morals, politics, economicreality and economic reasoning. Its prime question concerns therole of politics in the economy and the effects and constraints ofthe economy on the power and functions of politics and of thestate.POLS 2007 Introduction to Research Methods (3,2,1) (E)This is a course designed to enhance students’ ability to perceive,evaluate and understand political phenomena through asystematic introduction to a wide range of approaches, methodsand theories of political science. Basic research proceduresand academic writing are the other foci of the course. Studentsare encouraged to analyse and explain the current politicaldevelopment of Europe, China or Hong Kong with the help ofparticular perspectives and research methods.POLS 2015 Government and Politics of Hong (3,2,1) (E)KongThis course examines the development of politics and politicalinstitutions in Hong Kong from its colonial founding to thepresent. The institutional framework of politics in Hong Kongand the development of political culture in Hong Kong areintroduced, and the outlines of Hong Kong’s past and presentrelationship with mainland China are explored with a focus onthe Basic Law and the ongoing reforms after the assumption ofsovereignty by the People’s Republic of China.POLS 2016 Political Movements: Chinese and (3,2,1) (E)EuropeanPrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1005 Foundations of PoliticalScience or POLS 2005 Government and Politics ofChinaFor ES major: EURO 1008 Europe: Unity andDiversityThis course is designed to introduce a conceptual toolkit thatis useful for understanding the origins, dynamics, and impactsof political movements. It starts with an attempt to distinguishbetween “normal” political process and political movements.Then it presents two typologies of political movements, onebased on claims, the other based on forms of collective action.The third, and most important, part of the course focuses on anumber of key concepts, such as relative deprivation, framing,and political opportunity structure, which are often used whenanalysing the emergence of political movements.POLS 2110 Statistical and Survey Methods for (3,2,1) (E)Political SciencePrerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceThe 20th century has been described as the age of statistics andmodern political research increasingly demands familiarity withthe means by which statistically based claims and policy decisionshave been developed and advanced. Quantitative analysis alsoprovides new means to describe and analyse social phenomena.In conjunction with qualitative and disciplinary approaches (i.e.historical, economic, psychological, sociological, etc.), quantitativeanalysis comprises an essential aspect of the discipline of politicalscience. A key aspect of quantitative applications in the socialsciences has been survey research, ranging from market researchto opinion polling and quality of life surveys. This courseprovides an introduction to descriptive and inferential statisticsand survey design, administration, analysis and theory. Criticalunderstanding of the problems of analysis posed by quantitativedatabases, qualitative assessment and questionnaire development,and the proper presentation and explanation of quantitative dataand its limitations provide primary purposes of the course. Thiscourse is open to GIS majors and GIS minors (Year II standing)only.POLS 2130 Foundations of International (3,2,1) (E)RelationsPrerequisite: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceThis is a course which introduces students to the basic concepts,methods and processes of International Relations by focusingon four major “perspectives” that have framed analytical workin the field, namely “Realism-Power Politics”, “Dominance-Dependence”, “Transnationalism-Interdependency” and “CulturalInteractionism”. International Relations seeks to build upon andintegrate the disciplinary foundations students obtained in theirfirst-year Political Science and Political Economy courses. Itdoes this through a “levels of analysis” approach and through aproblem-solving treatment of issues relevant, where possible, toHong Kong’s interaction with its own region and with other areasof the globe. This course is open to GIS and ES majors and GISminors (Year II standing) only.POLS 2140 Political Philosophy: Chinese and (3,2,1) (E)EuropeanPrerequisite: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceThe course is a study of the major political thinkers and issuesin European and Chinese political philosophy. It will examinetheories of the state, their development and their functions in bothcultures, and compare the specific approaches of European and485Course Descriptions

486Course Descriptionsof Chinese thinkers to political issues in different periods of time.Special emphasis is put on the attempts to synthesize Chinese andEuropean political thought in the first half of the 20th century.This course is open to GIS and ES majors only.POLS 2160 European Politics and Society: (3,2,1) (E)French Political and Government SystemPrerequisite: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceAfter a brief presentation of the legacy of the past (i.e. the FrenchRevolution and the various regimes which followed), the coreof the course is an examination of the evolution of the Frenchpolitical and governmental system from the unstable structuresof the Fourth Republic to the more effective presidential regimethat exists today. Basic concepts of political science, theories andmethodologies acquired in POLS 1510 Foundations of PoliticalScience are applied here to the study and analysis of one of themajor nation states in Europe. This course is open to GIS and ESmajors only.POLS 2170 European Politics and Society: (3,2,1) (E)German Political Systems and SocietyPrerequisite: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceBasic concepts of political science, theories and methodologiesacquired in POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science areapplied here to the description and analysis of one of the majornation states in Europe. The course studies the structure ofsuccessive political systems in Germany within their historicalcontext. Special emphasis will be placed on the post-warconstruction of a “social-constitutional state”, a “social marketeconomy”, and the current multi-tiered political system of theFederal Republic of Germany. The course will finally examineunited Germany’s role in European and global politics. Itprepares for POLS 3620 Contemporary Europe and Asia andEURO 3140 Current Issues of European Integration. This courseis open to GIS and ES majors only.POLS 2180 Government and Politics of the (3,2,1) (E)United StatesPrerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceAmerican Constitutionalism and the Bill of Rights (the first tenAmendments to the Constitution) comprise one of the majorfoundations of contemporary notions of modern, democraticgovernment. This course examines the origins and developmentof US forms of government, federal and state, and also examinesconflicts which have challenged, and continue to challenge, insome cases, the functioning of this system. This course is open toGIS majors and GIS minors (Year II standing) only.POLS 2190 Government and Politics of the (3,2,1) (E)United KingdomPrerequisite: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceThe British system of parliamentary government has exercised aprofound influence throughout the world. This course examinesthe growth and workings of the British system. It identifies thekey features of the British political and administrative systems,seeks to explain both the change and the continuities withinBritish politics, and examines the various pressures and challengesto which it is currently exposed. It also discusses the Britishapproach to European integration since the Second World War.This course is open to GIS and ES majors and GIS minors (YearII standing) only.POLS 2205 European Politics and Society: (3,2,1) (E)French Political and Government SystemPrerequisite: EURO 1008-9 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1005 Foundations of Political ScienceAfter a brief presentation of the legacy of the past (i.e. the FrenchRevolution and the various regimes which followed), the coreof the course is an examination of the evolution of the Frenchpolitical and government system from the unstable structures ofthe Fourth Republic to the more effective presidential regime thatexists today.Basic concepts of political science, theories and methodologiesacquired in POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science areapplied here to the study and analysis of one of the major nationstates in Europe.POLS 2206 European Politics and Society: (3,2,1) (E)German Political Systems and SocietyPrerequisite: EURO 1008-9 Europe: Unity and Diversity orPOLS 1005 Foundations of Political ScienceThe course studies the structure of successive political systems inGermany within their historical context. Special emphasis will beplaced on the traumatic experience of the Third Reich, its originsand its consequences in the post-war construction of a “socialconstitutionalstate”, a “social market economy”, and the currentmulti-tiered political system of the Federal Republic of Germany,as it is embedded today in the European Union.POLS 2620 Ideology and Socialism in China (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political ScienceThis course explores the ideological and philosophical foundationsof Socialist China after 1949, the concepts, ideas, and theoriesgenerated during the periods of revolution and development ofsocialism in China, and the current political and social changesand relevant political and economic reforms initiated by the partystate.This course is open to GIS and China Studies majors only.POLS 2630 Chinese Legal System (3,2,1) (E)This course aims to introduce to students some of the majorareas of the Chinese legal system that are of interest to peoplein Hong Kong. It traces the historical and political backgroundsleading to the current Chinese legal system. Major areas coveredinclude the basic courses such as constitutional, civil, commercial,administrative and criminal laws, as well as the court system andthe legislative process. Where appropriate, comparisons with theHong Kong counterpart will be made. Finally, the Basic Lawwill be examined in relation to its provisions and its significanceto Hong Kong after the change of sovereignty in July 1997. Thiscourse is open to GIS and China Studies majors only.POLS 2640 Government and Politics of Japan (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Scienceand POLS 1520 Government and Politics ofChinaThis course focuses on the political development of Japan since1945. It begins with a historical-overview of the rise of modernJapan and an examination of the legacies of the Second WorldWar. The workings of the major political institutions, centraland local, are studied, with particular reference to the process ofpolicy-making. It goes on to identify the main political actors,political parties, business groups and labour unions and examinespolitical culture and mass electoral behaviour. The role of Japanin the international system is also assessed.POLS 3005 Foundations of International (3,2,1) (E)RelationsPrerequisite: For GIS/ES major: POLS 1005 Foundations ofPolitical Science or EURO 1008-9 Europe: Unityand DiversityFor GIS minor: Year III standingThis is a course which introduces students to the basic concepts,methods and processes of International Relations by focusingon four major “perspectives” that have framed analytical workin the field, namely “Realism-Power Politics”, “Dominance-Dependence”, “Transnationalism-Interdependency” and “CulturalInteractionism”. International Relations seeks to build uponand integrate the disciplinary foundations students obtained inthe first-year Political Science and Political Economy courses. Itdoes this through a “level of analysis” approach and through aproblem-solving treatment of issues relevant, where possible, toHong Kong’s interaction with its own region and with other areasof the globe.

POLS 3006 Statistical and Survey Methods (3,2,1) (E)for Political SciencePrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1005 Foundations of PoliticalScienceFor GIS minor: Year III standingThe objective of this course is to help students develop somebasic working knowledge of quantitative methods in politicalstudies. The course will be divided into three parts. During thefirst few weeks, we will discuss some basic principles of surveyresearch. Then we will examine how to use statistical tools todescribe political phenomena. Finally, we will look at how to usestatistical tools to explore causal relationships among variables.Based on the principle of learning by doing, we will deploy SPSS,a statistical computing package for social sciences, to do nine labwork assignments. By the end of the course, students are expectedto develop the capabilities to identify puzzles, develop hypothesesand design questions to test hypotheses; collect data, enter dataand transform data; and perform basic univariate, bivariate andmultivariate data analyses.POLS 3110 International Political Economy (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: For ES major: (1) POLS 1510 Foundations ofPolitical Science; and (2) POLS 2160 EuropeanPolitics and Society: French Political andGovernment System, or POLS 2170 EuropeanPolitics and Society: German Political Systems andSociety, or POLS 2180 Government and Politics ofthe United States, or POLS 2190 Government andPolitics of the United KingdomFor GIS major: POLS 1120 Introduction toPolitical Economy, POLS 1510 Foundations ofPolitical Science and POLS 2130 Foundations ofInternational RelationsThe global political economy is in many ways not a newphenomenon. Imperialism in the form of single nation-statesdominating sub-national areas began to impose forms ofgovernment and economic regulation worldwide as early as the18th century. Yet, even so, one could argue that these nationstateempires were relatively isolated global regionalisms until themid-20th century. Only in the post-World War II period coulda more or less voluntary, systematic, and global framework ofpolitical and economic relations begin to develop which, whilerecognizing the nation-state, nevertheless also sublimated it tointernational protocols and behaviours, and since the end of theCold War in 1991 the process has accelerated. Today the isolatednation-state has lost much of its sovereignty to the internationalpolitical economy. This course examines that process and theactors which have developed, or are developing, the internationalpolitical economy. Challenges to the global international politicaleconomy are raised and potential dangers and opportunitiesexamined. This course is open to GIS and ES majors only.POLS 3120 World Order Issues (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: Year III standing in GIS major or Year IV standingin ES major or GIS minor (Year III standing)As the world grows more integrated, as communication andbusiness speed up the changes in our daily lives, the impact ofevents on our individual lifestyles deepens and the necessity tounderstand and react intelligently to events and forces affectingus becomes more imperative. This course is the capstonerequired experience for graduating majors. Guest lectures byoutside speakers and members of the Department in their areasof research and specialization are used to inform and provokestudents to apply concepts and data acquired in their time ofstudy to current problems facing the global order, and thus, tothemselves, their families, and their careers. The personal andthe corporate, the local and the global, the present and the futureare intended to be brought together in this issue-oriented coursewhich focuses the life experience and academic study of studentson their world and the events and forces changing it on a daily, ifnot hourly, basis.POLS 3205 Chinese Legal System (3,2,1) (E)The course aims to introduce students to some of the major areasof the current Chinese legal system and traces their historical andpolitical backgrounds. Major areas covered are constitutional,civil, commercial, administrative and criminal laws, as well as thecourt system and the legislative process. The Basic Law will beexamined in relation to its provisions and its significance to HongKong after the change of sovereignty in July 1997.POLS 3206 Government and Politics of Japan (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science andPOLS 2005 Government and Politics of ChinaThe course focuses on the political development of Japan since1945. It begins with a historical overview of the rise of modernJapan and an examination of the legacies of the Second WorldWar. The workings of the major political institutions, centraland local, are studied, with particular reference to the process ofpolicy-making. It goes on to identify the main political actors,political parties, business groups and labour unions and examinespolitical culture and mass electoral behaviour. The role of Japanin the international system is also assessed.POLS 3207 Government and Politics of the (3,2,1) (E)United KingdomPrerequisite: For GIS/ES major: POLS 1005 Foundations ofPolitical Science or EURO 1008-9 Europe: Unityand DiversityFor GIS minor: Year III standingThis is a course which intends to examine the growth andworkings of the British system of parliamentary government.It identifies the key features of the British political andadministrative systems, seeks to explain both the changes andthe continuities within British politics, and examines the variouspressures and challenges to which it is currently exposed under theNew Labour government from Blair to Brown. It also discussesthe British approach to European integration since 1945.POLS 3215 Government and Politics of the (3,2,1) (E)United StatesPrerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political ScienceThis course aims to introduce students to American politics andgovernment by examining the foundational principles and ideas,institutional structures, political processes, and policy-makingpatterns of the American political system.POLS 3216 Ideology and Socialism in China (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political SciencePolitical history can be most meaningfully analysed as amonumental struggle between opposing ideas and ideologiesconcerning the most appropriate manner to organize humansocieties. Socialism/Communism once was a powerful ideologythat shaped Chinese society as well as some others in the world.How did this ideology become the foundation of Chinese politicalsystem? How did it affect Chinese social, economic and politicallife? To what extent has this ideology been changed in the reform?How do we characterize China’s current “socialism”? Are therenew ideologies that pose challenges to socialism/communismin China? These are the questions that this course is going toexamine.POLS 3217 Political Philosophy: Chinese (3,2,1) (E)and EuropeanPrerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science orEURO 1008-9 Europe: Unity and DiversityThis course is designed to introduce major issues of politicalphilosophy and approaches to these issues offered by majorChinese and European thinkers. Particular attention will be paidto theories of state, rights, and liberty. This course is a study ofthe major political thinkers and issues in European and Chinesepolitical philosophy.Political philosophy would be focused on the lives and ideas ofselected political philosophers. The course will teach the Chinesepolitical philosophy of Confucianism, Mohism, Taoism and487Course Descriptions

488Course DescriptionsLegalism, Neo-Confucianism. Moreover, European politicalphilosophers of Plato, Hobbes, John Locke, Karl Marx, and JohnStuart Mill will also be taught respectively.POLS 3591-2 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year III standing in GIS majorA final year project is required from all prospective graduates ofthe GIS major. The project is an extended written report on aspecific topic within the field of political science, produced by thestudent under the supervision of a member of staff.POLS 3610 Political Cultures and Economies (3,2,1)in TransitionPrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1120 Introduction to PoliticalEconomy, POLS 1510 Foundations of PoliticalScience or POLS 1530 Government and Politics ofHong KongFor ES major: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity andDiversity and EURO 2140 The Political Economyof the European UnionThis is an interdisciplinary third-year course which explores therecent political and socio-economic evolution of selected societiesin the East and the West. Specifically, it focuses on the dynamicinterplay of political, economic and cultural forces at the statelevel of the international system. It also considers similar forcesat the regional and global levels which may link or interact withthem. While attention is given to the Third World, emphasis willbe on Hong Kong and Greater China, Eastern Europe and theSoviet successor states, and the European Union in exploring suchtransitional currents.POLS 3620 Contemporary Europe and Asia (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: For GIS major: (1) POLS 1510 Foundations ofPolitical Science; and (2) POLS 1520 Governmentand Politics of China, or POLS 1530 Governmentand Politics of Hong Kong, or POLS 2160European Politics and Society: French Politicaland Government System, or POLS 2170 EuropeanPolitics and Society: German Political Systems andSocietyFor ES major: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity andDiversity and EURO 2140 The Political Economyof the European UnionA course designed to integrate the study of Europe with aknowledge of Europe’s relations with Asia since 1945. Emphasisis on the post-colonial development of Asian states’ ties withEurope, and with Europe’s economic, political, and culturalexchanges with Asia. The problems posed to Euro-Asian relationsby relict anti-colonialism, by Cold War rivalries and by geostrategicpolitical economic competition will be examined withinthe framework of both continents’ internal/external dynamicsand the development of world trade, communication, and culturalinterchange. The increased movement of Asian peoples to Europeand Europeans’ renewed movement into Asia as part of the globalprocesses and trends of the forecast “Asia-Pacific 21st Century”will be examined.POLS 3630 Advanced Research Methods (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 2110 Statistical and Survey Methods forPolitical ScienceAn elective course devoted to applied research methods, researchdesign, theory building, advanced quantitative and qualitativeanalysis —particularly computer applications and methodsappropriate for advanced work—network analysis, researchmethods for sensitive topics, and cross-sectional, longitudinal,and multi-method approaches. The use of data gathered fromelectronic databases and fieldwork will be emphasized. Thiscourse is open to GIS and European Studies majors only.POLS 3650 International Organizations and (3,2,1)RegimesPrerequisite: POLS 1120 Introduction to Political Economy,POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science andPOLS 2130 Foundations of International RelationsIncreasingly over the last century, nation-states have agreed tofound, fund, and join international organizations whose task isto oversee and organize the myriad global interactions whichhave increasingly become a part of daily life. From transportto environmental pollution, from drug smuggling to AIDS,international organizations play a vital part in protecting life andimparting order to international intercourse. This course examinesthese international organizations and regimes which play sucha vital role in today’s world. This course is open to GIS majorsonly.POLS 3660 Comparative Public Administration (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: For ES major: EURO 2140 The Political Economyof the European UnionFor GIS major: (1) POLS 1510 Foundations ofPolitical Science, POLS 1520 Government andPolitics of China, POLS 1530 Government andPolitics of Hong Kong; and (2) POLS 2160European Politics and Society: French Politicaland Government System, or POLS 2170 EuropeanPolitics and Society: German Political Systems andSociety, or POLS 2180 Government and Politics ofthe United States, or POLS 2190 Government andPolitics of the United KingdomThis course aims to examine critically the major concepts andtheories of public administration within a comparative framework.It compares the European model with those of other countrieslike the USA, China and other Asian countries, such as Japan,South Korea, Malaysia, Singapore or Indonesia. Case studiesfrom those countries taught in the “Government and Politics of____” series offered by the department will be used in lectures,tutorials, and as research foci for students. Problems in thestages of policy formulation and implementation will be studiedwith emphasis on two major variables, the civil service and thelegitimating ideology of the state concerned. Comparative policyformulation, implementation, ethics, problems, and politicsbureaucracyrelations will be presented. This course is open toGIS and European Studies majors only.POLS 3670 Topics in Asian Politics (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science andYear III standing in GIS majorDepends on the course offering.POLS 3680 Topics in Comparative and Global (3,2,1) (E)PoliticsPrerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science andYear III standing in GIS majorDepends on the course offering.POLS 3690 Topics in European Politics (3,2,1)Prerequisite: For ES major: EURO 1111-2 Europe: Unity andDiversityFor GIS major: POLS 1510 Foundations of PoliticalScienceDepends on the course offering.POLS 3710 Theories of International Relations (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science andPOLS 2130 Foundations of International RelationsThis course aims to investigate the various theoretical andanalytical frameworks in the field of international relations. Inan interdependent world where the new world order is yet to beestablished, a review of the dominant paradigms in internationalrelations will facilitate a better understanding among students ofthe role of Hong Kong and China in the world. This course isopen to GIS majors only.POLS 3720 China and the World (3,2,1) (E)This is a course designed to provide students with knowledgeof Chinese foreign policies during the Cold War and post-ColdWar era. It will examine how China, as a socialist countrywith a strong nationalistic posture, situates herself in the worldarena, and how she has shifted her foreign policies from a pro-

Soviet stance (1950s) to isolation (1960s) before opening up tothe West (1970s). The efforts to construct a “Chinese Theory ofInternational Relations” by Chinese policy analysts will also bestudied. This course is open to GIS, China Studies majors andGIS minors (Year III standing) only.POLS 3730 Democratization in East and (3,2,1)Southeast AsiaPrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1510 Foundations of PoliticalScience and POLS 1520 Government and Politicsof ChinaFor GIS minor: Year III standingRecent decades have witnessed a world-wide explosion ofdemocracies, transforming political systems in former communistand non-communist authoritarian countries. This courseexamines the process of democratization in East and SoutheastAsia. Comparisons will be made with current situations inTaiwan, Hong Kong, South Korea, ASEAN states and Cambodia.China’s prospect of democratization will be a major focus, too.The course exposes students to the theoretical debate on theuniversality of liberal democracy by exploring conceptual issuessuch as “Asian values and democracy” and “illiberal democracy”.The course will use a broadly comparative methodologyincorporating evidence from a range of countries in East andSoutheast Asia.POLS 3740 Social and Political Developments (3,2,1) (E)in Contemporary ChinaPrerequisite: POLS 1510 Foundations of Political Science andPOLS 1520 Government and Politics of ChinaPost-Mao reforms have fundamentally changed Chinese society,making it an excellent “laboratory” for the study of social andpolitical development in transitional societies. This courseexamines the social and political dynamics of China’s reform. Itwill begin with an conceptual overview of transition politics in acomparative perspective. It then will analyse political context andreform strategies. The main part of this course will focus on issuessuch as rural and industrial reform, political and administrativereform, ideological debates and intellectual political thinking.Social consequences of reforms will be critically assessed.POLS 3750 Public Affairs and Public Policy (3,2,1)Prerequisite: Year II standingThis course introduces students from all majors to public affairsunderstood as relations between governments and differentsegments of society such as business firms, professional interests,social and civic organizations, and local communities. Themain policy issues faced by contemporary governments suchas economic growth, social inequalities, urban development,environment protection, sanitary security and globalizationare described. Hong Kong policy issues are positioned in aninternational perspective. Analytical methods are mobilized toidentify the main resources and constraints of policy-makers, toreview the relations between public opinion and public policy, andto assess governmental accountability.POLS 3760 Security Studies (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: POLS 2130 Foundations of International RelationsThis course is designed for second- or third-year GIS majorstudents or advanced master candidates. It seeks to deepen theirknowledge in important fields of IR that are security and strategy.The course will address five main areas of security studies:theoretical approaches to security, key concepts of security,institutions of security, contemporary challenges to security andstrategy in general.POLS 4005 World Order Issues (3,2,1)Prerequisite: For GIS/ES major and GIS minor: Year IV standingAs the world grows more integrated, as communication andbusiness speed up the changes in our daily lives, the impact ofevents on our lifestyles deepens, and the necessity to understandand react intelligently to events and forces affecting us becomesmore imperative. This course is the capstone required experiencefor graduating GIS majors. Guest lectures are used to inform andprovoke students to apply concepts and data acquired in their timeof study to current problems facing the global order, and thus, tothemselves, their families, and their careers. The personal andthe corporate, the local and the global, the present and the futureare intended to be brought together in this issue-oriented coursewhich focuses the life experience and academic study of studentson their world and the events and forces changing it on a daily, ifnot hourly, basis. The first few weeks examines the developmentof world systems and globalization in order to provide a contextfor present issues and concerns. News analysis skills are taught,then applied in a role-playing, debate format adapted from UNsponsoredforums for a real time experience in negotiating issuesof our time. Students choose the topics of debate, and prepareand negotiate proposals to address those issues.POLS 4006 International Political Economy (3,2,1)Prerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1005 Foundation of PoliticalScience, POLS 2006 Introduction to PoliticalEconomy and POLS 3005 Foundation ofInternational RelationsFor ES major: (1) POLS 1005 Foundation ofPolitical Science; and (2) POLS 2205 EuropeanPolitics and Society: French Political andGovernment System, or POLS 2206 EuropeanPolitics and Society: German Political Systems andSociety, or POLS 3207 Government and Politics ofthe United Kingdom, or POLS 3215 Governmentand Politics of the United StatesThis course examines the intertwining and interaction ofeconomics (wealth creation) and politics (political power) ininternational and global affairs. The nineteenth century term“political economy” is used here because economic and politicalforces are always enmeshed with each other. The course providesstudents with an overview of theories and issues of internationalpolitical economy. In the first part of the course, we discuss themajor theoretical perspectives (economic liberalism, economicnationalism, Marxist theory, etc.) that contend for recognitionin international political economy. In the second part, we focuson substantive policy issues that concern the operations ofinternational political economy. These issues include internationaltrade and monetary system, foreign investment and multinationalcorporations, foreign aid and debt, and North-South relations.They will be examined against the backdrop of the changingglobal political order.POLS 4205 Advanced Research Methods (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 3006 Statistical and Survey Methods forPolitical ScienceThe course introduces a series of techniques and issues inmethodology for political research. It particularly focuseson options available for research design and theory building.Comparative methodology, formal modelling and historicalinstitutionalism are particularly emphasized. Students areinvited to use the course material to elaborate and present themethodology of their honours projects.POLS 4206 China and the World (3,2,1)This course is designed to provide Government and InternationalStudies majors and China Studies students with knowledge ofChinese foreign policies during the Cold War and Post-Cold Warera. Being a socialist country with a strong nationalistic posture,how China situates herself in the world arena, and shifts herforeign policies from pro-Soviet stance (1950s) to isolation (1960s)then opening up to the West (1970s), will be thoroughly examined.The efforts of constructing a “Chinese Theory of InternationalRelations” by Chinese policy analysts will also be studied.POLS 4207 Comparative Public (3,2,1)AdministrationPrerequisite: For GIS major: (1) POLS 1005 Foundations ofPolitical Science, POLS 2005 Government andPolitics of China and POLS 2015 Governmentand Politics of Hong Kong; and (2) POLS 2205European Politics and Society: French Political489Course Descriptions

490Course Descriptionsand Government System, or POLS 2206 EuropeanPolitics and Society: German Political Systems andSociety, or POLS 3207 Government and Politics ofthe UK, or POLS 3215 Government and Politicsof the USFor ES major: EURO 2007 The Political Economyof the European UnionThis course aims to examine critically the major conceptsand theories of public administration within a comparativeframework. It compares the European model with those of othercountries such as USA, China and other Asian countries. Casestudies from those countries will be used in lectures, tutorials,and as research foci for students. Problems in the stages of policyformulation and implementation will be studied with emphasison two major variables, the civil service and the legitimatingideology of the state concerned. Comparative policy formulation,implementation, ethics, problems, and politics-bureaucracyrelations will be discussed with a specific reference to itsapplication in the Hong Kong settings.POLS 4215 Contemporary Europe and Asia (3,2,1)Prerequisite: For GIS major: (1) POLS 1005 Foundations ofPolitical Science; and (2) POLS 2005 Governmentand Politics of China, or POLS 2015 Governmentand Politics of Hong Kong, or POLS 2205European Politics and Society: French Politicaland Government System, or POLS 2206 EuropeanPolitics and Society: German Political Systems andSocietyFor ES major: EURO 1008-9 Europe: Unity andDiversity and EURO 2007 The Political Economyof the European UnionThis is a course designed to integrate the study of Europe with aknowledge of Europe’s relations with Asia since 1945. Emphasisis on the post-colonial development of Asian states’ ties withEurope, and with Europeans’ economic, political, and culturalexchanges with Asia. The problems posed to Euro-Asian relationsby relict anti-colonialism, by Cold War rivalries and by geostrategicpolitical economic competition will be examined withinthe framework of both continents’ internal/external dynamicsand the development of world trade, communication, and culturalinterchange. The increased movement of Asian peoples to Europeand Europeans’ renewed movement into Asia as part of the globalprocesses and trends of the forecast “Asia-Pacific 21st Century”will be examined.POLS 4216 Democratization in East and (3,2,1)Southeast AsiaPrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1005 Foundations of PoliticalScience and POLS 2005 Government and Politicsof ChinaFor GIS minor: Year IV standingThis course examines the theories on democratic transitionand process of democratization in East and Southeast Asia.Comparisons will be made with current situations in Taiwan,South Korea, China, ASEAN states, etc. China’s prospect ofdemocratization will be a major focus, too. The course exposesstudents to the theoretical debate on the universality of liberaldemocracy by exploring conceptual issues such as “Asian valuesand democracy” and “illiberal democracy”. The course will use abroadly comparative methodology incorporating evidences from arange of countries in East and Southeast Asia.POLS 4217 International Organizations and (3,2,1)RegimesPrerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science,POLS 2006 Introduction to Political Economy andPOLS 3005 Foundations of International RelationsThe course examines the international organizations and regimeswhich play a vital part in protecting life and imparting orderto international intercourse from transport to environmentalpollution, from drug smuggling to AIDS.POLS 4225 Political Cultures and Economies (3,2,1)in TransitionPrerequisite: For GIS major: POLS 1005 Foundations of PoliticalScience, POLS 2006 Introduction to PoliticalEconomy or POLS 2015 Government and Politicsof Hong KongFor ES major: EURO 1008-9 Europe: Unity andDiversity and EURO 2007 The Political Economyof the European UnionThis is an interdisciplinary course which explores the recentpolitical and socio-economic evolution of selected societies in theEast and West. It focuses on the dynamic interplay of political,economic and cultural forces at the state level of the internationalsystem. It also considers similar forces at the regional and globallevels which may link or interact with the development of states.Emphasis will be on Hong Kong and China, Asia, EasternEurope, the Soviet successor states, and the European Union inexploring such transitional currents.POLS 4226 Public Affairs and Public Policy (3,2,1)Prerequisite: Year III standingThis course introduces public affairs and public policy analysis tostudents, particularly how to understand these issues as relationsbetween governments and different segments of society, suchas professional interests, social and civic organizations, localcommunities, etc. Students will be taught to identify main publicpolicy issues such as economic growth, social inequalities, urbandevelopment, community conflicts and environmental protectionfaced by contemporary governments.POLS 4227 Security Studies (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 3005 Foundations of International RelationsThis course is designed for third- or fourth-year GIS majorstudents or advanced master candidates. It seeks to deepen theirknowledge in important fields of IR that are security and strategy.The course will address five main areas of security studies:theoretical approaches to security, key concepts of security,institutions of security, contemporary challenges to security andstrategy in general.POLS 4235 Social and Political Developments (3,2,1)in Contemporary ChinaPrerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science andPOLS 2005 Government and Politics of ChinaThe course examines the social and political dynamics of China’sreform. It will begin with a conceptual overview of transitionpolitics in a comparative perspective. It then will analyse politicalcontext and reform strategies. The main part of this course willfocus on issues such as rural and industrial reform, political andadministrative reform, ideological debates and intellectual politicalthinking. Social consequences of reforms will be criticallyassessed.POLS 4236 Theories of International (3,2,1)RelationsPrerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science andPOLS 3005 Foundations of International RelationsThis course aims to investigate the various theoretical andanalytical frameworks in the field of international relations. Inan increasingly interdependent world where the new world orderis yet to be established, a review of the dominant paradigms ininternational relations will facilitate a better understanding amongstudents of the transformation of global order in the world in theworld entering a new millennium.POLS 4237 Topics in Asian Politics (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science andYear IV StandingThe course is intentionally designed to be flexible in order to allowdiscussion of a range of contemporary issues in Asian politics.

POLS 4245 Topics in Comparative and Global (3,2,1)PoliticsPrerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science andYear IV StandingThe course is intentionally designed to be flexible in order to allowdiscussion of a range of contemporary issues in global politics.POLS 4246 Topics in European Politics (3,2,1)Prerequisite: POLS 1005 Foundations of Political Science orEURO 1008-9 Europe: Unity and DiversityThe course is intentionally designed to be flexible in order to allowdiscussion of a range of contemporary issues in European politics.POLS 4898-9 Honours Project (6,*,*)Prerequisite: Year IV Standing in the GIS majorA final year project is required from all prospective graduates ofthe GIS major. The project is an extended written report on aspecific topic within the field of political science, produced by thestudent under the supervision of a member of staff.POLS 7010 Advanced China Studies (3,3,0)This course is designed to give students an understanding of theorigin and development of China studies from an interdisciplinaryperspective. In general, it evaluates the state of research andsubstantive knowledge in the field of contemporary China studies.It also examines the works of such noted American Chinawatchersas Edgar Snow, John Fairbank, A Doak Barnett, EzraVogel, Lucian Pye, Andrew Walder, Harry Harding and NicholasLardy as well as the recent trends in China studies.POLS 7020 E-Government (3,3,0)This course provides an overview of the development ofe-government in different countries. The various essentials ofe-government are presented and discussed in light of prevailingpractice. The tools for assessing e-government performanceare also explored. Selective aspects of e-government such asintegrating operations among the public sectors and outsourcingwill be highlighted, with special references to the settings in HongKong and mainland China.POLS 7030 Globalization and the World Trade (3,3,0)OrganizationTo focus on the historical origins, development, institutions,practices and effects of globalization, with a particular emphasison international trade and the international organizations whichdeveloped to regulate and negotiate it. The WTO will be placedin its historical and development context with other internationalinstitutions, with a selection of case studies to highlight particularareas of the WTO’s greatest accomplishments or weaknesses sothat one of the key components of modern globalization canbe fully understood in its dynamic international context. Theeffects of the WTO and international trade on the national policymakerwill be examined, such as its impacts on Hong Kong andmainland China.POLS 7040 Law and Public Affairs (3,3,0)This course provides advanced studies on the legal knowledgerelevant to public affairs with an emphasis on existing practicesin Hong Kong and mainland China. Topics include the legalsystem, constitutional and administrative law, criminal justice andeconomic law. On the other hand, the course tries to help studentsto have a comprehensive understanding of public affairs includingpublic policy-making, political economy, mass media in politicsand foreign policy. Comparison with Hong Kong and worldwidepractices will be highlighted and discussed.POLS 7050 Public Administration (3,3,0)Public policy has been described as a process, a cycle, aninteraction of decision-making and reaction-taking bygovernmental and non-governmental agents and agencies. PublicAdministration deals with properly structuring and deploying theassets given to government to achieve stated aims. Public Policydeals with deciding what assets government needs to achievethe aims the public thinks government is both capable of doingand necessary to do. Public Administration is how civil servantsemploy the assets entrusted to them and effectuate the processesdeveloped by them or designed for them by political entities toachieve these purposes. Public Administration also necessarilyincludes evaluation of how well those aims have been achievedand those assets have been used, and what must be done toeither better accomplish the task or better deploy the social andeconomic assets involved—that is, to change the policy or changethe processes of administration. It thus is a field which is bothanalytic and evaluative, political and administrative. It deals withpublic opinion and public capacity, that is, what people want andwhat price they are willing to pay and what they can actuallydo at what cost to other public values and goals. It concernsaccountability and responsibility, both of governing officials andtaxpaying, voting, and demanding citizens. This course alsomakes special reference to the development and practice of publicadministration and civil services in Hong Kong and mainlandChina.POLS 7060 Research Methods for Public (3,3,0)Administration PractitionersThis course is designed to draw from the experience of classmembers in conducting research or analysing and applyingdata useful for public administration as well as to add to theirknowledge of current research methodologies used in publicadministration internationally. Methods of quantitative andqualitative social science research will be examined, with acomparative approach emphasized.POLS 7070 Project (3,*,*)Students are expected to demonstrate his/her ability to integrateand apply knowledge related to a specific area of publicadministration. The project should be conducted independentlyand a report is required.PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of Public (3,2,1)RelationsA comprehensive overview of public relations as a vitalmanagement communication activity in modern society andan established profession in the business world. Theoreticalaspects of public relations practice, techniques, relationship tomass media, codes of ethics for practitioners, and the future as aprofession are examined.PRA 1120 Principles and Methods of (3,2,1)AdvertisingA comprehensive overview of advertising, the advertising planningand production process, the socio-economic aspects of advertising,advertising effects, and the future of the advertising industry. Thebasic perspective is that of the Hong Kong advertising industry,with comparisons of Asia and the West.PRA 1610 Introduction to Public Relations (3,2,1) (E)and AdvertisingMany different communication activities deliver messages bothformally through explicit marketing communication programmesand informally through the marketing mix and other corporatecontact points. This course focuses on the foundation ofadvertising and public relations as two of the most importantintegrated marketing communication elements. The basicperspective is that of Hong Kong and mainland China withcomparisons to the West.PRA 2110 Advertising Copywriting (3,1,2) (E)/(C)Prerequisite: PRA 1120 Principles and Methods of AdvertisingThe concepts and techniques of advertising copywriting includingthe importance of copywriting in the advertising process,explicating standards for good advertising copy, outlining thecreative processes involved, and analysing the dynamic butdelicate relationship between the copywriter and colleagues in491Course Descriptions

492Course Descriptionsother departments of an advertising agency. Practical exercisesand case studies use Chinese and English languages.PRA 2120 Public Relations Writing (3,2,1) (C)Prerequisite: PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelationsThe development of writing abilities needed for handling differentorganizational communication situations. Experience is providedin the practice of other communication techniques adapted topublic relations such as public speaking, liaison with the press, andaudio-visual communication. Practical exercises and case studiesuse Chinese and English languages.PRA 2130 Media Planning (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PRA 1120 Principles and Methods of AdvertisingThe principles and practices of advertising media planning andthe process of evaluating and selecting advertising media tomeet specific strategic marketing goals. New technologies andinternational aspects that impact on media planning are alsoexamined.PRA 2140 Consumer Perspectives in Public (3,2,1) (E)Relations and AdvertisingPrerequisite: PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations and PRA 1120 Principles and Methodsof Advertising; or PRA 1610 Introduction toPublic Relations and AdvertisingThis course studies the role consumer behaviour plays in thedevelopment and implementation of integrated marketingcommunication programmes in Hong Kong and Asia. Itexamines the consumer decision-making process and how itvaries for different types of purchases, the various psychologicalprocesses including consumer learning process, and externalfactors such as culture, social class, group influences, andsituational determinants. The effect of consumer activism oncompany's communication strategies will also be examined.PRA 2210 Digital Public Relations (3,2,1)Pre-requisites: PRA1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations; or PRA1610 Introduction to PublicRelations and Advertising; or ORGC2230Organizational CommunicationThis course introduces the trend of digital media use and itseffects on user generated content (electronic word of mouth) andstrategic public relations. Through in-depth examination of theuses and effects of various new media (e.g. blogs/microblogs,online newswires, podcasts, social networking services, mobiledevices), students should be able to develop communicationstrategies for public relations practices. This course is amid toequip students with ability to plan for public relations campaignsin the ever changing media environment.PRA 2220 Managing Internal Public (3,3,0)RelationsPre-requisites: PRA1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations or PRA1610 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingInternal communication and employee relations are publicrelations functions specifically dedicated to building, engaging,and maintaining relationship with internal publics. Employeesare assets and the primary publics to manage: Studies showemployee satisfaction can lead to better performance withmaking fewer errors at workplace, and the satisfaction can beimproved by well-planned internal communication strategiesby the organization. Moreover, employees can function asambassadors of an organization especially when the organizationexperiences threats and crises. This course teaches the importanceof internal and employee communication and introduces howorganizational messages can be conveyed effectively throughout itsemployees that are in different levels (or the same level) within theorganization. Major challenges and conflict resolution processesin managing internal relations will be also introduced.PRA 2510 Public Relations and Advertising (0,*,*)Practicum IPrerequisite: Year II status and PRA 2140 ConsumerPerspectives in Public Relations and AdvertisingStudents operate an integrated advertising and public relationsagency, The Young Agency. Under supervision, each studentis assigned a specific position and is required to work in adepartment within the agency. Students gain practical experienceby participating in the planning and execution of actual publicrelations and advertising programmes. Students become familiarwith the techniques of goal-setting, strategy selection andevaluation research.PRA 2610 Advertising Design and (3,2,1) (E)VisualizationPrerequisite: DGC 1190 Communication Design Fundamentals:Form, Composition and Meaning or PRA 2140Consumer Perspectives in Public Relations andAdvertisingAdvanced study of integration of design components inadvertising campaign and corporate identity programme. Studentswill be guided to visualize the design concept using desktopsystem. They are encouraged to combine their intellectualthinking and competence in using various communication tools togenerate innovative, as well as effective, design solution.PRA 3140 Special Topics in Public Relations (3,0,3) (E)and AdvertisingStudent may select topics for intensive study such as (1)exhibit and event management, (2) publication and design, (3)multinational advertising and public relations, (4) direct marketingcommunication, and/or (5) evaluation research.PRA 3150 Public Relations and Advertising (3,2,1) (E)Campaign PlanningPrerequisite: PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations and PRA 1120 Principles and Methodsof AdvertisingThe concepts, attitudes and skills in planning, implementing andevaluating integrated marketing communication campaigns arepresented. Emphasis is on practical application and integration ofpublic relations and advertising techniques.PRA 3160 Public Relations in Greater China (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations or PRA 1610 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingThis course investigates the development of public relations in theGreater China region, including mainland, Hong Kong, Taiwanand Macau. The global theory of public relations is included anddiscussed how to apply this theory to the Greater China region.In addition, we will analyse practices of multinational andlocal public relations firms in this region and how multinationalcorporations use public relations entering this market. To helpstudents familiarize the practices of public relations in this region,we will also investigate different issues practitioners usuallyencounter in their practices. For better comprehend the conceptsprovided in this course, case studies will be provided.PRA 3180 New Media in Advertising and (3,2,1) (E)Public RelationsPrerequisite: PRA 2140 Consumer Perspectives in PublicRelations and AdvertisingThis course examines new media technology and the ways whichit influences and converges with traditional media in advertisingand public relations. In-depth examination of the uses and effectsof various new media, such as Internet, multimedia and othertechnological trends in communication will be emphasized. Thiscourse is aimed to develop and equip students with ability toplan, execute and evaluate new media in advertising and publicrelations.

PRA 3200 Advertising in China (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PRA 2130 Media Planning or PRA 2140Consumer Perspectives in Public Relations andAdvertisingThis course investigates the practices and challenges of theadvertising industry in mainland China. The course discusses thedevelopment of commercial and public services advertising, theorganization and operation of advertising agencies in China, thedynamic changes in Chinese economy as well as consumer cultureand the regulatory system of the advertising industry in mainlandChina.PRA 3230 Financial Public Relations (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PRA 2140 Consumer Perspectives in PublicRelations and AdvertisingThis course investigates the application of public relations inthe financial sectors. It also examines how to develop trustand strengthen relationships between financial institutions andtheir various stakeholders via strategic financial marketingcommunication programmes.PRA 3240 Strategic Issues and Reputation (3,0,3)ManagementPre-requisites: PRA1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations; or PRA1610 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingThis course provides detailed study of issues management invarious types of organizations. Issues directly contribute toorganizational effectiveness and reputation. Issues management,as an organizational management function, is closely relatedto an organization’s strategic planning and communicationmanagement.PRA 3310 Cases Studies in Public Relations (3,3,0) (E)and AdvertisingPrerequisite: PRA Year III standingA good way to learn about making decisions regarding marketingand organizational communication is through the study ofcontemporary examples of their practices with an eye todeveloping a toolkit of skills. Cases studies bring marketing andorganizational communication to life in ways that theoreticaltextbooks and classroom lectures cannot. This course presentscases that marketing and organizational communicators often facewhile illustrating the underlying principles of public relations andadvertising. Students are to apply these communication principlesin (1) identifying organizational/consumer issues and problems,(2) analysing available strategic choices consistent with theunderlying factors operating in the situation that could help solve,resolve and dissolve the issues and problems, and (3) makingrecommendations that tactically carry out the strategies whileconsidering the implications of the actions.PRA 3430 Public Relations and Advertising (3,2,1) (E)Agency ManagementPrerequisite: PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations and PRA 1120 Principles and Methodsof Advertising; or PRA 1610 Introduction toPublic Relations and AdvertisingThe organization and management of multinational and localpublic relations consultancies and advertising agencies. Thecomplex roles and functions of various departments in theseorganizations are analysed.PRA 3440 Branding and Communication (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PRA 2140 Consumer Perspectives in PublicRelations and Advertising or ORGC 3140Communication AuditsThis course investigates brands—why they are important, whatthey represent to consumers, and how advertising and PRprofessionals could enhance the value of a brand. The coursediscusses the concept of brand equity, how one creates brandequity and how one measures it. Marketing concepts and the roleof integrated marketing communication (IMC) in building brandequity would be discussed.PRA 3460 Social Communication and (3,3,0) (E)AdvertisingPrerequisite: PRA 1120 Principles and Methods of Advertisingor PRA 1610 Introduction to Public Relations andAdvertisingExamination of advertising as a form of social communication incontemporary society. Stressed are the meanings and functionsof advertising in modern culture and advertising's psychological,ideological, and sociological implications. Relevant ethicaldimension and responsibilities are considered.PRA 3470 Crisis Communication and Public (3,3,0) (E)RelationsPrerequisite: PRA 1110 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations or PRA 1610 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingThe concepts of crisis management, the relationship betweenpublic relations and the handling of crises, and the theories andtechniques of planning for crisis communications. Relevantethical dimensions and responsibilities are considered.PRA 3510 Public Relations and Advertising (0,*,*)Practicum IIPrerequisite: Completion of PRA Year IIStudents operate an integrated advertising and public relationsagency, The Young Agency. Under supervision, each studentis assigned a specific position and is required to work in adepartment within the agency. Students gain practical experienceby participating in the planning and execution of actual publicrelations and advertising programmes. Students become familiarwith the techniques of goal-setting, strategy-selection, andevaluation research.PRA 3530 Public Relations and Advertising (0,0,0)InternshipPublic Relations and Advertising students are encouraged toundertake a non-graded and zero-credit internship. The internshipis normally of at least two months full-time employment orprofessional practice during the summer between the secondand third years but it can be a minimum of 160 hours of work.Students are required to conform to all reasonable requirements oftheir internship employer. Both the employer and the student filereports with the Department of Communication Studies after theinternship.PRA 3590 Public Relations and Advertising (3,*,*)Honours ProjectPrerequisite: Completion of PRA Year IIIndividual students independently construct an integratedmarketing communication campaign proposal for a client. Underthe guidance of a chief adviser, each student works for a client,researches the competitive situation; identifies and researchestarget markets; constructs a specific part of an integratedmarketing communication campaign such as creative, media,public relations, Internet marketing, or other promotionalactivities. Students can also choose to contact an original studyon a specific topic in the areas of public relations or advertising.PRA 3610 Advanced Advertising Design and (3,2,1) (E)VisualizationPrerequisite: PRA 2610 Advertising Design and Visualization orPRA 2110 Advertising CopywritingThe creative and visual aspects of advertising design. Studentsare required to generate creative ideas and visualize their conceptsaided by computer. Learning will be emphasized through thehands-on practice of assignments and projects.PRA 3620 Advanced Public Relations (3,2,1)WritingPrerequisite: PRA 2120 Public Relations WritingThis course provides instruction and writing practice designedto develop the professional-level writing skills expected ofbeginning public relations practitioners, emphasizing the different493Course Descriptions

494Course Descriptionsapproaches required for particular audiences and media. Thecourse advances the level of competency by building on secondyearintroductory public relations writing course. It explores,especially, writing abilities necessary for handling differentand more complex communication situations. Supervised andindividual experiences in communication techniques such aspublic speaking, liaison with the media and audio-visual/Internetcommunications are assigned. Practical exercise and case studiesare conducted in both Chinese and English languages.PRA 3630 Advanced Advertising Writing (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PRA 2110 Advertising CopywritingThis course stresses additional creative copywriting exerciseswith a specific application to individual media. Moreover, thestudents are encouraged to bridge up the task of promotionalcommunications with that of strategic marketing planning inthe form of advertising campaign. Hands-on practices in thepreparation of different forms of advertising copywriting arerequired in the class. Practical exercises and case studies areconducted in both Chinese and English languages.PRAD 2005 Introduction to Public Relations (3,2,1) (E)and AdvertisingThis course intends to introduce some fundamental principlesin public relations and advertising. The instructor will guidestudents to get familiar with the concepts of strategic managementof public relations, ethics, brand promotion, integrated marketingcommunication, global communication, etc. In addition, asagencies play a key role in many business operations in HongKong, students will be introduced the agency structure andoperations.PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods of (3,2,1) (E)AdvertisingA comprehensive overview of advertising, the advertising planningand production process, the socio-economic aspects of advertising,advertising effects, and future of the advertising industry. Thebasic perspective is that of the Hong Kong and Asian advertisingindustry, with comparisons to the West.PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of Public (3,2,1) (E)RelationsThe primary objective of this course is to familiarize students withthe basic concepts/principles and practices of public relations. Itprovides a comprehensive overview of public relations as a vitalcommunication activity in modern society and an establishedprofession in the business world. Theoretical aspects of publicrelations practices, techniques, relationship to mass media, codesof ethics for practitioners, and the future as a profession areexamined. It is the foundation course for other courses in publicrelations.PRAD 2016 Web 2.0 and Social Media (3,2,1) (E)Online communities, social networking sites, blogging, and otherinteractive uses of information technology are changing the waypeople obtain information, be entertained, and communicatewith one another. An understanding of Web 2.0 and SocialMedia is critical for the communication professional of today andtomorrow, who is trying to be heard in the rapidly evolving newmedia landscape. This course aims to enable students to acquirea detailed, critical understanding of the impact of Web 2.0 andSocial Media on society, organizations, and individuals and beinformed of the opportunities and challenges for communicationpractice brought about by innovations in digital and interactivemedia.PRAD 3005 Advertising Copywriting (3,1,2)Prerequisite: PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods of AdvertisingThis course deals with the concepts and techniques of advertisingcopywriting by introducing the importance for advertising copy.By establishing a basic understanding of advertising approach,starting from a brief to an advertising campaign, conceptualthinking and practical works will be demonstrated simultaneously.PRAD 3006 Media Planning (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations, PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods ofAdvertising or PRAD 2005 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingThis course introduces the principles and practices of advertisingmedia planning and the process of evaluating and selectingadvertising media to meet specific strategic marketing goals. Thelatest developments in the Hong Kong and the China industrysuch as media planning for international campaigns and the useof computers in media planning are examined.PRAD 3007 Advertising Design and (3,2,1)VisualizationAdvanced study of integration of design components inadvertising campaign and corporate identity programme. Studentswill be guided to visualize the design concept using desktopsystem. They are encouraged to combine their intellectualthinking and competence in using various communication tools togenerate innovative, as well as effective, design solution.PRAD 3008 Public Relations and Advertising (0,*,*)Practicum IPrerequisite: Year III standingStudents operate an integrated advertising and public relationsagency, The Young Agency. Under supervision, each studentis assigned a specific position and is required to work in adepartment within the agency. Students gain practical experienceby participating in the planning and execution of actual publicrelations and advertising programmes. Students become familiarwith the techniques of goal-setting, strategy selection andevaluation research.PRAD 3009 Public Relations and Advertising (0,*,*)Practicum IIPrerequisite: Year III standingStudents operate an integrated advertising and public relationsagency, The Young Agency. Under supervision, each studentis assigned a specific position and is required to work in adepartment within the agency. Students gain practical experienceby participating in the planning and execution of actual publicrelations and advertising programmes. Students become familiarwith the techniques of goal-setting, strategy selection andevaluation research.PRAD 3015 Consumer Perspectives in Public (3,2,1)Relations and AdvertisingPrerequisite: PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations, PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods ofAdvertising or PRAD 2005 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingThis course studies the role consumer behaviour plays in thedevelopment and implementation of integrated marketingcommunication programmes in Hong Kong and Asia. Itexamines the consumer decision-making process and how itvaries for different types of purchases, the various psychologicalprocesses including consumer learning process, and externalfactors such as culture, social class, group influences, andsituational determinants. The effect of consumer activism oncompany’s communication strategies will also be examined.PRAD 3016 Public Relations and Advertising (3,2,1)Campaign PlanningPrerequisite: PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods of Advertisingor PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelationsThe purpose of this course is to examine in depth the stepsin researching, planning, implementing and evaluating publicrelations and advertising campaigns and programmes; to analysecase histories; and to design appropriate PR and advertising

campaigns and programmes for selected client and sponsoringorganizations. Emphasis is on practical application andintegration of public relations and advertising techniques indeveloping a strategic communication programme.PRAD 3017 Digital Public Relations (3,2,1)Prerequisites: PRAD 2005 Introduction ot Public Relations andAdvertising, PRAD 2015 Principles and Practicesof Public Relations or ORGC 2007 OrganizationalCommunicationThis course introduces the trend of digital media use and itseffects on user generated content (electronic word of mouth) andstrategic public relations. Through in-depth examination of theuses and effects of various new media (e.g. blogs/microblogs,online newswires, podcasts, social networking services, mobiledevices), students should be able to develop communicationstrategies for public relations practices. This course is aimed toequip students with ability to plan for public relations campaignsin the ever changing media environment.PRAD 3025 International Field Study in (3,2,1)Public Relations and AdvertisingPrerequisite: PRAD 3015 Consumer Perspectives in PublicRelations and AdvertisingStudents travel abroad to engage in cross-cultural learning bothto familiarize themselves with host countries’ ways of thinkingand communicating as well as to acquire a deeper self-awarenessand understanding of their own culture. This course aims atadvancing students’ professional development by observing howtheir intended profession is undertaken in circumstances differentfrom those in their home country.PRAD 3026 Mobile and Social Network (3,2,1)CommunicationPrerequisites: PRAD 2005 Introduction ot Public Relations andAdvertising, PRAD 2015 Principles and Practicesof Public Relations or PRAD 2007 Principles andMethods of AdvertisingThis course provides an introduction to this new media andexplores its potential and constraints from the perspective ofadvertising and public relations. This course will take a holisticand practical approach by first examining the general workingprinciples of the most popular social networking websites. Casestudies of successful commercial applications of the mobile andsocial networking will be conducted. Students will develop asolid theoretical foundation for their own project development.Students will develop campaign strategy (e.g. creating fans club)which can fully leverage the potential of mobile and socialnetworks.PRAD 3027 Digital Audio and Video (3,2,1)ProductionThis course provides an introduction to the creation and use ofsequence and time-based media for storytelling and persuasion,as well as its application in advertising, public relations andorganizational communication. Building on the foundationsfor design with discrete media, sequences and time add uniquepotential for the communication process.PRAD 3035 Public Relations Writing (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelationsThe development of writing abilities needed for handling differentorganizational communication situations. Experience is providedin the practice of other communication techniques adapted topublic relations such as public speaking, liaison with the press, andaudio-visual communication. Practical exercises and case studiesuse Chinese and English languages.PRAD 3036 Strategic Issues and Reputation (3,0,3)ManagementPrerequisite: PRAD 2005 Introduction to Public Relationsand Advertising or PRAD 2015 Principles andPractices of Public RelationsThis course provides detailed study of issues management invarious types of organizations. Issues directly contribute toorganizational effectiveness and reputation. Issues management,as an organizational management function, is closely relatedto an organization’s strategic planning and communicationmanagement.PRAD 3037 Visual Design (3,2,1)This course will introduce students to a comprehensiveunderstanding of the effective usage of digital typography andincorporating typography into print communications. Thestructure is a combination of fundamental typography, alignmentsand grid systems as well as understanding of visual hierarchyarrangement of both text and visual images. Fundamentalprinciples and hands-on study in 2 dimensional and 3 dimensionalimage-processing graphics systems will also be introduced.PRAD 3045 Managing Internal Public (3,3,0)RelationsPre-requisites: PRAD2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations or PRAD2005 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingInternal communication and employee relations are publicrelations functions specifically dedicated to building, engaging,and maintaining relationship with internal publics. Employeesare assets and the primary publics to manage: Studies showemployee satisfaction can lead to better performance withmaking fewer errors at workplace, and the satisfaction can beimproved by well-planned internal communication strategiesby the organization. Moreover, employees can function asambassadors of an organization especially when the organizationexperiences threats and crises. This course teaches the importanceof internal and employee communication and introduces howorganizational messages can be conveyed effectively throughout itsemployees that are in different levels (or the same level) within theorganization. Major challenges and conflict resolution processesin managing internal relations will be also introduced.PRAD 3055 Special Topics in Public Relations (3,0,3)and AdvertisingPrerequisite: PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations or PRAD 2007 Principles and Methodsof AdvertisingThis course provides detailed and intensive study of special topicsof importance in public relations and advertising. Depending ofthe expertise of the teaching faculty, one or more special topics inthe section of course content will be covered. New special topicscan be added.PRAD 4005 Crisis Communication and Public (3,3,0)RelationsPrerequisites: PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelations, PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods ofAdvertising or PRAD 2005 Introduction to PublicRelations and AdvertisingThe concepts of crisis management, the relationship betweenpublic relations and the handling of crises, and the theoriesand techniques of planning for crisis communications for anorganization. This course will concentrate not only what anorganization should do during a crisis, but also on what strategicpublic relations can do to prevent a crisis from happening.PRAD 4006 Research Practices in Public (3,0,3)Relations and AdvertisingPrerequisite: COMM 2007 Communication Research Method(Communication Studies)This course is based on the concepts of research methods andtheir applications to the study of public relations and advertising.It focuses on hands-on experience of applying various types ofresearch, data collection, and data analysis/statistical techniquesfor understanding of stakeholder behaviours and mediaconsumption, designing communication strategies, or testingcreative concepts. This course is designed to help students developresearch skills in practice.495Course Descriptions

496Course DescriptionsPRAD 4007 Public Relations and Advertising (0,0,0)InternshipPublic Relations and Advertising students are encouraged toundertake a non-graded and zero-credit internship. The internshipis normally of at least two months full-time employment orprofessional practice during the summer between the third andfourth years but it can be a minimum of 160 hours of work.Students are required to conform to all reasonable requirementsof the organizations providing internship opportunities. Both theorganization and the student file reports with the CommunicationStudies Department after the internship.PRAD 4015 Advanced Advertising Design (3,2,1)and VisualizationPrerequisite: PRAD 3007 Advertising Design and VisualizationThis course provides students advanced study of integrationof design components in advertising campaign. It focuses onthe creative and visual aspects of design solution. Students arerequired to generate creative ideas and visualize their conceptsaided by computer. Learning will be emphasized through thehands-on practice of assignments and projects.PRAD 4025 Branding and Communication (3,2,1)Prerequisites: PRAD 3015 Consumer Perspectives in PublicRelations and Advertising or ORGC 3006Persuasion and Social InfluenceThis course investigates brands—why they are important, whatthey represent to consumers, and how advertising and PRprofessionals could enhance the value of a brand. The coursediscusses the concept of brand equity, how one creates brandequity and how one measures it. Marketing concepts and the roleof integrated marketing communications (IMC) in building brandequity would be discussed.PRAD 4026 Cross-cultural Advertising (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PRAD 3015 Consumer Perspectives in PublicRelations and AdvertisingThe course will help students understand the challengesand difficulties in designing and implementing advertisingacross different countries and societies. Students will learnabout the issues of centralization versus decentralization andstandardization versus localization. They will also learn practicalissues such as regulation considerations and social responsibilityof international advertising agencies.PRAD 4027 Financial Public Relations (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PRAD 2015 Principles and Practices of PublicRelationsThis course investigates the application of public relations inthe financial sectors. It also examines how to develop trustand strengthen relationships between financial institutions andtheir various stakeholders via strategic financial marketingcommunication programmes.PRAD 4035 Public Relations in Greater China (3,2,1)This course investigates the development of public relations in theGreater China region, including mainland, Hong Kong, Taiwanand Macau. The global theory of public relations is included anddiscussed how to apply this theory to the Greater China region.In addition, we will analyse practices of multinational andlocal public relations firms in this region and how multinationalcorporations use public relations entering this market. To helpstudents familiarize the practices of public relations in this region,we will also investigate different issues practitioners usuallyencounter in their practices. For better comprehend the conceptsprovided in this course, case studies will be provided.PRAD 4036 Social Communication and (3,3,0)AdvertisingPrerequisites: PRAD 2007 Principles and Methods ofAdvertising, PRAD 2015 Principles and Practicesof Public Relations or PRAD 2005 Introduction toPublic Relations and AdvertisingThis course provides an in-depth examination of advertising as aform of social communication in contemporary society. Stressedare the meanings and functions of advertising in modern cultureand advertising’s psychological, ideological, and sociologicalimplications. Relevant ethical dimensions and responsibilities areelaborated.PRAD 4895 Public Relations and Advertising (3,*,*)Honours ProjectPrerequisite: Completion of PRA Year IIIThe project allows students to develop an independent, integratedcommunication management campaign proposal for an actualclient. Under the guidance of advisers, students are assigned towork on an account (the client), research the competitive situation,identify the target audience, and construct a specific part of anintegrated communication campaign. Students can also choose toconduct an original research study on a specific topic in the areasof public relations or advertising.PSY 1110 Principles of Psychology (3,2,1) (E)This course introduces the basic concepts in psychology andserves as a foundation course in psychology. Major topicsinclude biological and developmental processes, perception andconsciousness, learning and thinking, motivation and emotion,personality and individuality, adjustment and mental health, andsocial behaviour. The basic elements of research methods inpsychology and the major psychological approaches to the studyof behaviour are also discussed.PSY 2110 Social Psychology (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSY 1110 Principles of PsychologyThis course is chiefly concerned with understanding the characterof the influences of relationships, small groups, and the largerinstitutions of society. Topics include interpersonal attraction,discrimination, aggression, conformity, group processes andleadership, development of opinions and attitudes, and prosocialbehaviour in terms of the thought and feelings of the individualinvolved. The personal and societal applications of socialpsychology are examined.PSY 2130 Psychology of Work (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PSY 1110 Principles of PsychologyThis course provides students with the basic concepts inpsychology that are essential to the study and understanding ofwork-related behaviour, facilitating interpersonal communication,coping with work-stress, and managing group decision, andleadership.PSY 2620 Psychology of Personality (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSY 1110 Principles of PsychologyThis course aims at stimulating students’ thinking in current issuesand controversies in the scientific study of personality. It involvesa survey of various theoretical approaches to personality: thepsychodynamic, behavioural, humanistic, trait, and informationprocessing.Topics include personality development, personalitydynamics and personality assessment. Current research on thepersonality of Chinese people will be introduced.PSY 2630 Abnormal Psychology (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSY 1110 Principles of PsychologyThis course provides a survey of mental disorders in terms of theemotional, psychological, and cultural constellation of the person.It involves a survey of various mental disorders: anxiety, mood,delusional, developmental and personality. Topics include suicide,schizophrenia and mental retardation. Legal and ethical issues intreatment and therapy are examined.PSY 2640 Developmental Psychology (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSY 1110 Principles of PsychologyThis course is mainly concerned with understanding the differentaspects of psychological development such as physical, perceptual,

language, cognitive, emotional, social and moral development.It covers developmental changes from conception to old ageincluding death and dying. Current research on the psychologicaldevelopment of Chinese people will be introduced.PSY 3780 Counselling Theories and Practice (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PSY 2620 Psychology of PersonalityThe course provides orientation to counselling as a scientific studyof helping relationship. It involves a survey of selected majortheories of counselling and their applications. Special counsellingareas and populations, and ethical considerations are included.PSYC 4005 Counselling Theories and Practice (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PSYC 2007 Psychology of PersonalityThe course provides orientation to counselling as a scientific studyof helping relationship. It involves a survey of selected majortheories of counselling and their applications. Special counsellingareas and populations, and ethical considerations are included.PSYC 1005 Principles of Psychology (3,2,1) (E)This course introduces the basic concepts in psychology andserves as a foundation course in psychology. Major topicsinclude biological and developmental processes, perception andconsciousness, learning and thinking, motivation and emotion,personality and individuality, adjustment and mental health, andsocial behaviour. The basic elements of research methods inpsychology and the major psychological approaches to the studyof behaviour are also discussed.497PSYC 2006 Developmental Psychology (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSYC 1005 Principles of PsychologyThis course is mainly concerned with understanding the differentaspects of psychological development such as physical, perceptual,language, cognitive, emotional, social and moral development.It covers developmental changes from conception to old ageincluding death and dying. Current research on the psychologicaldevelopment of Chinese people will be introduced.PSYC 2007 Psychology of Personality (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSYC 1005 Principles of PsychologyThis course aims at stimulating students’ thinking in current issuesand controversies in the scientific study of personality. It involvesa survey of various theoretical approaches to personality: thepsychodynamic, behavioural, humanistic, trait, and informationprocessing.Topics include personality development, personalitydynamics and personality assessment. Current research on thepersonality of Chinese people will be introduced.Course DescriptionsPSYC 2016 Social Psychology (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: PSYC 1005 Principles of PsychologyThis course is chiefly concerned with understanding the characterof the influences of relationships, small groups, and the largerinstitutions of society. Topics include interpersonal attraction,discrimination, aggression, conformity, group processes andleadership, development of opinions and attitudes, and prosocialbehaviour in terms of the thought and feelings of the individualinvolved. The personal and societal applications of socialpsychology are examined.PSYC 3005 Abnormal Psychology (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PSYC 1005 Principles of PsychologyThis course provides a survey of mental disorders in terms of theemotional, psychological, and cultural constellation of the person.It involves a survey of various mental disorders: anxiety, mood,delusional, developmental and personality. Topics include suicide,schizophrenia and mental retardation. Legal and ethical issues intreatment and therapy are examined.PSYC 3015 Psychology of Work (3,2,1)Prerequisite: PSYC 1005 Principles of PsychologyThis course provides students with the basic concepts inpsychology that are essential to the study and understanding ofwork-related behaviour, facilitating interpersonal communication,coping with work-stress, and managing group decision, andleadership.

498Course DescriptionsREL 1220 Religious Rituals and Practices in (3,2,1)Hong KongThis course aims to provide an understanding of rituals andpractices of various religious traditions in Hong Kong, theirsocial and cultural significance for the local population. Thecourse will focus on three areas: (1) Chinese religions, includingConfucianism, Daoism, Buddhism and popular religion; (2)Christianity, including Catholicism and Protestantism; (3)religious minorities, such as Islam, Judaism, Hinduism andZoroastrianism.REL 1240 Buddhism (3,2,1)This is an introductor y study of Buddhism, giving acomprehensive view of the historical development andfundamental ideas of Buddhism. While the course puts emphasison the philosophy of the major schools of Buddhism, it also willgive attention to their religious practices.REL 1260 Approaches to the Study of (3,2,1)ReligionThis course gives the student an introduction to differentapproaches to the study of religion—the internal approach thatincludes textual, hermeneutical and theological studies; thedifferent perspectival approaches, namely, the anthropogical,psychological, philosophical, sociological, and religious dialoguethat looks at religion and quasi-religions from different angles.The course will consider a number of examples in which thecombinations of these approaches, interacting with one another,help students understand what is happening in typical religiousacts.REL 1270 Problems of Philosophy (3,2,1)This course aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to thebasic issues and problems of philosophy in both the western andChinese philosophical traditions. The focus will be directed onvarious philosophical concepts, problems and attempted solutions,as well as the methodological issues in philosophy, including,where possible, classical and contemporary, Eastern and Westernapproaches. It is hoped that students will be helped not only toacquire basic knowledge of philosophy, but also to develop theirown reflective and critical attitudes and the analytical ability totackle issues in philosophy.REL 1280 Introduction to Christianity (3,2,1)and CivilizationsThis course is an introductory survey of some vast influences thatChristianity has had on Western as well as Chinese civilizations.Both its successes and failures will be scrutinized. Topics to bediscussed include higher learning, art, modern science, politics,society, war, cross-cultural exchange, etc. It also provides anoverview of the major phases of development of WesternChristianity.REL 1290 Quest for Truth and Meaning (3,2,1)This is an introductory course in philosophy and religious studiesfor students with no background knowledge. It begins by assistingstudents to discover the quests for truth and meaning in popularculture. After introducing some basic critical thinking skills, thiscourse guides students to explore and appreciate the multiplerelationships between philosophy, religious studies and variousdimensions of human existence—individual life, society andcivilization. Students will experience the joy and excitement ofstudying philosophy and religious studies.REL 2240 History of Christian Thought (3,2,1) (E)This course is a study of major theological issues that haveemerged in the history of the Christian Church. Focus will begiven to epistemological and soteriological issues, together withother contextual problems, faced by theologians of each periodwho struggled to relate Christian faith to their life-situations.REL 2250 Hermeneutics (3,2,1)An introduction to the art and science of interpretation. Thecourse examines various contemporary and historically significanttheories of interpretation, together with their philosophicalassumptions. Students will be equipped with practical principlesand guidelines for reading, understanding, and criticizing biblicaland other texts. Special attention will be given to applying suchprinciples to the interpretation of symbols, metaphors, myths, andother types of religious language. Examples will be drawn fromthe Bible and other specifically religious and/or philosophicaltexts.REL 2310 Islam (3,2,1) (E)This course seeks to pursue a historical study of Islamic doctrines,religious practices and institutions. Emphasis is placed onunderstanding the nature and teachings in the Qur’an, the sacredtraditions (hadith), and some of their representative interpretationsin medieval and modern settings.REL 2320 Philosophy, Meaning and (3,2,1) (C)KnowledgeThis course focuses on methodological problems in relationto the philosophy of language and epistemology. It also willgive attention to the issues, problems or ideas in the philosophyof language and epistemology that are most relevant tounderstanding the major world faiths and religious traditions.REL 2330 Philosophy, Morality and Society (3,2,1) (C)The course focuses on the philosophical views concerningmorality and society and their implications for thinking criticallyabout the moral and socio-political dimensions of variousphilosophical or religious traditions. It will give attention to thephilosophical theories or ideas that have important bearings onhow we should go about answering the fundamental questionsin moral and socio-political philosophy such as “How should welive?”, “What do we owe to other people?”, “Do we have goodreason to believe that judgments of value are capable of being trueor false?”, “What rights and liberties should people have?”, and“What rule or principle should govern the distribution of goodswithin society?”.REL 2340 Existence and Reality (3,2,1) (E)This course investigates the different ways religious traditionsconceive of and explain problems which relate finite life totranscendent realms. Philosophical methods in approachingissues related to existence and reality will be explained, so thatstudents can proceed to explore both exegetically and criticallydiffering religious accounts of the relationship between existenceand reality.REL 2350 Philosophical Issues in Chinese (3,2,1)ReligionThis course aims to introduce and investigate various philosophicalissues in Chinese religion. The arguments for and against certainphilosophical theses related to Chinese religion will be explained.Two or more traditions of Chinese religion will be explored at thediscretion of the instructor. Students will be encouraged to arriveat their own judgments on, or views of, certain conceptions anddoctrines of Chinese religion in a critical and rational manner.REL 2360 Existentialism and Nihilism (3,2,1) (E)The course is a study of the existentialists’ quest for understandinghuman life and existence, with a focus on the issue of nihilism,i.e. the death of God and the denial of ultimate value andabsolute truth. It begins with an introduction to the philosophicalmovement of existentialism: its historical background and itsdistinctive features in contrast with other kinds of philosophy.The central problematic of nihilism is introduced by a discussionof Nietzsche’s thought. Then the thought of the major atheisticand theistic existentialists will be explored with a specialemphasis on their response to the challenge of nihilism. Finally,the existentialists’ major insights about the meaning of humanexistence will be systematically explored and critically assessed.

REL 2370 Social Justice, Liberalism and (3,2,1) (E)Economic EqualityThis course introduces some major philosophical theories ofdistributive justice, focusing on the specific debates betweenRawlsian liberalism and other schools of thought likelibertarianism and communitarianism. While Rawls strives abalance among right, liberty and equality, libertarians emphasisechoice and communitarians focus on social solidarity. This courseexplores the implications of these debates upon various concretesocial issues, particularly under the Hong Kong context, andintegrates them with theoretical discussions.REL 2410 A Survey of Jewish and Christian (3,2,1) (E)ScripturesThis beginning course of biblical study investigates thebackground, growth, contents, and messages of the Jewish andChristian Scriptures and the history from which they emerged.It introduces the results of modern biblical scholarship and itscontribution to our understanding of the Bible. The situation,form, content, and message of a biblical text (or book) is studied asan integrated whole in order to arrive at a balanced understandingof the meaning of the text (or book). Attention is paid to the unityand diversity of different representations of various traditions, andthe religious ideas behind them. The procedure of exegesis andthe use of the pertinent tools are introduced.REL 2420 Biblical Theology and Moral Life (3,2,1) (E)This course focuses on (1) the moral teachings of the Jewish andChristian traditions and (2) issues, problems or ideas in moral andsocio-political theology that are highly relevant to understandingthese religious traditions.REL 2430 Contemporary Theology and the (3,2,1) (E)Public WorldThis course gives a broad view of the emergence, developmentand interactions of major Christian thought since early twentiethcentury. The impact of the Enlightenment and the critical issuesraised since then will be discussed. Fundamental ideas and mainthemes of selected contemporary Christian thinkers and relatedtheological movements will be examined. Emphasis will be givento the contextual problems faced by the theologians who struggledto relate Christian faith to their life-situations and the relevance ofcreative and constructive theological insights to critical issues inthe public world.REL 2610 Christian Spirituality (3,2,1)This course aims at providing an introduction to the historical,intellectual as well as the experiential dimensions of the spiritualheritage of the Christian faith. The course will be complementedby a critical evaluation of some of the major conceptualcomponents of the discipline of Christian spirituality.REL 2720 Daoist Religion (3,2,1) (P)This course aims to offer a comparative examination of Eastern(with an emphasis on Chinese Philosophy) and Westernphilosophies from a macroscopic point of view. The focus willbe directed on the principal ideas advanced and the modes ofthinking employed. Similarities as well as differences betweenEastern and Western philosophies will be explored and discussed.Religious implications where relevant to the thoughts and theoriesconcerned will be emphasized.REL 2730 Contemporary Ethical Problems (3,2,1)This course will tackle three or more clusters of ethical issues thatare especially relevant to Hong Kong society. Ethical issues inbirth, death, sex and love will be discussed here because of publicconcern lately. Some other issues will be included when deemednecessary.REL 2750 Christian Social Thought (3,2,1)This course examines the various theological tendencies withinthe Christian Church in regard to their understanding of Christianresponsibility to society and culture, and of the forms of socialaction in response to the needs in society.REL 2760 Major Streams in Chinese (3,2,1) (C)PhilosophyThis course introduces the origin and development of majorphilosophical themes in the traditional schools of Chinesephilosophy and religion such as Confucianism, Daoism,Buddhism and Mohism. While providing a survey of the historyand interrelationships between main streams of Chinese thoughtfrom before Confucius and stretching up to the modern period,the course also presents to students some critical assessments ofthese trends. In the course of discussions some attention will alsobe given to sub-traditions such as the teachings of Gongsun Longand Hui Shi, as well as some of the new doctrines developed byNeo-Daoists, Chinese Buddhists and Neo-Confucians, and thecriticisms raised by some modern Chinese philosophers. By thismeans students will be provided with broad historical accounts tothe background and development of the problems addressed invarious Chinese philosophical and religious traditions.REL 3210 Philosophy of Religion (3,2,1) (E)The course explores a whole range of philosophical problemsrelated to religion, including issues such as proofs for the existenceof God, the problem of evil, the intelligibility of religiouslanguage, the rationality of religious belief, the relationshipbetween religion and morality, and the significance of religiousexperience. A selection of influential philosophers will be studiedin depth, and students will be encouraged to compare and contrasttheir various approaches. This is an advanced course; studentswithout adequate background should consult the course instructorbefore enrolment.REL 3220 Comparative Religious Themes (3,2,1)This course attempts to provide students with a historically andculturally contextualized empathetic understanding of the world’smajor living religions by examining the relationships betweenthese religious worldviews and their teachings on personal andsocial life. It also aims at finding out the prospects for obtaininguniversal, cross-cultural values in a religiously pluralistic world.Furthermore, it tries to draw on the ancient spiritual resourcesand various religious wisdom to address the urgent contemporaryissues confronting humankind. This is an advanced course.Students without adequate background should consult the courseinstructor before enrolment.REL 3230 Christianity and Chinese Culture (3,2,1)The course utilizes a comparative and interdisciplinary approachto provide a solid platform for the mutual reflections both on theChristian faith in its Western form, as well as on Chinese culturein its current modernization and rejuvenation. Special attentionwould be paid to Chinese Christian thinkers who have tried toaddress the cultural dilemmas that arose from their conversionto Christianity, or to non-Christian Chinese thinkers who felta special need to address the cultural challenge from WesternChristianity.REL 3240 Religion and Modern Society (3,2,1) (E)The course begins with an introduction on classical thinkingconcerned with the role of religion in society. It then examinesthe deeper problems of religions raised in the process ofmodernization/Westernization of society. It explores thereligious situations of several typical societies, namely, that ofa modernizing non-Western society, that of a modernized non-Western one, and that of a post-modern Western society. Studentsare invited to reflect existentially with participant observation onthe religious situation of his/her own society. This is an advancedcourse; students without adequate background should consult thecourse instructor before enrolment.REL 3260 Chinese Christianity (3,2,1) (C)This is a study of the missions of the Syriac/Persian (Nestorian),Roman Catholic, Protestant and Russian Orthodox churches inChina and their reception among different Chinese societies. Thecourse will begin with a focus on the historical development ofdifferent forms of Christianity during the imperial era in China499Course Descriptions

500Course Descriptionsfrom the Tang to the Qing dynasty. Substantial questions willaddress cultural and theological issues which have emergedthrough the modern encounter of Roman Catholic and Protestantexpressions of Christianity during modern times. These willinclude the adaptations required by them in post revolutionaryperiods of the 20th century China as well as current and long-termproblems being faced in the broader realms of cultural China.REL 3270 Mysticism and Religious (3,2,1) (E)ExperienceThis course examines the standard philosophical problems relatingto the nature and interpretation of experiences that lead a personto believe he or she has come into contact with a “transcendentreality” (e.g. God). Special emphasis will be given to thinkerswho have developed world views that centre upon such religiousor “mystical” experiences.REL 3410 Theology and Sex in Chinese (3,2,1) (C)SocietiesThis course introduces students to Christian theology of sex byfocusing on the integral relation between sexuality and humanity.It studies the changing sex culture in the last few decades inthe west and subsequent movements in contemporary Chinesesocieties. It explores the underlying ideologies and their impact. Itintroduces Christian theology of sexuality from biblical, historicaland theological perspectives. The values of contemporary sexculture and the Christian tradition are compared and evaluatedin light of the problems, tensions and challenges arising fromselected various issues in contemporary Chinese societies. Theseissues include pornography and prostitution, marriage andfamily, procreation and reproductive technologies, gender andhomosexual relations, etc. The relevance of Christian values inpublic life and postmodern society will also be explored.REL 3420 Christianity, Modern Science (3,2,1) (E)and the EnvironmentThis course is mainly a study of the complex interplay betweenscience and the Christian religion. Some emphasis will alsobe placed on issues concerned with the meaning of life andthe enviromental problems. It begins with an invitation to theperennial problems of truth and meaning in science and religion.Different models of the interaction between religion and sciencewill be explored. Then we will discuss whether modern scienceand the Christian religion are compatible in several major areas:biology, physics and methodology. Important cases of conflictwill also be analysed in their historical contexts.REL 3591-2 Honours Project (3,*,*)A project for BA (Hons) in Religious Studies students. Studentswill pursue in-depth research on a specific topic of interest tothe student under guidance of an appointed lecturer from theDepartment of Religion and Philosophy. Students are to consultwith their advisers regarding the necessary library and archivalresearch, synthesis and writing. This project will be open only toYear III Honours Degree students.REL 3610 Comparative Philosophy: East (3,2,1) (E)and WestThis course aims to offer a comparative examination of Eastern(with an emphasis on Chinese philosophy) and Westernphilosophies from a macroscopic point of view. The focus willbe directed on the principal ideas advanced and the modes ofthinking employed. Similarities as well as differences betweenEastern and Western philosophies will be explored and discussed.Religious implications where relevant to the thoughts and theoriesconcerned will be emphasized.REL 3620 Selected Topics/Readings in (3,2,1)PhilosophyThis course will study a selection of classical literature from themain streams of Chinese philosophy, especially those concernedwith Confucianism, Daoism and/or Chinese Buddhism. Thecourse will focus upon specific texts selected from the areas (e.g.Daoism). In studying the selected texts, emphasis will be givento the examination of the philosophical ideas and problemsrelated to the texts. This is an advanced course. Students withoutadequate background should consult the course instructor beforeenrolment.REL 3630 Selected Topics/Readings in (3,2,1)Christian StudiesThis course is a study of primary texts of major theologicalthinkers and/or ecclesiastical documents. The texts to be studiedin detail may cover one or more periods of history (e.g. thePatristic Period, the Middle Ages, the Reformation or the Post-Enlightenment Period), or focus on one or more theologians orthemes. This is an advanced course. Students without adequatebackground should consult the course instructor before enrolment.REL 3770 Religion and Ideology (3,2,1)This course introduces students to the concept of ideology andits significance for the understanding of religion in the modernworld. Through the particular example of Marxist critique ofreligion as ideology, the classical formulation of the concept ofideology is introduced. The validity and nature of this critiquewill then be considered. Religion’s response to the critique willthen be examined. Religion’s critique of ideology as quasi-religionwill also be discussed. Various modern ideologies will then besurveyed and their inherent strength and weakness will be set outin contrast with traditional religions. This is an advanced course.Students without adequate background should consult the courseinstructor before enrolment.REL 3780 Religions in Northwestern China (3,2,1) (P)TodayThis course, which is supplemented by a summer study tour,enables students to explore the various religious traditions incontemporary mainland China. Its specific focus is on religiousdiversity in the northwestern part of China. The primary waythis is done is to begin with a general understanding of Chinesereligions including Confucianism, Daoism, Buddhism, Islam,Protestant and Catholic Christianity, and “Popular Religion”.Particular attention will be paid to sociological and ethnographicissues in northwestern China such as religion and secularization,ethnicity and modernity.REL 3990 Selected Topics/Readings in (3,2,1)Religious Studies TodayThe precise content of the course will be determined on thebasis of (1) the needs of the students, (2) availability of faculty,and (3) consultation between the teaching faculty and Head ofDepartment. This is an advanced course. Students withoutadequate background should consult the course instructor beforeenrolment.REL 7010 Graduate Seminar (3,3,0)Each graduate student will be required to present and defend atleast one research paper during the semester. The teacher(s) mayalso present lectures and/or lead discussions on topics relevant tothe students’ research topics. The exact course description, outlinecontent, assessment, teaching methods/approach to learning, andreferences for this course will depend on the following factors: (1)the number of graduate students enrolled in the seminar; (2) thenature of their topics; and (3) the specialization(s) of the teacher (orteachers, if it is team-taught).REL 7020 Selected Masterpieces in Philosophy (3,3,0)An in-depth study of selected seminal work(s) of philosophy. Thecourse aims at enabling the students to appreciate the historicalsignificance of the work, to understand its role in the philosophicaltradition, to critically assess its major ideas and arguments, and toexplore its relevance to the contemporary world. The instructor(s)of this course will set the pace, present lectures when deemednecessary, design the topics for discussions and guide the studentsto write their reports. Reports will be presented in seminars whilethe instructor(s) and other students act as discussants.

REL 7030 Selected Masterpieces in Christian (3,3,0)ReligionAn in-depth study of selected seminal work(s) of Christiantheology. The course aims at enabling the students to appreciatethe historical significance of the work, to understand its role inthe Christian tradition, to critically assess its major ideas andarguments, and to explore its relevance to the contemporaryworld. The instructor(s) of this course will set the pace, presentlectures when deemed necessary, design the topics for discussionsand guide the students to write their reports. Reports will bepresented in seminars while the instructor(s) and other studentsact as discussants.REL 7040 Selected Masterpieces in Chinese (3,3,0)ReligionsAn in-depth study of selected seminal work(s) in Chinese religions(e.g. Buddhism, Daoism, Confucianism). The course aims atenabling the students to appreciate the historical significance ofthe work, to understand its role in the Chinese culture, to criticallyassess its major ideas and arguments, and to explore its relevanceto the contemporary world. The instructor(s) of this course willset the pace, present lectures when deemed necessary, design thetopics for discussions and guide the students to write their reports.Reports will be presented in seminars while the instructor(s) andother students act as discussants.REL 7050 Comparative Study of Religious (3,3,0)MasterpiecesAn in-depth comparative study of a selected seminal work ofChristian theology and a selected seminal work in Chinesereligions (e.g. Buddhism, Daoism, Confucianism). Besidesenabling the students to appreciate the historical significance ofthe works, to understand their roles in their religious traditions, tocritically assess their major ideas and arguments, and to exploretheir relevance to the contemporary world, the course alsoaims at a comparative study of the themes, modes of thinking,symbols, etc. in these works from diverse religious traditions.The instructor(s) of this course will set the pace, present lectureswhen deemed necessary, design the topics for discussions andguide the students to write their reports. Reports will be presentedin seminars while the instructor(s) and other students act asdiscussants.REL 7060 Advanced Required Readings (3,*,*)This course aims to (1) provide a tailor-made and guided readingprogramme for research postgraduate students in specific areasof religious studies or philosophy, and (2) induce studentsto acquire in-depth understanding of their research area andrelated disciplines. The supervisor and the student are requiredto work out a reading list to cover the topics pertaining to thestudent’s research area. The approved list will be submitted to thedepartment for record. The student might have to submit one ormore reading reports as seen fit by the supervisor.RELI 1005 Quest For Truth and Meaning (3,2,1) (C)This is an introductory course in philosophy and religious studiesfor students with no background knowledge. It begins by assistingstudents to discover the quests for truth and meaning in popularculture. After introducing some basic critical thinking skills, thiscourse guides students to explore and appreciate the multiplerelationships between philosophy, religious studies and variousdimensions of human existence–individual life, society, andcivilization. Students will experience the joy and excitement ofstudying philosophy and religious studies.RELI 2005 History of Christian Thought (3,2,1) (E)This course aims to (1) provide students with systematicunderstanding of the history of Christian thought; and (2)enable students to appreciate the development of the Christianintellectual tradition.RELI 2006 Introduction to Christianity and (3,2,1) (C)CivilizationsThis course aims to (1) introduce the Christian religion holisticallyto beginners by exploring the richness and diversity of theChristian traditions; and (2) conduct an impartial examination ofsome multi-faceted impacts, positive and negative, of Christianityupon the Western and Chinese civilizations.RELI 2007 Problems of Philosophy (3,2,1) (C)This course aims to (1) introduce basic knowledge of philosophy,and to help develop students’ analytical ability to tackle problemsof philosophy through the study of and reflection on variousphilosophical concepts, problems and attempted solutions inboth the western and Chinese philosophical traditions; (2) enablestudents to acquire basic knowledge of philosophy in both thewestern and Chinese traditions; (3) examine critically variousphilosophical concepts, problems and attempted solutions; and (4)tackle methodological problems in philosophy.RELI 2015 Approaches to the Study of (3,2,1) (E)ReligionThis course aims to (1) achieve a comprehensive understandingof various approaches to the study of religion; (2) understandthe pros and cons of different approaches and their impacton the study of religion; (3) help students understand variousmethodological perspectives which provide useful ways to studyreligion; (4) help students understand the multifarious phenomenaof religion; and (5) arouse students’ interest in the typical issuesconcerning religious faith and practice in actual life.RELI 2016 Buddhism (3,2,1) (C)This course aims to (1) help develop students’ ability to studyBuddhism in a critical, independent and systematic way; (2)acquire basic knowledge of the development of Buddhism andexamine critically the teachings of Buddhism; and (3) relate therelevance of Buddhist ideas and values for moral, ethical andsocio-cultural problems in contemporary world.RELI 2017 Religious Rituals and Practices (3,2,1) (C)in Hong KongThis course aims to (1) understand the symbolic meaningconveyed by religious rituals and practices; (2) reflect criticallyupon the relevance of religious rituals and practices in students'personal lives and in society; (3) introduce theories of ritualsand practices in religious studies; (4) understand different formsof rituals and practices among major religious traditions; and(5) integrate theories of rituals and practices with religiousphenomena in Hong Kong.RELI 2025 Social Justice, Liberalism and (3,2,1) (E)Economic EqualityThis course introduces some major philosophical theories ofdistributive justice, focusing on the specific debates betweenRawlsian liberalism and other schools of thought likelibertarianism and communitarianism. While Rawls strives abalance among right, liberty and equality, libertarians emphasisechoice and communitarians focus on social solidarity. This courseexplores the implications of these debates upon various concretesocial issues, particularly under the Hong Kong context, andintegrates them with theoretical discussions.RELI 3005 Daoist Religion (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) encourage students to seek for a broaderunderstanding of Daoist Religion including its history, beliefsand practices; (2) help students to reflect critically on basic Daoistconcepts and doctrines as well as their influences; (3) introducestudents to the history of Daoist Religion, its concepts, doctrines,practices and influences; and (4) guide students in the investigationof selected Daoist texts so that they may understand their contentand appreciate their complexity.501Course Descriptions

502Course DescriptionsRELI 3006 Major Streams in Chinese (3,2,1)PhilosophyThis course aims to (1) provide students with a basic understandingof the major themes addressed in Chinese philosophical traditionsfrom ancient times through the 20th century; (2) enable studentsto become acquainted with the character of Chinese philosophicalthinking as embodied in its different major sub-traditions; and (3)provide students with sufficient background so that they may havea deeper understanding and appreciation of their own intellectualand spiritual heritage, including philosophically significant textswithin Chinese religious traditions.RELI 3007 Philosophy, Meaning and Knowledge (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) help develop students’ ability to tacklemethodological problems through reflection on variousphilosophical issues in relation to the philosophy of languageand epistemology; (2) enable students to acquire basic knowledgeconcerning methodology; (3) examine critically variousphilosophical views concerning language and knowledge; and (4)tackle methodological problems concerning religion.RELI 3015 Existence and Reality (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) enrich students’ understandings of theanswers and justifications offered by various religious traditionsregarding issues relating finite life to transcendent realms; (2)help students explore religious responses to the human conditionaffected by free will and determining factors such as suffering anddeath; (3) guide students in understanding religious conceptionsof divine or transcendent realms and to be able to articulate howvarious religious representatives claim that people may attain theserealms; and (4) provide opportunities for students to compare andweigh different religious claims and justifications about their viewsof the relationship between existence and reality.RELI 3016 Philosophy, Morality and Society (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) introduce students to major philosophicalconcepts, problems and theories of moral philosophy.; (2) helpdevelop students’ critical ability to tackle philosophical problemsthrough studying the major philosophical concepts, problems andtheories of moral philosophy; and (3) elucidate moral and sociopoliticalimplications of some religious traditions by means ofrelevant concepts, distinctions, and theories in moral philosophy.RELI 3017 A Survey of Jewish and Christian (3,2,1)ScripturesThis course aims to (1) acquire a basic understanding of thehistory of the formation of the Jewish and Christian Scriptures;(2) acquire a proper understanding of the content and historicalmessage of the Jewish and Christian Scriptures against thehistorical situations from which they sprang; and (3) articulateknowledge correctly, clearly and systematically.RELI 3025 Biblical Theology and Moral Life (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) study the intersection of selectedtheological and moral themes in the Old and New Testaments; (2)examine major moral and socio-political themes of Jewish andChristian traditions; and (3) acquire basic knowledge of Christianethics and a better understanding of the issues in ethics; and(4) to sharpen the skill of moral reasoning and the art of moraldiscernment.RELI 3026 Contemporary Theology and (3,2,1)the Public WorldThis course aims to (1) help students understand contemporaryChristian thought in light of their socio-cultural settings, thuscultivating students’ interest in contemporary theology; (2)help develop a critical appreciation of the creative tensionsin contemporary Christian thought, and of the relevance ofcontemporary theology to the public world; and (3) help studentsappreciate the relevance of contemporary Christian intellectualtradition to our modern life and the public world.RELI 3027 Existentialism and Nihilism (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) enable students to understand thebasic ideas of the major existentialists and their relevance tocontemporary life; (2) deepen students’ reflective attitude towardhuman life and toward the meaning of their own existence; (3)help students develop a critical appreciation of existentialists’reflections on life, especially the religious dimension of thesereflections; and (4) provide students with an opportunity toexplore the salient issues which constitute the mystery of humanexistence, and to stimulate them to formulate their own answers tothese issues, especially the challenge of nihilism.RELI 3035 Philosophical Issues in Chinese (3,2,1)ReligionThis course aims to (1) encourage students to seek for anunderstanding of Chinese religion from a philosophical pointof view; (2) encourage students to reflect critically on thephilosophical implications of important conceptions and teachingsof Chinese religion; (3) introduce students to various philosophicalissues related to Chinese religion and the arguments for or againstvarious philosophical theses related to Chinese religion; (4) helpthe students to arrive at their own judgment of these religiousphilosophical ideas in a critical and rational manner; and (5) helpthe students to apply these Chinese philosophical and religiousideas in understanding modern problems or real life issues,reflect on and assess their personal values and beliefs, and seek toappreciate religious traditions different from their own.RELI 3036 Christian Social Thought (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) extend one's understanding of Christianityby examining its social teachings; (2) understand how a religiousfaith shapes or accommodates to a culture; and (3) examine thecontemporary social relevance of the Christian faith.RELI 3037 Christian Spirituality (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) draw on the rich spiritual heritage ofChristianity, and to become familiar with its major representativesand sources; (2) understand the main concepts of spiritualityand to critically appreciate their significance for contemporaryChristian life; and (3) provide the foundation for a thoroughunderstanding of the relationship between the intellectual andexperiential dimension of Christian faith.RELI 3045 Contemporary Ethical Problems (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) have an in-depth study of somecontemporary ethical problems on the basis of what the studentshave learned in an earlier more elementary ethics course;(2) sharpen the skill of moral reasoning and the art of moraldiscernment; (3) have a better understanding of the nature ofissues in Applied Ethics.RELI 3046 Hermeneutics (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) raise students’ awareness of the ubiquityof interpretation throughout human life in general and religiousstudies in particular; (2) introduce students to the essential lexicalaids that can facilitate an in-depth approach to biblical studies;(3) familiarize students with some key philosophical problemsassociated with the task of interpreting texts; and (4) give students'hands-on' practice in applying various hermeneutic principles tothe interpretation of specific religious and/or philosophical texts.RELI 3047 Islam (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) demonstrate analytical skills related toreligious studies as applied to studies of Islam; (2) evaluate thecentral significance of divine revelation and prophecy withinIslamic communities; (3) demonstrate a general understandingof Islamic institutions and forms of life, especially within theirsignificance with specific Middle Eastern cultures during certainhistorical periods; and (4) appreciate the major contributions ofIslamic culture to various civilizations, including past and presentChinese civilization.

RELI 4005 Philosophy of Religion (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) raise students’ awareness of thefundamental philosophical problems associated with religion;(2) introduce students to the religious views of some of the mostinfluential philosophers who have grappled with such problems;(3) foster an appreciation of how each philosopher's solutions tothese problems arises out of the presuppositions inherent in hisoverall approach to philosophy; and (4) stimulate students to thinkphilosophically about their own attitudes towards religion.RELI 4006 Comparative Philosophy: East (3,2,1)and WestThis course aims to (1) provide students with a synopticunderstanding of the universal ideas shared by Eastern andWestern philosophies; (2) equip students with an analytic ability toexplore the contrasts between Eastern and Western philosophies;and (3) encourage students to develop analytic and argumentativeskills through the process of reading, speaking, and writing aboutvarious philosophical issues.RELI 4007 Theology and Sex in Chinese (3,2,1)SocietiesThis course aims to (1) study Christian theology of sex, togetherwith its integral relation to humanity, and provide studentswith systematic and in depth understanding of Christian sexualvalues; (2) help establish a dynamic and dialogical relationbetween constructive theology and public life, and help studentsappreciate the wisdom of Christian perspectives and its relevanceto contemporary Chinese societies; (3) enrich students’ intellectualexperience through interdisciplinary approach to concrete socioculturalissues, thus providing a broader basis for critical thinkingand whole-person education; and (4) help students appreciate thepublic relevance of Christian values and spiritualities.RELI 4015 Mysticism and Religious (3,2,1)ExperienceThis course aims to (1) become familiar with some of themost influential mystics who have interpreted their religiousexperiences in philosophically significant ways; (2) consider andcritically assess a selection of classical and contemporary theoriesof the nature of religious experience; (3) encourage students torecognize a dimension of religion that goes beyond doctrinalbelief and ritual practice; and (4) promote open discussionand debate regarding various controversial issues that arisein the process of trying to understand mystical world views.RELI 4016 Selected Topics/Readings in (3,2,1)PhilosophyThis course aims at helping the student to investigate a specificphilosophical theme through a detailed study of a selected text(1) arouse students’ interest in the important issues concerningphilosophical issues and problems; (2) engage in a close readingof a selected philosophical topic/text so as to discover the majorphilosophical themes and insights contained therein; (3) cultivatestudents’ ability in critically assessing various philosophicalviewpoints towards a specific topic; and (4) further aims/objectivespertaining to the selected topic/readings can be furnished here.RELI 4017 Chinese Christianity (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) introduce the general history of variousforms of Christianity which have entered into Chinese societies,including representatives from Oriental, Roman Catholic,Protestant and Russian Orthodox churches; (2) investigate thecultural encounters between different forms of Christianity andChinese cultures of various periods so that the resultant effects onthe development of certain kinds of Chinese Christianity can beexplained; (3) provide students with a fairly thorough account ofthe nature and development of Christianity in modern China; (4)guide students in grasping how the faith of Chinese Christians isexpressed in daily life and yearly cycles of religious festivals; and (5)arouse students’ interests in the problems related to Christian faithand practice within cultural China during ancient and modernperiods.RELI 4025 Christianity and Chinese Culture (3,2,1)The course aims to (1) examining the deeper dynamics ofcultural dialogue and cross-culture communication arising fromChristianity’s encounter with Chinese culture; (2) exploring themultiple tensions between Chinese culture and Western cultureinformed and inculcated by Christianity, locating these tensionsto the fundamental religious dimension of their respectiveworldviews; and (3) reflecting on these tensions existentially asthey occur in Hong Kong with people living on a Chinese culturalsubstratum yet fast assimilating Christian ideas and practice intotheir daily lives.RELI 4026 Christianity, Modern Science and (3,2,1)the EnvironmentThis course aims to (1) enrich students' intellectual experiencethrough a fruitful experience in inter-disciplinary studies ofscience and religion, and to help them understand the recentdevelopments; (2) stimulate students’ interest in the quest formeaning and truth in both science and religion; (3) stimulatestudents’ concern for the environment by exploring the ethical andspiritual resources of the Christian religion; and (4) help studentsdevelop a critical appreciation of the creative tensions betweenscience and religion.RELI 4027 Selected Readings In Christian (3,2,1)StudiesThis course aims to (1) provide students with a basicunderstanding of the rich variety of Christian theological texts; (2)enable students to appreciate the thoughts of Christian thinkersthrough the primary texts; and (3) help students enjoy readingprimary texts.RELI 4035 Comparative Religious Themes (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) enhance a deeper understanding of theworld's living religions by building upon what the students havelearnt in the first two years of their programme; (2) find out theunderlying causes of religious pluralism in the contemporaryworld; and (3) assess the prospects for inter-religious dialogue andreligious co-existence.RELI 4036 Religion and Ideology (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) introduce the problem of ideology in theperspective of religious studies; (2) clarify the relation betweenideology and traditional religions; and (3) enhance the students'acquaintance with critical analysis of various ideologies, and tolocate them in the context of the modern society.RELI 4037 Religion and Modern Society (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) help students widen and deepen theirunderstanding of contemporary religious life and institutions;(2) introduce a sociological perspective which puts religion ina modern social context; and (3) help students to acquire anobjective understanding and evaluation of the growth and decayof religious life, movements and institutions in modern society.RELI 4045 Religions in Northwestern (3,2,1)China TodayThis course aims to (1) provide students with a truly dramatic wayto see Northwestern China, and have an unique experience ofinter-cultural, inter-ethnic, and inter-religious encounters; (2) equipstudents with a better understanding of how each of the majorreligious tradition of China adjusts to a rapidly changing politicaland economic landscape; (3) offer students an opportunity to visitChina’s world-famous historical sites, and learn about its religiousimplications; and (4) provide students with the opportunity tolearn to be a culturally-aware and socially-responsible personsince the study trip itself emphasizes the idea of partnership andresponsibility (student to professor, student to student, and studentto self)RELI 4046 Selected Topics in Religious (3,2,1)StudiesTo provide an opportunity for students to study and discussselected topics of particular interest and relevance to Religious503Course Descriptions

504Course DescriptionsStudies. This is an advanced course; students without adequatebackground should consult the course instructor beforeenrollment.RELI 4898-9 Honours Project (3,2,1)This course aims to (1) help integrate the various courses studiedover the last two years into an independent research project; (2)further develop and to apply the professional skills to a topic ofthe student’s own interest; and (3) write a thesis which is clearlydefined, well argued and sufficiently supported by relevantmaterial.R.P. 1010 Introduction to Philosophy (3,2,1)This course aims at providing an introduction to a selection ofmajor philosophical issues in the Western tradition. Emphasiswill be placed on showing how these issues can be relevant to ourmodern day living. The views of representative philosophers onsuch issues will also be introduced in the lectures. In addition,the course will stress the continuity between these philosophersand the connections between their respective solutions to theproblems under consideration. Students will be encouraged tothink critically and yet deeply regarding these major philosophicalissues and the possible answers for them, learning to give theirown opinions and to form conclusions rationally.R.P. 1020 Critical Thinking (3,2,1)This course aims to provide a basic introduction to themethodology of critical thinking, in particular, the basicmethodology of the following areas: (1) the method of linguisticconceptualanalysis; (2) fallacy; (3) the method of logic; and (4)scientific method. Special attention will be given to the basicconcepts and principles of the above areas. Attention will begiven to the application of those concepts and principles aswell. The course, in particular, will show how to apply thoseconcepts and principles to problem solving, the construction ofsound arguments as well as the tackling of linguistic pitfalls andfallacies by using both daily life and academic examples. Studentsare encouraged to develop their own critical thinking skills byapplying the concepts and principles in question to issues andproblems that they encounter.R.P. 1030 Public Debating and the Art of (3,2,1)ThinkingPublic debating is an art of persuasion. Debaters have to bringtogether facts and arguments to a conclusion. More importantly,they have to present their views in a clear and logical mannerso that the adjudicators, or even the audience, are persuaded toaccept that their conclusion is better reasoned. Critical thinking,logic, rhetoric and the method of persuasion are all essentialelements of the art of debating. This course aims to provide abasic introduction to critical thinking, including logico-linguisticanalysis, the detection of fallacies, deduction and induction, andthe methods and techniques of persuasion and debating. Theapplication of those principles, methods and techniques to publicdebating is emphasized.R.P. 1040 Religion and the Meaning of Life (3,2,1) (C)This course aims to help students to gain a basic understandingof how people in different living religious traditions conceiveof the nature of life and manage shared existential problems.Students will therefore be introduced to worldviews and religiousinstitutions found in Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianityand Islam. Selective studies of authoritative scriptures and thosedescribing rituals of worship, historical transmission of traditionsand contemporary problems within these traditions will allowstudents to assess how religious advocates in various traditionsresolve problems of life.R.P. 1070 Religion, Psychology and (3,2,1)Personal GrowthThis course deals with issues relating to the interface betweenreligion and psychology. Relevant theories of a selection ofinfluential psychologists, such as Freud and Jung, will bethoroughly examined, with special emphasis on their views of thestructure of human personality, the process of personal growth,and the nature and significance of religion. This theoretical focuswill be balanced by an emphasis on practical issues, such as dreaminterpretation, with a view towards assessing and promoting one’sown personal growth.R.P. 1100 Biblical Wisdom for Human Life (3,2,1)This course introduces the Bible’s understanding of the meaningof life from its various perspectives. Instead of forcing textsinto preconceived topics, it follows the structure of the HebrewBible and the New Testament without assuming an exegeticaldependence of one upon the other. The diversity of views ofdifferent biblical authors is taken positively and each is understoodagainst its own particular historical, religious, and culturalbackground. Basic exegetical methods will be introduced.Students are guided to appreciate, understand, and interpret textspertinent to the theme of Human Life.R.P. 1110 Christianity and Modern Life (3,2,1) (C)This course is a systematic examination of the relevance ofthe Christian view to modern society. The basic tenets of theChristian faith will first be introduced. Then different ideas andthoughts concerning contemporary issues in politics, philosophy,science and ethics will be brought up and compared with theChristian worldview. The course ends with an examinationinto value systems of modern man with the aim of challengingstudents to make choices that reflect their quest for a life which isworth living.

R.P. 1120 Nature and Human Beings in (3,2,1)Chinese and Western CulturesThis course provides a comparative examination of the variousviews on the relationship between nature and human beings foundin Western and Chinese cultures. Besides an exploration of thesimilarities and differences of those views, the focus of discussionwill be on the fundamental ideas and the modes of thinkingemployed, and how they have shaped the contemporary way oflife in terms of humans, the environment and the issues createdby their association. Current ecological debates such as thesignificance of wilderness, animal rights, environmental policymaking,and the duty to posterity will be addressed as well.R.P. 1130 Philosophical Issues in Modern (3,2,1)ScienceThis course aims to provide an introduction to variousphilosophical issues in mathematics and physical science. It alsoaims at offering philosophical reflection on and clarification ofcertain important concepts employed in mathematics and physicalscience. Concepts in science like measurement, force, time, spaceand causality will be discussed and clarified. Students will beencouraged to think critically and arrive at their own conclusionsabout the issues considered rationally.R.P. 1140 Philosophy and the Meaning (3,2,1) (E)of LifeThe course begins with a broad investigation of the philosophicalmind and its quest for meaning and value. It then proceeds tothe examination of major questions about goodness, suffering,death and hope that have both fascinated and perplexedhumanity through the ages and are at the origin and the centre ofphilosophical investigation. Taking up the challenge they presentto all searching for a meaningful and unified life, well lived, thecourse will connect individual life experiences and existentialconcerns with the great traditions of thought.R.P. 1150 Philosophy of Life in (3,2,1)ExistentialismThis course is a study of the existentialists’ quest for understandinghuman life and existence. It begins with the introduction tothe philosophical movement of existentialism: its historicalbackground and its distinctive features in contrast with other kindsof philosophy. Then the thought of the major existentialists willbe introduced and critically assessed. Finally, major themes abouthuman existence, which are discussed by the existentialists, will besystematically explored.R.P. 1160 Philosophy of Life in Laozi and (3,2,1)ZhuangziThis course introduces students to Laozi and Zhuangzi’sphilosophies of life. Through studying representative piecesfrom the text of Dao De Jing and Zhuangzi, the students willbe encouraged to seek understanding of the wisdom and thecontemporary significance of Laozi and Zhuangzi’s works.Students will also be encouraged to think critically and arrive attheir own conclusions about the relevant issues in philosophy oflife.R.P. 1170 Philosophy of Life in the (3,2,1)Postmodern AgeThis course is a study of the philosophy of life in the postmodernage. It begins with the introduction to the rise of postmodernity:the nature of Enlightenment rationalism and its influenceon modernity, and the problems with modernity. Then thegeneral features of the postmodern culture—e.g. mass media,consumerism, relativistic outlook—will be outlined. Next, theideas of the major postmodernists like Foucault will be criticallydiscussed. Finally, the major issues about human existence andsociety in the postmodern age will be systematically explored.R.P. 1180 Religion and Modern Science (3,2,1)This course is a study of the complex interplay between scienceand the Christian religion. It begins with an invitation to theperennial problem of truth and reality in science and religion andthen an overview of their relations in history. Emphasis will beplaced on issues concerned with the interaction between modernscience and the Christian religion, in particular the implications ofmodern science for Christian faith.R.P. 1190 Science, Technology and Society (3,2,1)This course uses an interdisciplinary approach to arouse studentsto the important interactions and issues between science andtechnology on the one side, and the global society on the other.Students will be introduced to the key role science and technologyhave played in globalization. The emphasis of this course liesmainly with the impact scientific and technological developmenthas on morality and values, and how would such developmentaffects the future of humankind and the world. With reference toconcrete cases, this course would also explore the endeavour ofscience and technology in the modernization of the Third World.R.P. 1200 The Art of Thinking and Living (3,2,1)This course aims to help students to come to some understandingof the complex interplay between thinking critically and living505Course Descriptions

506Course Descriptionshappily. Using the basic principles of the art of thinking asbackground, the course explores the major problems arising inthe context of one’s reflecting on how to lead a good or happylife. Themes such as wealth, fame, friendship, love, death and themeaning of life will be discussed. Students will be encouraged toappreciate how to use the basic principles of critical thinking totackle the problems arising throughout the discussions.R.P. 1210 The Story of Chinese Philosophy (3,2,1) (C)This course introduces the origin and development of majorphilosophical themes in the traditional schools of Chinesephilosophy such as Confucianism, Daoism, Buddhismand Mohism. While providing a survey of the history andinterrelationships between main streams of Chinese thoughtfrom Confucius to the modern period, the course also presentsto students some critical assessments of these trends. In thecourse of discussions some attention will also be given to subtraditionssuch as the teachings of Gongsun Long and Hui Shi,as well as some of the new doctrines developed by Neo-Daoists,Chinese Buddhists and Neo-Confucians, and the criticisms raisedby some modern Chinese philosophers. By this means studentswill be provided with broad historical accounts to the backgroundand development of the problems addressed in various Chinesephilosophical traditions.R.P. 1220 The Story of Western Philosophy (3,2,1)This course introduces a selection of major thinkers in the Westernphilosophical tradition and the primary issues and problems theygrappled with. The emphasis will be on showing the continuitybetween the various philosophers and the connections betweentheir respective solutions to the problems under consideration.Students will be encouraged to see each thinker in context andthereby to apply the various strategies considered to their ownsituation, in order to develop a unique “philosophical story” oftheir own.R.P. 1240 Zen Buddhism and Modern Life (3,2,1) (C)This course provides a broad and deep understanding of ZenBuddhism in the aspects of doctrine, practice and applicationin life. In particular, we will see Zen from a critical viewpointas to how it can be a useful and living religion to be lived andenjoyed in modern life, rather than a dead religion to be studiedin universities and institutes. The difficult issues such as howto bring together Zen and modern science and technology ina coherent and mutual complementary manner will also bediscussed.R.P. 1310 Ethics (3,2,1)An introduction to the nature of morality with emphasis on itsconcern with our ethical responsibility to society. The course willconsider the nature of ethics and various main ethical theories andthen several important issues in moral philosophy.R.P. 1320 Applied Ethics (3,2,1)This course begins with a brief introduction to moral theoriesand principles in preparing students to analyse critical issues thatthey face in their daily life. Then moral issues in selected fieldsin applied ethics will be introduced. Students are encouragedto apply those theories and principles in attempting to facilitatemorally acceptable solutions.R.P. 1330 Business, Values and Society (3,2,1) (C)The course begins with a broad exploraton of ethics and moraltheory, and will then proceed to explore the moral dimensions andsocial responsibilities of business activity in modern society. Theexamination and detailed discussion of various moral issues anddilemmas confronting individuals involved in business decisionswill connect the world of business and commerce with ethicaldeliberation and theory.R.P. 1340 Christian Ethics and (3,2,1)Contemporary IssuesThis course is not designed to set forth a complete system ofChristian ethics or moral teachings, but rather to focus on thenotions that are pivotal to modern experience of life in relation tomoral decisions and dilemmas from various Christian perspectives.This course begins with a discussion of the nature of ethics andthe bases of moral norms. The next part addresses interplaybetween norms and the applications of norms in differing moralsituations and cultural contexts in cases of conflict of duties.We will examine moral issues of human life, sexuality, classrelationships, and management of resources, law and authorityin conflict situations. Our discussion will include scriptural textspertinent to the above issues.R.P. 1350 Christianity and Humanism (3,2,1)This course begins with an historical survey of the rise ofhumanism in the Renaissance, and follows its developmentthrough the Enlightenment in the contemporary Western culture.It reflects in particular the dynamic and complex relation betweenhumanism and Christanity throughout this development. Italso surveys the humanism in Chinese literature and culture andexplores its relation with Chinese philosophies in general, andConfucianism in particular. It further studies the concept ofhumanity in the Christian religion, with special attention to itsunderstanding of the creative and redemptive relations betweenGod and humanity. The reliance of humanist ideals on Christiantheology and its ethical ideals will be examined. Creative tensions

and dialogues between humanism and Christianity are evaluatedin their common pursuit of human dignity, human rights andhuman freedom. A couple of case studies in, for instance, “sexualfulfilment in humanism and Christianity” and “human rightsin humanism and Christianity” will help focus the issues anddiscourses within concrete situations.R.P. 1360 Ethics of Life and Death (3,2,1)This is an introductory course in applied ethics and philosophicalpractice focusing on matters of life and death (such as suicide,euthanasia, foregoing of life-sustaining medical treatment,abortion, stress management, capital punishment, and war). Thiscourse also aims at widening students’ perspective on life anddeath through exploring relevant philosophical and religious ideasof both Western and Chinese culture.R.P. 1370 Ethics of Marriage and the Family (3,2,1)This course begins with a brief introduction to the history ofthe structure of the traditional Chinese and Christian families.Students will then be introduced to the debates over marriage andthe family in the end of the 20th century and are expected to gaina thorough view of the relevant ethical issues. By applying moraltheories and principles, students are encouraged to make relevantmoral judgments on them.R.P. 1380 Moral Leadership (3,2,1)One major goal of ethics education is to sensitize people toethical problems in the specific contexts of their daily lives and toempower them to ethical decision making. University studentsin particular are likely to take up leadership positions in business,civil administration, government and the professions. The powerthat comes with such positions requires not just professionalleadership qualities but also moral competence and integrity. Thiscourse will provide students with an ethical framework whichfacilitates moral sensibility and moral reasoning and thus offers anavenue for the acquisition of moral leadership.R.P. 1390 Philosophy of Love (3,2,1) (E)This course focuses attention on the nature and manifestationsof love in those forms that are capable of being scrutinizedphilosophically. In addition to introducing a variety of classicaland contemporary philosophical theories, some reference is madeto theories arising out of other disciplines, such as religion orpsychology. Specific problems relating to sexuality, marriage andfriendship are isolated and a search for viable solutions for the21st century is carried out.R.P. 1410 Practical Issues in Social (3,2,1)PhilosophyThis course provides an overview of some major themes in socialphilosophy. Topics such as liberty, equality, justice, toleration andhuman rights will be explored. Different views on the relevantissues will be critically discussed. Students will be encouraged todevelop their own critical approach to relevant social issues.R.P. 1420 Religious Quest in Films (3,3,1) (C)The course recognizes films as a powerful media comparable toliterature in providing modern people with an important venuefor experiencing, appreciating and reflecting on the dramaticnature of human life and its myriad conflicts of values andcultures, especially in this globalized and networked world. Filmproducers and directors so often reach for the ultimate elevationof the human spirit through religious themes and overtones infilms. This course helps students to analyse film with reference toits latent religious and ethical dimensions. Through appreciatingand analysing great films students would be able to experience thevalue enhancement and intellectual enlightenment characteristicof tertiary education.R.P. 1430 Romantic Love in Chinese and (3,2,1)Western CulturesThe course introduces the development of the idea of romanticlove in modern Chinese and Western cultures. It examines thedeeper cultural dynamics that give birth to the idea in its modernform, and compares and contrasts it to the idea in its traditionalChinese form. The psychology of romantic love, and its rolein the formation of modern identity, will be explored. Possiblepatterns and ethical orientations of the romantic love activitiesand the religious and ethical transformations of romantic love willalso be explored.R.P. 1440 Sexuality and Christian Values (3,2,1)This course introduces students to the integral relation betweensexuality and humanity from a Christian perspective. It studiesthe changing sexual values in the last few decades in the West,the subsequent movement in Hong Kong and the underlyingideologies. It surveys Christian views on sexuality from theperspectives of the scriptures, history and theology. The valuesin contemporary sex culture and the Christian tradition arecompared and evaluated in the discussions of various issues, such507Course Descriptions

508Course Descriptionsas pornography, prostitution, marriage and family, homosexualrelations, procreation and new birth technologies, and genderroles. The course ends with an evaluation of the relevance ofreligious values in a pluralistic society.R.P. 1460 Religious Values and Pop Culture (3,2,1)This is a course that helps students to analyse pop culture and tolearn to utilize various forms and manifestations of pop cultureto critically reflect on life and society, in doing so students wouldbe able to demonstrate their value-enhancement and intellectenhancementgained through higher education. The courseutilizes various forms of pop culture such as films, games, Internetweb innovations and modern play and drama as powerful newcultural media comparable to literature as modern people’s mainvenue for experiencing, appreciating and reflecting on human life.Such reflections of modern life would be taken to the religiousdimension in its search for meaning and value that seeks totranscend temporality and secularity of life, and reaches for theultimate elevation of the human spirit. The course examines thevarious ways in which modern people’s myriad endeavors in socioculturalactions embark on a profound search for human reality,possibility, value and meaning in this globalized and networkedworld.R.P. 1510 Virtuous Living in a Virtual World (3,2,1)The advent of the Internet has produced a revolutionary setof possibilities for technologically sophisticated people, butsimultaneously it has created new temptations and complicatedtraps which threaten wise and virtuous forms of life. Afterintroducing a modern history of the emergence of the WorldWide Web, students will be introduced to a vision of reality(including playfulness, serious life, and transformation) by whichthe multiform nature and uses of the Internet can be discerned.Subsequently, several forms of ethical thinking and moralconsiderations will be introduced, so that students will be enabledto address and evaluate ethical problems found within cyberspace.Problems to be discussed will include cyber-utopianism, addictivepractices leading to social alienation, telling lies within virtualcontexts, deceitful tactics involving false identities, sexual ploysapplied in cyberspace and their negative consequences, andvarious forms of cyber-bullying. It will be argued that actualcaring communal relationships, virtuous familial ties andfriendships assist persons in bringing balance, humility, humour,discernment and integrity to virtual relationships.R.P. 1520 Biotechnology, Altering Nature, (3,2,1)and Being HumanThis course integrates knowledge in molecular biology andphilosophy (including the religious perspectives). Newbiotechnology is a key part of the biological revolution inthe 21st century, which makes news headlines from timeto time. It includes assisted reproduction, genetic therapy,genetic engineering, cloning, and stem cell manipulation. Itcan modify our food and our environment, alter ourselves andour offspring. It offers high hopes and arouses deep fears atthe same time. This course is divided into three parts. Part I:Biology—understanding the molecular biology behind the latestbiotechnological advances (e.g. molecular cloning, stem cell, theHuman Genome Project, regenerative medicine). Part II: FromBiology to Philosophy—understanding the notions of “nature”,“altering nature”, “improving nature”, and “unnatural” fromboth the biological and philosophical perspectives. Part III:Philosophical Anthropology—exploring how we can set the moralguidelines so that, via biotechnological intervention of nature,human beings will neither play god nor play slave of nature,but just being human. This course begins with basic literacy inmolecular biology and ends with the philosophical puzzle, “whatis humanity?”.R.P. 2040 Philosophy of the Christian (3,2,1)ReligionThis course expresses the Christian faith in a philosophicallycomprehensible way. It starts with the Christian perception ofreality and concept of knowledge, and then presents the Christianunderstanding of the knowledge of God and human existence.It further introduces the Christian notions of creation andredemption, and the significance of Jesus Christ in the unfoldingof human history. The relevance of Christian faith for modernman will also be discussed.R.P. 2100 Art and Aesthetics (3,2,1)This course begins by probing the nature of artistic phenomenaand the relation of art to human development. This discussionwill be followed by an introduction to representative aesthetictheories in the Chinese and Western contexts, illustrated byappropriate masterpieces. The course will then identify thenature of different art media, including discussions of visual artsand performing arts. It will then outline the fundamentals of artappreciation and then discuss the relation among art, culture andsociety. Students will attend talk by invited artists, art exhibitionsand performances.SCI 2110 Systems and Control Theory (3,3,0)Prerequisite: MATH 1120 Linear Algebra, MATH 1140Computational Mathematics, MATH 1550Calculus and Linear Algebra or MATH 1590Calculus and Linear Algebra for ChemistryMany problems in social science, economics, and engineering, canbe modelled as linear systems. This course studies the propertiesof linear systems and how they can be controlled. Emphasis willbe placed in understanding the important issues involved in thedesign and implementation of linear systems, in particular thestability analysis of feedback systems. Examples will be drawnfrom a wide range of fields.SCI 2910 Logistics—Planning, Management, (3,3,0)and AnalysisThis course introduces the fundamental modelling techniquesand analysis for logistics problems. This course will address allmajor issues in logistics. The course will mainly concentrateon establishing the mathematical models for various logisticsproblems. The solution techniques and algorithms will be alsomentioned for the resulting mathematical problems. Numerouspractical examples will be discussed and analysed to illustrate themodeling techniques for logistics problems. The students willlearn through various examples illustrated in class to master thetechniques in establishing the mathematical models for logisticsproblems. In addition, some computer packages will be also usedto solve the resulting mathematical problems.SCI 3110 Environmental Chemistry and (3,3,0) (E)Pollution ControlPrerequisite: Year III standingThis course describes the sources, transport, reactivity and sink ofcontaminants in the environment together with various technologyoptions used for pollution control.

SCI 3120 Environmental Studies Laboratory (1,0,3)Prerequisite: Year III standing (Environmental StudiesConcentration)These are practical sessions consisting of experiments utilizingthe techniques commonly used in environmental studies. Inaddition to laboratory exercises, a field-based project will beundertaken. Visits to waste treatment plants and/or chemicalindustries in Hong Kong and neighbouring areas will be arrangedat appropriate times. This course is open to Chemistry majorsonly.SCI 3210 Simulation (3,2,1) (E)Prerequisite: MATH 1111 Mathematical Analysis I, MATH1140 Computational Mathematics, MATH 1550Calculus and Linear Algebra, MATH 1570Advanced Calculus or MATH 1590 Calculus andLinear Algebra for ChemistryThis course aims to introduce basic technique in computersimulation. Two computer software packages (one for continuoussystems and one for discrete systems) will be taught. Variouspractical problems will be modelled, discussed, and simulatedthrough computer simulation. Upon completion of this course,students should be able to simulate a wide range of practicalproblems in the daily life.SCI 3310 Industrial Chemical Processes (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: (1) CHEM 1510 Chemistry for Life Science orCHEM 2310 Physical Chemistry II; and (2) MATH1511 Mathematical Methods for Physical ScienceI, MATH 1550 Calculus and Linear Algebra orequivalent such as AS Level Applied MathematicsThe aim of this course is to familiarize students with theapplication of chemical principles learned from Year I and IIChemistry major courses in various chemical industries. Materialbalance and unit operations are treated with illustrations chosenfrom modern chemical and related industries.SCI 3450 Materials Science: Solid State, (3,3,0) (E)Surface Chemistry and CatalysisPrerequisite: Chemistry or Physics Major with Year III standingThis course provides a foundation of solid state and surfacechemistry. It deals with the modern surface techniques and theapplication of surface science to various important industrialfields with particular reference to surface catalysis.SCI 3510 Mathematical and Statistical (3,3,1) (E)ModellingPrerequisite: (1) MATH 1120 Linear Algebra and (2) MATH2110 Differential Equations or MATH 2230Operations Research IThis course aims to facilitate students’ working knowledge ofthe basic principles of mathematical and statistical modelling.It is designed to equip students with an understanding of howmathematics can be applied to solve problems arising in variousdisciplines. The case study approach is adopted in which themodelling process is described by means of a number of exampleswith different characteristics. Where possible, problems aremodelled in more than one way to illustrate the flexibility anddiversity involved in mathematical modelling, and students willgain first hand experience in a mini-project.SCI 3530 Numerical Methods for Partial (3,3,0) (E)Differential EquationsPrerequisite: MATH 2220 Partial Differential Equations orMATH 1511-2 Mathematical Methods for PhysicalScience I & IIThis course introduces the major numerical techniques forsolving partial differential equations. Emphasis is placed on finitedifference methods and finite element methods. Some typicalengineering problems, such as shock waves, are analysed.SCI 3710 Digital Image Analysis (3,2,1)Prerequisite: MATH 1111 Mathematical Analysis I, MATH1140 Computational Mathematics, MATH 1550Calculus and Linear Algebra, MATH 1570Advanced Calculus or MATH 1590 Calculus andLinear Algebra for ChemistryThis course aims to introduce students to the foundation of digitalimage analysis. Students will learn elementary point operationtechniques for image enhancement, and advanced techniques(including the theory of Fourier transform) for image restorationand image analysis. Students will come to understand all themajor issues involved in the design and implementation of adigital imaging system.SCI 7770 Materials Science: Solid State, (3,3,0)Surface Chemistry and CatalysisThis course provides a foundation of solid state and surfacechemistry. It deals with the modern surface techniques and theapplication of surface science to various important industrialfields with particular reference to surface catalysis.SCIE 1005 Integrated Science Laboratory (1,0,3)This course provides students with basic foundation knowledge inlaboratory and practical experience in solving real life problems byintegrating knowledge from various science perspectives.SLM 7010 Foundations in Sport and Leisure (3,3,0)ManagementThis course aims to provide a common foundation for studentsby presenting a coherent vocabulary for conceptualizing anddiscussing sport and leisure management. It also aims to presenta comprehensive perspective on subsequent courses withinthe programme and their relationships to sport and leisuremanagement as a field of study.SLM 7020 Management Skills and (3,3,0)CommunicationsThis course revisits the basic theories shaping the roles andfunctions of management, in the development of managementthoughts, the ethical and social responsibilities of management,and the application of information technology to management.Students are encouraged to apply these fundamental conceptsto analyse management scenarios related to the sport andleisure industry. This course also aims to revisit theories ofcommunication and students are expected to utilize their power ofspeech to increase effectiveness in interpersonal relationships andcommunications.SLM 7030 Management of Human Resources (3,3,0)This course aims to provide students with opportunities to examinehuman resources management models and their applications insport and leisure services. Issues on the management of financeas related to human resources management will also be discussed.SLM 7040 Planning and Developing Sport (3,2,1)and Leisure FacilitiesThis course provides an overview of sports facilities includingindoor, outdoor and aquatic facilities. Opportunities will beprovided to examine local sport and leisure facilities withemphasis on the process of planning, design, construction andmanagement.SLM 7050 Marketing of Sport and Leisure (3,3,0)ServicesThis course enables students to understand current theories andpractices of marketing sport and leisure services, the economicimpact of sport and leisure marketing, and the impact oftechnology on marketing trends.509Course Descriptions

510Course DescriptionsSLM 7060 Financial Management (3,3,0)This course aims to revisit and explore the basic informationcontained in financial statements. It also aims to further providestudents with concepts and techniques in cost and managementaccounting and to develop students’ ability in using relevantaccounting data for management policy determination, decisionmaking and performance evaluation.SLM 7070 Seminar on Contemporary Issues (3,1,2)in Sport and LeisureThis course provides a forum for the discussion of contemporaryissues related to sport and leisure. Discussion topics may includesocial, legal, ethical and policy issues shaping the delivery andpractice of sport and leisure.SLM 7080 Health Promotion (3,3,0)This course provides a forum for the discussion of currentconcepts and roles of sport and leisure in the promotion of health,wellness and quality living.SLM 7090 Development and Management of (3,3,0)Sport and Leisure Services forDifferent Target GroupsThis course aims at offering students an opportunity to explorelocal and international developments in sport and leisure.Particular emphasis will be placed on the development andmanagement of youth, elderly and atypical programmes inschools and the community.SLM 7100 Research Methods (3,3,0)This course aims to develop students’ functional knowledge of theresearch process with particular emphasis on the ability to conductindependent research.SLM 7121-2 Independent Project (4,*,*)The independent project provides students with an opportunity toapply their professional knowledge and critical skills to examine,analyse and evaluate an issue of interest in depth. Students arerequired to submit a written document in English.SLM 7140 Event Management (3,3,0)This course aims to provide a common foundation for studentsby presenting conceptualizing and discussing the functions ofprogram and event management.SLM 7150 Independent Project (3,*,*)The independent project provides students with an opportunity toapply their professional knowledge and critical skills to examine,analyse and evaluate an issue of interest in depth. Students wererequired to submit a written document in English.SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociology (3,3,0) (C)Sociology is a social science concerned with the study of socialinteractions in society. As a discipline it is concerned with howsociety is structured and how it works. Students are invitedto recognize not one approach to studying society, but severalalternative paradigms. This course focuses on (1) the basicideas, concepts, approaches and methods in Sociology; (2) theinteractions between individuals, groups, organizations andsociety; (3) analyses of major social institutions such as marriageand the family; power and politics; economy and work; belief andvalue systems; and health and health care; and (4) selected issuesin contemporary society such as sexuality, deviance and socialcontrol, social stratification, social mobility and inequalities,urbanization, modernization, modernity, migration, race andethnic relations, identity, and globalization.SOC 1120 Social Statistics (3,2,1) (E)This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferentialstatistics. Major topics include measures of central tendency anddispersion, the concepts of normal distribution and sampling,the logic of hypothesis testing, and various parametric as wellas nonparametric tests and measures. This course is open toSociology majors and China Studies Option students only.SOC 1150 Hong Kong Society (3,3,0) (C)This course focuses on the social structures and processes of HongKong. The topics include demographic processes and changesin the population structure, state-society relationships and formsof public participation, housing and urban development, familystructures and processes, economic development and organizationof livelihood, social inequalities and social movements.SOC 1160 Introduction to Social Research (3,2,1)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThis course examines the intellectual setting and fundamentaltechniques of the research process in contemporary sociology.Students will be introduced to both qualitative and quantitativeapproaches to social research, and the intellectural and conceptualframe works underpinning these. They will be introduced tothe classic model of social research and to current critiques ofthis. This will include inter alia an exploration of the nature ofsocial research, the importance of research design, the nature andpractice of data collection in different settings and the evaluationand presentation of the results of the research/field experience.This course is open to Sociology majors/Option students only.SOC 1610 Social Problems (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThis course examines contemporary social problems and issuesin diverse empirical contexts. It introduces different sociologicalperspectives and theoretical approaches to analyse socialproblems such as poverty, distant suffering and humanitariancrises, isolation and anomie, racism, and precarious labour. Inaddition to analysing specific case studies of social problems, itpresents a critique of neoliberalism and its role in solving—andamplifying—social problems. It also indentifies the media’s rolein constructing—and constituting—social problems in an age ofglobalization and digitization.SOC 1620 Hong Kong Culture and Society (3,2,1)This course addresses cultural, social and political issues in HongKong. Sociologically informed studies will be drawn upon toexamine the social, political and cultural processes that transformHong Kong. The emphasis is on the interconnectedness of socialinstitutions and the interchanges between personal lives andpublic histories. Special attention will be paid to how economictransformations, governmental projects and social movements redefinesocial boundaries and re-make cultural practices in HongKong.SOC 2130 Quantitative Methods of Social (3,2,1) (C)ResearchPrerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociologyand SOC 1120 Social StatisticsThis course develops students’ understandings of the basicprinciples and procedures in carrying out quantitative socialresearch. Students will be required to participate in a survey,through which they would learn how to formulate a researchproblem, construct a questionnaire, draw a sample, conduct aninterview, code and input data, analyse and present data, andwrite a research report. This course is open to Sociology majors/Option students only.SOC 2140 Qualitative Methods of Social (3,2,1) (E)ResearchPrerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociologyand SOC 1160 Introduction to Social ResearchThis course provides an understanding to qualitative researchmethods and the intellectual grounds on which they stand. Wewill address the theoretical, ethical and practical issues that arisein the conduct of qualitative research. The course takes a “handson” approach and students are expected to learn by practisinga range of qualitative approaches. Readings are concerned

with not only the differing research contexts and appropriatemethodologies, but also the basic procedures of participantobservation, intensive interviewing and focus group interviewing,as well as content analysis and image-based analysis. This courseis open to Sociology majors/Option students only.SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical (3,2,1) (E)TheoryPrerequisite: Year II standing in Sociology major, and CHSS1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThis course provides an introduction to the classical sociologicaltradition. This commonly refers to the latter half of the 19thcentury and into the first few decades of the 20th century duringwhich the writings of such figures as August Comte, HerbertSpencer, Karl Marx, Max Weber and Emile Durkheim establishedsociology as an independent discipline among the social andhistorical sciences. The questions they raised, such as “What isthe relationship between the individual and society?”, “What isthe basis of social order?”, “How do societies change over time?”,“How are modern societies like? In what ways is modernityliberating and constraining?”, have remained the heart of thesociological project. This course examines the answers providedby the early theorists and their contributions to the sociologicaldiscipline. On completion of the course, students will understandthe major concepts and arguments in classical sociologicaltheories and be able to apply the various theoretical perspectives inanalyses of social conflict, solidarity and social change.SOC 2220 Population Studies (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Year II standing and CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110Invitation to SociologyThis course introduces students to the major concepts and theoriesin the analysis of population phenomena. The emphasis is on theunderstanding of population structures and processes and theirrelationship with the social, economic and cultural context in bothmore developed and less developed countries.SOC 2230 Sociology of Marriage and the (3,3,0) (E)FamilyPrerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThis course attempts to develop a critical consciousness of thefamily as an idea, as a small group and as a social institution.Drawing upon critical theory and the new scholarship on power,conflict and gender/generation politics in the family, the courseexplores new ways of thinking about the family and marriage.SOC 2240 Modern Chinese Society (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Year II standing and CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110Invitation to SociologyThis course provides students with an introduction tocontemporary China from a sociological perspective. China notonly represents one of the major civilizations in the world, it isalso a society that has gone through tremendous social changesin the past six decades. This course examines the interplayamong ideology, state, economy and society, which constitutesthe dynamics of social changes in China. It will cover macroleveltopics, such as social organization, social control, socialstratification and social mobility, as well as micro-level topics suchas family, gender and other topics related to lives of individuals incontemporary China.SOC 2250 Traditional Chinese Society (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: Year II standingThis course provides an understanding of traditional Chinesesociety and culture by investigating the nature of Chinese societyfrom the Qing to the Republican eras. It does this by (1) focusingon such themes as family and kinship, political organizationand power, social mobility, education, and economic and socialdifferentiation, and (2) exploring the effects of traditionalideologies on these themes, and on the society on the eve of theRevolution.SOC 2260 Popular Culture and Society (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyPopular culture refers to a wide range of cultural practices andgenres that are consumed by us in our daily lives. While weusually perceive it as a source of entertainment, consumption,and fun, it is in fact much more than that. Popular culture is apowerful force that helps shape social class, nationalism, gender,race, and other socio-cultural constructs of society. It constitutesa major industry and a significant contributor to the GDP. It isthe base of youth subcultures, symbolic resistance, and alternativediscourses. It is a major factor that shapes contemporary urbanformation. And it is a major link through which the local and theglobal impact on each other. This course introduces students tothese sociological and interdisciplinary approaches to the studyof popular culture. By revealing the powerful social functionsand impacts of popular culture, these approaches will equip andencourage students to critically assess their own daily consumptionof popular culture.SOC 2610 Modernization and Social Change (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Year II standing and CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110Invitation to SociologyThis course introduces contemporary theories concerned withsocial change, structural differentiation and development. Thecourse examines the economic, political and social processesinvolved in societal change and considers inter alia the significanceof capitalist and socialist modes of production. It explores thetension between treating development as a matter of economicgrowth and the need to see development as involved withenvironmental issues and an improvement in the quality of life.Students are at different points in the semester invited to considerthe relationship between social position, political power and policymaking. Detailed studies are made of two selected SoutheastAsian societies (China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Malaysia,Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand).SOC 2620 Work and Society (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: Year II standing and SOC 1110 or CHSS 1110Invitation to SociologyThis course provides an introduction to sociological studies ofwork. It will examine how work is culturally understand andsocially organized as a human activity, with special focus onemployment as a social relationship. It seeks to sensitize studentsto the changing significance of work as a central human activity,the political-economic conditions of social forms of work and theimplications of varying institutional arrangements of work, withspecial emphasis on conditions of work and workers in HongKong and Mainland China.SOC 2630 Social Stratification and Mobility (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThis course introduces classical and contemporary approaches tothe study of social stratification and mobility. It examines howlife-chances are available to differently situated social groups as aresult of economic, cultural and political processes. It discusses,on one hand, both how institutional arrangements structure therights and privileges of different groups, and on the other, howsocial practices alter these structures as active moments of thestratifying processes. The course seeks to sensitize students to thenormative concerns underlying stratification and mobility studies,and makes accessible to them techniques developed to assess theempirical claims of different theories.SOC 2640 Political Sociology (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: Year II standing and CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110Invitation to SociologyThe course is to introduce to students the complex relationshipsbetween politics and society. The course studies the characteristicsof modern states and their reciprocal relationships with socialinstitutions, with special emphasis on political organizationsand social mobilization. Finally, the course concerns itself withthe role of politics in social change by focusing upon socialmovements, democratization and globalization.511Course Descriptions

512Course DescriptionsSOC 2650 Global Social Transformations (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Non-Year I studentsThis course will examine major debates on global social, economicand political transformations. It has three major parts. The firstpart will study major theorizations of globalization, exploringdifferent social thinkers’ visions of socioeconomic arrangementsand personal existence under the condition of globality. Relevantsocial thinkers might include Anthony Giddens, Ulrich Beck,David Harvey, Manuel Castells, Mike Featherstone, among others.The second part will focus on the global integration of economicactivities. It will examine whether economic globalization hasactually occurred and, if so, the novel arrangements associatedwith economic production and coordination. It will also examinethe social implications of global economic integration, analysingits impact on alleviating poverty and income inequality on aglobal scale, as well as challenges and hardships it imposes onpeople from different parts of the world. The third part will targeton global economic integration and the state. In particular, itwill examine whether globalization has led to the eclipse of thedevelopment and welfare state, whether it has weakened the drawof nationalist sentiments, and whether the new consciousness of“global citizenship” has emerged. The last point will be exploredthrough case studies of various “global” social movements.SOC 2660 Critical Urban Studies (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociologyor SOC 1150 Hong Kong SocietyAs a result of continuous urbanization, especially in the developingcountries, the majority of the world’s population today does notonly live in cities, but in large metropolitan city-regions of morethan one million inhabitants. This concentration of populationin the 400 metropolitan city-regions in the world causes dramaticchanges in the form and function of cities: in the ways the urbanpolitical economy is organized; in the cultural composition of thepopulation; and in the very nature of urbanism as a way of life.These changes have stimulated new ways to understand the cityand the urbanization process. This introductory course on urbanstudies showcases how urban scholars analyse and interpret therestructuring of the metropolitan city-regions. Instead of simplydescribing the various functions of the city-regions, we will take amore critical perspective in analysing the major problems in ourmodern city-regions. After taking this course, students should beable to re-discover the hidden and marginalized voices in our fastgrowingcity-regions today. Specific attention will be given to thecity-regions in Hong Kong, China and Taiwan.SOC 2680 Sociology of Health and Illness (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyMedical teaching has traditionally relied heavily upon a biologicalmodel of illness, whereas this course places the promotion ofhealth and the prevention and management of disease in a socialcontext, with emphasis upon Chinese communities. The courseaims to develop a critical approach to medical care and to givestudents the ability to assess competing explanations of sicknessand well-being. It demonstrates how clinical and social aspects ofthe medical task are closely interrelated and how they influencepatient care and clinical and medical outcomes. It also equipsstudents with conceptual tools that can be applied in a variety ofclinical and health service contexts.SOC 2690 Understanding Chinese Society in (3,2,1)Hong Kong and the MainlandPrerequisite: Year II standingThis course introduces traditional and changing forms ofsocial organizations and cultural traditions in Chinese society,particularly in Hong Kong and the mainland. Also, it discussesand evaluates those issues relating to such as family, kinship,community organization, gender, marriage, religion, and identityin rapidly changing socio-economic and political contexts in HongKong and China.SOC 2700 Self and Society (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThe course will examine the dynamics of interactions betweenindividual, group and society in an attempt to understand humanbehaviour. The course will first introduce students to some coreconditions and processes underlying social interaction and humanbehaviour: socialization, attitude, self, cognition, rationalization,and attribution. It will then proceed to examine in detail asample of social behaviours such as conformity, self-presentation,altruistic behaviour, violence and discrimination. Considerableemphasis will be placed on understanding the functioning ofsmall groups and group influence. As a course in sociology, itstrives to grapple with the humanistic possibility of individuality,independence, self-actualization and freedom in human groupsand in society.SOC 3150 Sociological Theory II: (3,2,1) (E)Contemporary ApproachesPrerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical TheoryThis course is concerned with various theoretical perspectives foranalysing contemporary social life. The course both builds uponand challenges the theoretical legacy of classical sociologicalthinkers examined in SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I anddemonstrates how this legacy is reflected and reconstructed incontemporary sociology. On completion of the course, studentsare expected to obtain a basic understanding of the contemporaryapproaches to theorize society, such as Functional theorizing,Conflict theorizing, Interactionist theorizing, Feminist theorizing,Critical theorizing and Postmodern theorizing. This course isopen to Sociology majors/Option students only.SOC 3580 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year III standing in BSocSc (Hons)in China Studies—Sociology OptionThe purpose of the Honours Project is to provide the practicalexperience and academic training necessary for independentsociological research on topics related to China. The student isrequired to complete the actual process of conducting independentresearch, with the aim of producing an academic paper. Uponcompletion, the student should have learned to conduct a propersociological investigation. This course will be open only to thirdyearHonours Degree students.SOC 3590 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year III standing in BSocSc (Hons) in SociologyA required project for all BSocSc (Hons) in Sociology students.Students will pursue in-depth sociological research on a specifictopic of interest to the student under the guidance of appointedlecturers from the Department of Sociology. Students are toconsult with their advisors regarding the necessary field study,experimentation, library or archival research required, and howbest to integrate this into their Honours Project. This project willbe open to third-year Honours Degree students only.SOC 3591-2 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year IV standing in BSocSc (Hons) in Sociologyand BEd (Hons) in Liberal Studies TeachingA required project for all BSocSc (Hons) in Sociology and BEd(Hons) in Liberal Studies Teaching students. Students will pursuein-depth sociological research on a specific topic of interest tothe student under the guidance of appointed lecturers from theDepartment of Sociology. Students are to consult with theiradvisors regarding the necessary field study, experimentation,library or archival research required, and how best to integratethis into their Honours Project. This course is open to four-yearHonours Degree students only.SOC 3610 Social Networks and Chinese (3,3,0) (P)SocietyPrerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical Theoryor CHSS 2240/SOC 2240 Modern Chinese SocietyThis course introduces students to the approach and methodologyof social network analysis, the most prominent form of structural

sociology. Furthermore, it aims to provide students with a criticalunderstanding of contemporary Chinese society through the angleof social network analysis. Specifically, it will identify the keysocial network concepts and examine major areas of empiricalresearch in social network analysis, particularly those related toChinese societies.SOC 3620 The Internet and Society (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThe internet is known in public discourses in Hong Kong as amajor media form, a key platform of mass entertainment, anda main basis of the knowledge industry. This course will focuson a relatively neglected side of the internet: its social dynamicsand implications. The internet is in fact one of the mostimportant drivers of the social, political and cultural change in thecontemporary world. This course will introduce students to majortheories, research subfields and concepts in critical social studiesof the internet and information and communications technology(ICT). Equipped with these theoretical tools, students will alsolearn to interpret the intriguing social implications of ICT forthemselves and society.SOC 3630 Sociology of Media (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociology“The media do not simply add a new element to the story, theytransform it.” (Livingstone 2009)This course highlights the significance of media in contemporarylife, shaping social processes and at the same time shaped by thecultures in which media are used and produced. Reviewing bothmacro-level social theory of media (i.e. Adorno, Baudrillard,Habermas) and micro-level ethnographic case studies of mediaproduction and consumption (i.e. Madianou, Miller, Skeggs), thiscourse provides students with different perspectives in the analysisof mediation and media power. Some of the questions asked inthe course include: How does television create symbolic spacesof inclusion and exclusion? How are today’s moral panics aboutthe Internet similar to historical concerns about the telephone orthe comic book? How have new communications technologiesredefined meanings and expectations of friend, family and lover?In asking these questions, the course foregrounds not only thegreat new possibilities that modern media afford, but also thesocial inequalities and ethical problems that media contribute toand complicate.SOC 3640 Cultural Sociology (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThis course introduces students to the vibrant and expandingfield of the sociology of culture. Culture, broadly conceived asthe symbolic/mediated/expressive dimension of social life, isinvestigated in this course using various theoretical prisms andtraditions, including sociology, anthropology, and media andcultural studies. The course is divided into three key themes: (1)culture and practice, (2) culture and domination, and (3) cultureand media. Some of the questions posed in this course include:What is culture and what does it do? How is culture used tocreate boundaries between us and them? How are global mediaproducts received by local communities? What is the relationshipbetween culture and social inequality? The course ends with acritique of “culture” as an analytical concept and points to newdirections in cultural analysis.SOC 3680 Chinese Social Thought (3,3,0)China has a rich tradition of theoretical thinking on the origins,functions, and problems of politics, government, and society.From the Book of Change to Confucian, Taoist, Legalist, Buddhist,neo-Confucian classics to writings of the modern Reformers andRevolutionaries, we find detailed discussions of Chinese socialproblems, social change and ideas of the ideal society, discussionsof which are not any less insightful than prominent theorists inthe Western sociological tradition. In today’s globalized context,understanding of this tradition is valuable to the developmentof the sociological discipline, as well as to the practical goal ofsocial engineering in contemporary Chinese society. This courseintroduces students to this Chinese intellectual tradition.SOC 3710 Demographic Analysis (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: SOC 2220 Population StudiesThe contents of the course include: the fundamentals ofdemographic analysis; the meanings and properties of differentmeasures of demographic processes (mortality, fertility, migration,marriage and divorce, etc.); the ideas behind model life tablesand demographic models and their applications; and, finally,the technical aspects of population estimation and project. Inaddition, several demographic computer programmes will beintroduced in the course and will be made available to the studentsto help them understand the applications of the various techniquesin demographic analysis.SOC 3760 Sex, Gender and Society (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Year II standing and CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110Invitation to SociologyThis course examines the concepts of sex and gender as theyare interpreted through and acted upon within the social andcross-cultural contexts of contemporary social life. Exploringfirst the foundations of biological and cultural beliefs about sexand gender, the course proceeds to examine theories of genderformation, the social context of genderization, the concepts ofmasculine and feminine, and the culturally variable context ofsexuality. It continues with feminism and its possibilities, therelationship of sexuality and power, and with some of the currentissues in the study of sex and gender, such as the representationof gender and sexuality in new media, the advent of globalizationand the place of sex in the postmodern world.SOC 3770 Social Movements (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologySocial movements, collective action and social protests are one ofthe engines of social change in societies worldwide. This coursediscusses theories, concepts, research methods, interpretations andoutstanding cases that help gain insight into these phenomena.Through introducing the major schools of thought and debates ofsocial movements, this course will allow students to appreciate themulti-faceted processes of social movement driven social change.The course also aims to sensitizing students to the perspectives,practices, agency and impacts of social movement participantswho are struggling to change society. The course’s readingsand multimedia materials should provide students with a solidfoundation for further theoretical research in the field as well asfor practical understanding of contemporary social conflicts inHong Kong and China.SOC 3780 Management, Organization and (3,3,0) (C)SocietyPrerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical Theory,SOC 2620 Work and Society, or SOC 2630 SocialStratification and MobilityThis course is designed to facilitate students understanding ofcurrent issues in organization studies. By so doing, it enhancesthe sensitivity of students towards the variety of organizationalforms and the dynamics of organizational activity across cultures.The course explores the methodological issues behind selectedorganizational research and prepares the students to studyorganizational contradictions in everyday life. The course bysensitizing students toward different forms of human relatedness,will hopefully equip them to better appreciate the importanceof occupational communities and the meaning of “GenuineManagement”.SOC 3790 Population of China (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOC 2220 Population Studies or CHSS 2240 orSOC 2240 Modern Chinese SocietyThis course provides a comprehensive introduction to thepopulation of China. Major concerns include basic demographiccharacteristics of China and the processes producing theirchanges. The former include size, distribution and composition,and the latter involve mortality, fertility and migration. Finally,major issues related to China’s population policies are examined.513Course Descriptions

514Course DescriptionsSOC 3810 Sociological Issues in Urban and (3,3,0) (C)Rural DevelopmentPrerequisite: CHSS 2240 or SOC 2240 Modern Chinese Societyor SOC 2610 Modernization and Social ChangeThis course combines an analysis of theoretical issues relative tourbanization and rural development with a comparative study ofthese processes in different countries including China. It exploresaspects of city size and type. It also examines patterns of urbangrowth in the capitalist societies of Europe and USA, the ThirdWorld and China, and patterns of rural-urban migration. Issuesrelated to the environment and urban planning are considered andspecial attention is given to the study of patterns of urbanizationand rural development in China.SOC 3850 Chinese Family and Kinship (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical Theoryor SOC 2230 Sociology of Marriage and theFamilyThis course focuses on the family and wider kinship in traditionaland contemporary China, emphasizing their characteristics andhow these have changed. Topics include: the nature of the kinshipsystem and the structure of the family in China, changes in thefamily institution from the pre-Communist period to the present,and the consequences and attendant problems of changes in thefamily and kinship systems.SOC 3860 Women in China (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: CHSS 2240 or SOC 2240 Modern Chinese SocietyThis course aims to examine the political, economic, and culturalforces that are shaping the experience and status of women inthe People’s Republic of China. Specifically, it will investigatethe cultural and structural imperatives of patriarchy in presocialistChina and discuss how the patriarchal order is redefined,manipulated, and transformed under the socialist rule. It willalso review the state policies related to women and evaluate theassociated impacts on various aspects of women’s status, such asemployment, reproduction, family relations, and health. Further,it will examine the implications of market reforms for Chinesewomen.SOC 3870 Careers and Life Courses (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical TheoryThis course introduces students to the multi-disciplinary studiesof careers and life courses. It reviews research traditions engagedin the studies of life histories and life courses, identifies their basicpremises and key concepts, and examines how studies of careersand life courses can inform our understanding of social life. Theimplications of careers and life courses as imaginative frameworkswill be discussed through an examination of the implications ofthe life course approach in the studies of aging, family changes,work careers, & social stratification and mobility.SOC 3880 Globalization and Development (3,3,0) (C)StudiesPrerequisite: CHSS 1110 or SOC 1110 Invitation to SociologyThe course is designed to critically reflect on the economic,political, social and cultural dimensions of development andglobalization as projects to transform social life, and socialmovements as responses and alternatives to globalization-fromabove.Emphasis is on how different social groups, especiallythose located in the low-income regions of the world, i.e. GlobalSouth, encounter global forces and development interventions.Furthermore, this course will lead the students to critically reflecton alternative perspectives and action programmes in rethinkingdevelopment and globalization. The course encourages studentsto participate actively to select global or development issues oftheir concern, and to critically develop their conceptualizationsand perspectives.SOC 3890 East Asia: Economic Miracles and (3,3,0)Social ChangePrerequisite: Year II StandingThis course intends to examine major theories of developmentthrough the lens of the experiences of various East Asiansocieties. The course has three major parts. The first focuses onthe making of the so-called economic miracles. It will introducethe modernization perspective, world-system perspective, andtheories on the developmental state by examining the empiricalcases of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Hong Kong,and China. The second part of the course focuses on thesocioeconomic ramifications of the “economic miracles”. It willexamine whether the East Asia societies are exemplary cases of“growth with equity”, mechanisms making for the dominationand control of workers, varying capabilities of East Asian workersto engage in organized resistance, and the alleged emergence ofthe middle class. The third part focuses on the political dimensionof East Asian development. It will evaluate the relative meritof competing theories for the transitions to democracy as wellas examine factors underlying resilience of authoritarian rule insome cases.SOC 3960 Selected Topics in Contemporary (3,3,0) (E)Sociology ISOC 3970 Selected Topics in Contemporary (3,3,0)Sociology IIPrerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical TheoryThese courses are intentionally designed to be flexible to allow thediscussion of a range of contemporary issues in sociology. Theywill involve a range of optional courses complementary to thoseordinarily offered as an integral part of the major. In any semesternormally no more than one such topic will be offered. Thesecourses are open to Sociology majors and China Studies Optionsstudents only.SOC 3980 Selected Topics in the Sociology (3,3,0)of China ISOC 3990 Selected Topics in the Sociology (3,3,0)of China IIPrerequisite: SOC 2150 Sociological Theory I: Classical Theoryor CHSS 2240 or SOC 2240 Modern ChineseSocietyThese courses aare intentionally designed to be flexible toallow the discussion of a range of contemporary issues in theSociology of China. They will involve a range of optional coursescomplementary to those ordinarily offered as an integral part ofthe Option. In one semester, normally no more than one suchtopic will be offered. These courses are open to Sociology majorsand China Studies Options students only.SOC 7010 Theory, Methodology and Practice (3,*,*)in SociologyPrerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course introduces students to advanced studies in sociologicaltheory, methods and practice. It places emphasis upon topicssuch as social network analysis, multi-level analysis, biographicalapproaches, comparative-historical methods, ethnography,feminist methodology, and visual sociology. The course consistsof a number of modules which may be taught by one or morestaff.SOC 7020 Advanced Seminar on (3,0,3)Contemporary Sociological IssuesPrerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course will involve a semester’s guided study in an areaapposite to the major research interest of the student. This mayinclude for example such areas as “Feminism and Work”, “TheCulture of Poverty”, “Occupational Identities and Life CourseTrajectories”, “Social Networks and Stratification”, and “Gender,Media and Modernity”. Students will be expected to read widelyand discuss the differing contributions of leading scholars in theselected fields. They will be required to identify the theoreticalparadigms used and the methodological implications of these, todevelop an annotated bibliography, and to make regular writtenand oral presentations of their work.

SOC 7510 Social Networks in the (3,3,0)Contemporary Chinese SocietyPrerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course introduces students to the approach and methodologyof social network analysis, the most prominent form of structuralsociology. Furthermore, it aims to provide students with a criticalunderstanding of contemporary Chinese society through the angleof social network analysis. Specifically, it will identify the keysocial network concepts and examine major areas of empiricalresearch in social network analysis, particularly those related toChinese societies.SOC 7530 Graduate Seminar on Contemporary (3,3,0)Social Issues in ChinaPrerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course involves a guided study of selected contemporaryissue(s) in China, which are of academic interests to students andmeet the expertise of our teaching staff. The content of the coursewill vary from semester to semester, and will be decided jointly byboth the students and instructor(s), who specialize in the selectedarea(s). The research areas in which our teaching staff specializeinclude issues related to gender, population, family, globalization,culture, and consumption. Students are expected to read widelyand discuss the different contributions of leading scholars in theselected area(s).SOC 7540 Chinese Social Demography (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course provides a comprehensive introduction to the socialdemography of contemporary China. The focus of the course ison understanding how China’s population policies affect fertilityand migration. The course also examines several sociologicalissues related to demographic changes such as family change,rising sex ratio, aging, floating population, migrant workers andethnic enclaves.SOC 7550 Population of China (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course provides a comprehensive introduction to thepopulation of China. Major concerns include basic demographiccharacteristics of China and the processes producing theirchanges. The former include size, distribution and composition,and the latter involve mortality, fertility and migration. Finally,major issues related to China’s population policies are examined.SOC 7560 Sociological Issues in Urban and (3,3,0)Rural DevelopmentPrerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course combines an analysis of theoretical issues relative tourbanization and rural development with a comparative study ofthese processes in different countries including China. It exploresaspects of city size and type. It also examines patterns of urbangrowth in the capitalist societies of Europe and USA, the ThirdWorld and China, and patterns of rural-urban migration. Issuesrelated to the environment and urban planning are considered andspecial attention is given to the study of patterns of urbanizationand rural development in China.SOC 7570 Chinese Family and Kinship (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course focuses on the family and wider kinship in traditionaland contemporary China, emphasizing their characteristics andhow these have changed. Topics include: the nature of the kinshipsystem and the structure of the family in China, changes in thefamily institution from the pre-Communist period to the present,and the consequences and attendant problems of changes in thefamily and kinship systems.SOC 7580 Women in China (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standingThis course aims to examine the political, economic, and culturalforces that are shaping the experience and status of women inthe People’s Republic of China. Specifically, it will investigatethe cultural and structural imperatives of patriarchy in presocialistChina and discuss how the patriarchal order is redefined,manipulated, and transformed under the socialist rule. It willalso review the state policies related to women and evaluate theassociated impacts on various aspects of women’s status, such asemployment, reproduction, family relations, and health. Further,it will examine the implications of market reforms for Chinesewomen.SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology (3,3,0) (C)Sociology is a social science concerned with the study of socialinteractions in society. As a discipline it is concerned with howsociety is structured and how it works. Students are invitedto recognize not one approach to studying society, but severalalternative paradigms. This course focuses on (1) the basicideas, concepts, approaches and methods in sociology; (2) theinteractions between individuals, groups, organizations, andsociety; (3) analyses of major social institutions such as marriageand the family, power and politics, economy and work, belief andvalue systems, and health and health care; and (4) selected issuesin contemporary society such as sexuality, deviance and socialcontrol, social stratification, social mobility and inequalities,urbanization, modernization, modernity, migration, race andethnic relations, identity, and globalization.SOCI 1006 Hong Kong Culture and Society (3,2,1)This course addresses cultural, social and political issues in HongKong. Sociologically informed studies will be drawn upon toexamine the social, political and cultural processes that transformHong Kong. The emphasis is on the interconnectedness of socialinstitutions and the interchanges between personal lives andpublic histories. Special attention will be paid to how economictransformations, governmental projects and social movements redefinesocial boundaries and re-make cultural practices in HongKong.SOCI 1007 Hong Kong Society (3,3,0) (C)This course focuses on the social structures and processes of HongKong. The topics include demographic processes and changesin the population structure, state-society relationships and formsof public participation, housing and urban development, familystructures and processes, economic development and organizationof livelihood, social inequalities and social movements.SOCI 2005 Qualitative Methods of Social (3,2,1) (E)ResearchPrerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThis course provides an understanding to qualitative researchmethods and the intellectual grounds on which they stand. It willaddress the theoretical, ethical and practical issues that arise in theconduct of qualitative research. The course takes a “hands on”approach and students are expected to learn by practicing a rangeof qualitative approaches. Readings are concerned with not onlythe differing research contexts and appropriate methodologies,but also the basic procedures of participant observation, intensiveinterviewing and focus group interviewing, as well as contentanalysis and image-based analysis.SOCI 2006 Social Statistics (3,2,1) (E)This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferentialstatistics. Major topics include measures of central tendency anddispersion, the concepts of normal distribution and sampling,the logic of hypothesis testing, and various parametric as well asnonparametric tests and measures.SOCI 2007 Quantitative Methods of Social (3,2,1) (C)ResearchPrerequisite: (1) SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociology and (2) SOCI 2006 Social StatisticsThis course develops students’ understandings of the basic515Course Descriptions

516Course Descriptionsprinciples and procedures in carrying out quantitative socialresearch. Students will be required to participate in a survey,through which they would learn how to formulate a researchproblem, construct a questionnaire, draw a sample, conduct aninterview, code and input data, analyse and present data, andwrite a research report.SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: Classical (3,2,1) (E)TheoryPrerequisite: (1) Year II standing and (2) SOCI 1005 Invitationto Sociology or CHSS 1005 UnderstandingSociety: An Introduction to SociologyThis course provides an introduction to the classical sociologicaltradition. The classical tradition is commonly understood torefer to a body of work produced in the period from the latterhalf of the 19th century to the early decades of the 20th century.It principally comprises the writings of Karl Marx, Max Weberand Emile Durkheim, although other thinkers have been addedby various commentators. The writings of Georg Simmel aretypically included today in the classical tradition. Together thesewriters are widely seen as responsible for the establishment ofsociology as an integrated discourse of social analysis and theorybuilding.Each of these are thinkers of immense intellectualpower and scope, drawing upon earlier traditions of thoughtand reformulating them into novel and distinctive forms. Moreimportantly, they were able to crystalize fundamental socialprocesses in providing remarkably insightful and compellingaccounts of key historical developments and transformations.Their separate and in many ways alternative explanations of therise and course of modern capitalist society and economy continueto be invaluable resources for sociological analysis. Their workshelp us answer questions concerning the relationship between theindividual and society, the basis of social order and social change,the nature of social constraint and structure, and the bases andpossibilities of individual and collective action. On completionof this course students will understand the major concepts andarguments in classical sociological theories and be able to applythe various theoretical perspectives in analyses of social conflict,solidarity, and social change.SOCI 2016 Modern Chinese Society (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: (1) Year II standing and (2) SOCI 1005 Invitationto Sociology or CHSS 1005 UnderstandingSociety: An Introduction to SociologyThis course provides students with an introduction tocontemporary China from a sociological perspective. China notonly represents one of the major civilizations in the world, it isalso a society that has gone through tremendous social changesin the past six decades. This course examines the interplayamong ideology, state, economy and society, which constitutesthe dynamics of social changes in China. It will cover macroleveltopics, such as social organization, social control, socialstratification and social mobility, as well as micro-level topics suchas family, gender and other topics related to lives of individuals incontemporary China.SOCI 2017 Popular Culture and Society (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyPopular culture refers to a wide range of cultural practices andgenres that are consumed by us in our daily lives. While weusually perceive it as a source of entertainment, consumption,and fun, it is in fact much more than that. Popular culture is apowerful force that helps shape social class, nationalism, gender,race, and other socio-cultural constructs of society. It constitutesa major industry and a significant contributor to the GDP. It isthe base of youth subcultures, symbolic resistance, and alternativediscourses. It is a major factor that shapes contemporary urbanformation. And it is a major link through which the local and theglobal impact on each other. This course introduces students tothese sociological and interdisciplinary approaches to the studyof popular culture. By revealing the powerful social functionsand impacts of popular culture, these approaches will equip andencourage students to critically assess their own daily consumptionof popular culture.SOCI 2025 Population Studies (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: (1) Year II standing and (2) SOCI 1005 Invitationto Sociology or CHSS 1005 UnderstandingSociety: An Introduction to SociologyThis course introduces students to the major concepts and theoriesin the analysis of population phenomena. The emphasis is on theunderstanding of population structures and processes and theirrelationships with the social, economic and cultural context inboth more developed and less developed countries.SOCI 2026 Self and Society (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThis course explores the dynamics of interactions betweenindividual, group, and society in the context of a mediated andglobalizing world. It aims to show how culture, social structure,and social institutions influence human behaviour, and howindividuals acting as a group reproduce and transform thesesame social forces. Across different case studies, the focus is onthe relationship between structure and agency, and notions ofemancipation and oppression, creativity and constraint. Thecourse begins with a review of classic sociological theories on theself and identity. Succeeding weeks explore identity politics, theconsequences of mass and new media to identity constructionand the management of relationships, and the challenges ofnationalism and cosmopolitanism to the construction of the selfand relating with various “others”.SOCI 2027 Social Problems (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to SociologyThis course examines contemporary social problems and issuesin diverse empirical contexts. It introduces different sociologicalperspectives and theoretical approaches to analyse socialproblems such as: poverty, distant suffering and humanitariancrises, isolation and anomie, racism, and precarious labour. Inaddition to analysing specific case studies of social problems, itpresents a critique of neoliberalism and its role in solving—andamplifying—social problems. It also identifies the media’s rolein constructing—and constituting—social problems in an age ofglobalization and digitization.SOCI 2035 Social Stratification and Mobility (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThis course introduces classical and contemporary approaches tothe study of social stratification and mobility. It examines howlife-chances are available to differently situated social groups as aresult of economic, cultural and political processes. It discusses,on one hand, both how institutional arrangements structure therights and privileges of different groups, and on the other, howsocial practices alter these structures as active moments of thestratifying processes. The course seeks to sensitize students to thenormative concerns underlying stratification and mobility studies,and makes accessible to them techniques developed to assess theempirical claims of different theories.SOCI 2036 Sociology of Marriage and the (3,3,0) (E)FamilyPrerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThis course attempts to develop a critical consciousness of thefamily as an idea, as a small group and as a social institution.Drawing upon critical theory and the new scholarship on power,conflict and gender/generation politics in the family, the courseexplores new ways of thinking about the family and marriage.

SOCI 2037/ Traditional Chinese Society (3,3,0) (C)CHSS 2037Prerequisite: Year II standingThis course provides an understanding of traditional Chinesesociety and culture by investigating the nature of Chinese societyfrom the Qing to the Republican eras. It does this by (1) focusingon such themes as family and kinship, political organizationand power, social mobility, education, and economic and socialdifferentiation; and (2) exploring the effects of traditionalideologies on these themes, and on the society on the eve of theRevolution.SOCI 2045 Critical Urban Studies (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: C H S S 1 0 0 5 U n d e r s t a n d i n g S o c i e t y : A nIntroduction to Sociology, SOCI 1005 Invitation toSociology or SOCI 1007 Hong Kong SocietyAs a result of continuous urbanization, especially in the developingcountries, the majority of the world’s population today does notonly live in cities, but in large metropolitan city-regions of morethan one million inhabitants. This concentration of populationin the 400 metropolitan city-regions in the world causes dramaticchanges in the form and function of cities: in the ways the urbanpolitical economy is organized; in the cultural composition of thepopulation; and in the very nature of urbanism as a way of life.These changes have stimulated new ways to understand the cityand the urbanization process. This introductory course on urbanstudies showcases how urban scholars analyse and interpret therestructuring of the metropolitan city-regions. Instead of simplydescribing the various functions of the city-regions, we will take amore critical perspective in analysing the major problems in ourmodern city-regions. After taking this course, students should beable to re-discover the hidden and marginalized voices in our fastgrowingcity-regions today. Specific attention will be given to thecity-regions in Hong Kong, China and Taiwan.SOCI 3005 Sociological Theory II: (3,2,1)Contemporary ApproachesPrerequisite: SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: Classical TheoryThis course is concerned with various theoretical perspectives foranalysing contemporary social life. The course both builds uponand challenges the theoretical legacy of classical sociologicalthinkers examined in SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I anddemonstrates how this legacy is reflected and reconstructedin contemporary sociology. On completion of the course,students are expected to obtain an understanding of the majorcontemporary approaches to theorize society, such as Functionaltheorizing, Conflict theorizing, Interactionist theorizing, Feministtheorizing, Critical theorizing and Postmodern theorizing.SOCI 3006 Demographic Analysis (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 2025 Population StudiesThe contents of the course include: the fundamentals ofdemographic analysis, the meanings and properties of differentmeasures of demographic processes (mortality, fertility, migration,marriage and divorce, etc.); the ideas behind model life tablesand demographic models and their applications; and, finally,the technical aspects of population estimation and project. Inaddition, several demographic computer programmes will beintroduced in the course and will be made available to the studentsto help them understand the applications of the various techniquesin demographic analysis.SOCI 3007 Global Social Transformations (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Non-Year I studentsThis course will examine major debates on global social,economic, and political transformations. It has three major parts.The first part will study major theorizations of globalization,exploring different social thinkers’ visions of socioeconomicarrangements and personal existence under the condition ofglobality. Relevant social thinkers might include AnthonyGiddens, Ulrich Beck, David Harvey, Manuel Castells, MikeFeatherstone, among others. The second part will focus on theglobal integration of economic activities. It will examine whethereconomic globalization has actually occurred and, if so, thenovel arrangements associated with economic production andcoordination. It will also examine the social implications of globaleconomic integration, analysing its impacts on alleviating povertyand income inequality on a global scale, as well as challenges andhardships it imposes on people from different parts of the world.The third part will target on global economic integration and thestate. In particular, it will examine whether globalization has ledto the eclipse of the developmental and welfare state, and whetherthe new consciousness of “global citizenship” has emerged. Thelast point will be explored through case studies of various “global”social movements.SOCI 3015 Modernization and Social Change (3,3,0)Prerequisite: (1) Non-Year I students and (2) SOCI 1005I nv i t a t i o n t o S o c i o l o g y o r C H S S 1 0 0 5Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThis course introduces contemporary theories concerned withsocial change, structural differentiation and development. Thecourse examines the economic, political and social processesinvolved in societal change and considers inter alia the significanceof capitalist and socialist modes of production. It explores thetension between treating development as a matter of economicgrowth and the need to see development as involved withenvironmental issues and an improvement in the quality of life.Students are at different points in the semester invited to considerthe relationship between social position, political power and policymaking. Detailed studies are made of selected Southeast Asiansocieties (China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Singapore,Taiwan, Thailand).SOCI 3016 Political Sociology (3,3,0)Prerequisite: (1) Year II standing and (2) SOCI 1005 Invitationto Sociology or CHSS 1005 UnderstandingSociety: An Introduction to SociologyThis course is to introduce to students the complex relationshipsbetween politics and society. The course studies the characteristicsof modern states and their reciprocal relationships with socialinstitutions, with special emphasis on political organizationsand social mobilization. Finally, the course concerns itself withthe role of politics in social change by focusing upon socialmovements, democratization, and globalization.SOCI 3017 Sociology of Health and Illness (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyMedical teaching has traditionally relied heavily upon a biologicalmodel of illness, whereas this course places the promotion ofhealth and the prevention and management of disease in a socialcontext, with emphasis upon Chinese communities. The courseaims to develop a critical approach to medical care and to givestudents the ability to assess competing explanations of sicknessand well-being. It demonstrates how clinical and social aspects ofthe medical task are closely interrelated and how they influencepatient care and clinical and medical outcomes. It also equipsstudents with conceptual tools that can be applied in a variety ofclinical and health service contexts.SOCI 3025 The Internet and Society (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThe Internet is known in public discourses in Hong Kong as amajor media form, a key platform of mass entertainment, anda main basis of the knowledge industry. This course will focuson a relatively neglected side of the internet: its social dynamicsand implications. The Internet is in fact one of the mostimportant drivers of social, political, and cultural change in thecontemporary world. This course will introduce students to majortheories, research subfields, and concepts in critical social studiesof the Internet and information and communications technology(ICT). Equipped with these theoretical tools, student will also517Course Descriptions

518Course Descriptionslearn to interpret the intriguing social implications of ICT forthemselves and society.SOCI 3026 Work and Society (3,3,0)Prerequisite: (1) Year II standing and (2) SOCI 1005 Invitationto Sociology or CHSS 1005 UnderstandingSociety: An Introduction to SociologyThis course provides an introduction to sociological studies ofwork. It will examine how work is culturally understood andsocially organized as a human activity, with special focus onemployment as a social relationship. It seeks to sensitize studentsto the changing significance of work as a central human activity,the political-economic conditions of social forms of work and theimplications of varying institutional arrangements of work, withspecial emphasis on conditions of work and workers in HongKong and mainland China.SOCI 3027 Careers and Life Courses (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: Classical TheoryThis course introduces students to the multi-disciplinary studiesof careers and life courses. It reviews research traditions engagedin the studies of life histories and life courses, identifies their basicpremises and key concepts, and examines how studies of careersand life courses can inform our understanding of social life. Theimplications of careers and life courses as imaginative frameworkswill be discussed through an examination of the implications ofthe life course approach in the studies of aging, family changes,work careers, and social stratification and mobility.SOCI 3035 Sex, Gender and Society (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThis course examines the concepts of sex and gender as theyare interpreted through and acted upon within the social andcross-cultural contexts of contemporary social life. Exploringfirst the foundations of biological and cultural beliefs about sexand gender, the course proceeds to examine theories of genderformation, the social context of genderization, the concepts ofmasculine and feminine, and the culturally variable context ofsexuality. It continues with feminism and its possibilities, therelationship of sexuality and power, and with some of the currentissues in the study of sex and gender, such as the representationof gender and sexuality in new media, the advent of globalizationand the place of sex in the postmodern world.SOCI 3036 Sociology of Media (3,3,0)Prerequisite: C H S S 1 0 0 5 U n d e r s t a n d i n g S o c i e t y : A nIntroduction to Sociology or SOCI 1005 Invitationto Sociology“The media do not simply add a new element to the story, theytransform it.” (Livingstone 2009)This course highlights the significance of media in contemporarylife, shaping social processes and at the same time shaped by thecultures in which media are used and produced. Reviewing bothmacro-level social theory of media (i.e. Adorno, Baudrillard,Habermas) and micro-level ethnographic case studies of mediaproduction and consumption (i.e. Madianou, Miller, Skeggs), thiscourse provides students with different perspectives in the analysisof mediation and media power. Some of the questions asked inthe course include: How does television create symbolic spacesof inclusion and exclusion? How are today’s moral panics aboutthe Internet similar to historical concerns about the telephone orthe comic book? How have new communications technologiesredefined meanings and expectations of friend, family and lover?In asking these questions, the course foregrounds not only thegreat new possibilities that modern media afford, but also thesocial inequalities and ethical problems that media contribute toand complicate.SOCI 4006 Chinese Family and Kinship (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: ClassicalTheory or SOCI 2036 Sociology of Marriage andthe FamilyThis course focuses on the family and wider kinship in traditionaland contemporary China, emphasizing their characteristics andhow these have changed. Topics include: the nature of the kinshipsystem and the structure of the family in China, changes in thefamily institution from the pre-Communist period to the present,and the consequences and attendant problems of changes in thefamily and kinship systems.SOCI 4007 Chinese Social Thought (3,3,0)China has a rich tradition of theoretical thinking on the origins,functions, and problems of politics, government, and society.From the Book of Change to Confucian, Taoist, Legalist, Buddhist,neo-Confucian classics to writings of the modern Reformers andRevolutionaries, we find detailed discussions of Chinese socialproblems, social change and ideas of the ideal society, discussionsof which are not any less insightful than prominent theorists inthe Western sociological tradition. In today’s globalized context,examination of this tradition is valuable to the development ofthe sociological discipline, as well as to the understanding ofcontinuities and changes in contemporary Chinese societies. Thiscourse introduces students to this Chinese intellectual tradition.SOCI 4015 East Asia: Economic Miracles (3,3,0)and Social ChangePrerequisite: Non-first year studentsThis course intends to examine major theories of developmentthrough the lens of the experiences of various East Asiansocieties. The course has three major parts. The first focuses onthe making of the so-called economic miracles. It will introducethe modernization perspective, world-system perspective, andtheories on the developmental state by examining the empiricalcases of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Hong Kong,and China. The second part of the course focuses on thesocioeconomic ramifications of the “economic miracles”. It willexamine whether the East Asia societies are exemplary cases of“growth with equity”, mechanisms making for the dominationand control of workers, varying capabilities of East Asian workersto engage in organized resistance, and the alleged emergence ofthe middle class. The third part focuses on the political dimensionof East Asian development. It will evaluate the relative meritof competing theories for the transitions to democracy as wellas examine factors underlying resilience of authoritarian rule insome cases.SOCI 4016 Globalization and Development (3,3,0)StudiesPrerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologyThe course is designed to critically reflect on the economic,political, social and cultural dimensions of development andglobalization as projects to transform social life, and socialmovements as responses and alternatives to globalization-fromabove.Emphasis is on how different social groups, especiallythose located in the low-income regions of the world, i.e. GlobalSouth, encounter global forces and development interventions.Furthermore, this course will lead the students to critically reflecton alternative perspectives and action programmes in rethinkingdevelopment and globalization. The course encourages studentsto participate actively to select global or development issues oftheir concern, and to critically develop their conceptualizationsand perspectives.SOCI 4017 Management, Organization (3,3,0)and SocietyPrerequisite: SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: ClassicalTheory, SOCI 2035 Social Stratification andMobility or SOCI 3026 Work and SocietyThis course is designed to facilitate students understanding ofcurrent issues in organization studies. By so doing, it enhances

the sensitivity of students towards the variety of organizationalforms and the dynamics of organizational activity across cultures.The course explores the methodological issues behind selectedorganizational research and prepares the students to studyorganizational contradictions in everyday life. The course, bysensitizing students toward different forms of human relatedness,will hopefully equip them to better appreciate the importanceof occupational communities and the meaning of “GenuineManagement”.SOCI 4025 Population of China (3,3,0)Prerequisite: CHSS 2016 or SOCI 2016 Modern Chinese Societyor SOCI 2025 Population StudiesThis course provides a comprehensive introduction to thepopulation of China. Major concerns include basic demographiccharacteristics of China and the processes producing theirchanges. The former include size, distribution and composition,and the latter involve mortality, fertility and migration. Finally,major issues related to China’s population policies are examined.SOCI 4026 Selected Topics in Contemporary (3,3,0)Sociology ISOCI 4027 Selected Topics in Contemporary (3,3,0)Sociology IIPrerequisite: SOCI 2015 Sociology Theory I: Classical TheoryThese courses are intentionally designed to be flexible to allowthe discussion of a range of contemporary issues in Sociology. Itwill involve a range of optional courses complementary to thoseordinarily offered as an integral part of the major/concentration.Normally, no more than a Selected Topic course will be offeredeach semester.SOCI 4035 Selected Topics in the Sociology (3,3,0)of China ISOCI 4036 Selected Topics in the Sociology (3,3,0)of China IIPrerequisite: CHSS 2016 or SOCI 2016 Modern Chinese Societyor SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: ClassicalTheoryThese courses are designed to focus on a selected topic oncontemporary issues in the Sociology of China. Differentinstructors will select different topics as the focus of this course.It works as a range of optional courses complementary to thoseordinarily offered as an integral part of the major/concentration.Normally, no more than a Selected Topic course will be offeredeach semester.SOCI 4037 Cultural Sociology (3,3,0)Prerequisite: C H S S 1 0 0 5 U n d e r s t a n d i n g S o c i e t y : A nIntroduction to Sociology or SOCI 1005 Invitationto SociologyThis course introduces students to the vibrant and expandingfield of the sociology of culture. Culture, broadly conceived asthe symbolic/mediated/expressive dimension of social life, isinvestigated in this course using various theoretical prisms andtraditions, including sociology, anthropology, and media andcultural studies. The course is divided into three key themes: (1)culture and practice, (2) culture and domination, and (3) cultureand media. Some of the questions posed in this course include:What is culture and what does it do? How is culture used tocreate boundaries between us and them? How are global mediaproducts received by local communities? What is the relationshipbetween culture and social inequality? The course ends with acritique of “culture” as an analytical concept and points to newdirections in cultural analysis.SOCI 4045 Social Movements (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOCI 1005 Invitation to Sociology or CHSS1005 Understanding Society: An Introduction toSociologySocial movements, collective action, and social protests are one ofthe engines of social change in societies worldwide. This coursediscusses theories, concepts, research methods, interpretations, andoutstanding cases that help gain insight into these phenomena.Through introducing the major schools of thought and debates ofsocial movements, this course will allow students to appreciate themulti-faceted processes of social movement driven social change.The course also aims to sensitizing students to the perspectives,practices, agency, and impacts of social movement participantswho are struggling to change society. The course’s readingsand multimedia materials should provide student with a solidfoundation for further theoretical research in the field as well asfor practical understanding of contemporary social conflicts inHong Kong and China.SOCI 4046 Social Networks and Chinese (3,3,0)SocietyPrerequisite: CHSS 2016 or SOCI 2016 Modern Chinese Societyor SOCI 2015 Sociological Theory I: ClassicalTheoryThis course introduces students to the approach and methodologyof social network analysis, the most prominent form of structuralsociology. Furthermore, it aims to provide students with a criticalunderstanding of contemporary Chinese society through the angleof social network analysis. Specifically, it will identify the keysocial network concepts and examine major areas of empiricalresearch in social network analysis, particularly those related toChinese societies.SOCI 4047 Sociological Issues in Urban and (3,3,0)Rural DevelopmentPrerequisite: CHSS 2016 or SOCI 2016 Modern Chinese Societyor SOCI 3015 Modernization and Social ChangeThis course combines an analysis of theoretical issues relative tourbanization and rural development with a comparative study ofthese processes in different countries including China. It exploresaspects of city size and type. It also examines patterns of urbangrowth in the capitalist societies of Europe and USA, the ThirdWorld and China, and patterns of rural-urban migration. Issuesrelated to the environment and urban planning are considered andspecial attention is given to the study of patterns of urbanizationand rural development in China.SOCI 4055 Women in China (3,3,0)Prerequisite: CHSS 2016 or SOCI 2016 Modern Chinese SocietyThis course aims to examine the political, economic, and culturalforces that are shaping the experience and status of women inthe People’s Republic of China. Specifically, it will investigatethe cultural and structural imperatives of patriarchy in presocialistChina and discuss how the patriarchal order is redefined,manipulated, and transformed under the socialist rule. It willalso review the state policies related to women and evaluate theassociated impacts on various aspects of women’s status, such asemployment, reproduction, family relations, and health. Further,it will examine the implications of market reforms for Chinesewomen.SOCI 4898-9 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year IV BSocSc (Hons) in Sociology students orYear V BSocSc (Hons) in Sociology and BEd (Hons)in Liberal Studies Teaching studentsA required project for all BSocSc (Hons) in Sociology or BSocSc(Hons) in Sociology and BEd (Hons) in Liberal Studies Teachingstudents. Students will pursue in-depth sociological research ona specific topic of interest to the student under the guidance ofappointed lecturers from the Department of Sociology. Studentsare to consult with their advisors regarding the necessary fieldstudy, experimentation, library or archival research required, andhow best to integrate this into their Honours Project.SOPO 2110 Principles and Theories of Social (3,3,0)PolicyThis course aims at providing students with a theoretical as wellas an analytical framework in understanding social policy in519Course Descriptions

520Course DescriptionsHong Kong as well as in the Western world. Students will firstexamine the theoretical underpinnings of social policy, followedby a critical examination of the dimensions and issues of socialpolicy which affect the distribution of resources in the society.Case examples of social policy in Hong Kong will be used asillustrations throughout the course.SOPO 2120 Individual, State and Society (3,3,0)This course provides an introduction to the basic understandingof the interaction between the individual and the state. Itsituates the individual within the contexts of the state and itsembedded environment, the society. It includes an introductionto the relations between individual and society and the differentperspectives on the relations. The controversies relating tostructure and agency will be explored. It then covers theconception of the state and the different theoretical perspectivesrelating to its formation and functions as well as the associatingconceptions of citizen rights and duties. It also examines thedifferent means of political changes and the implicated roles forindividuals.SOPO 2130 Diversity and Social Structure of (3,3,0)Modern StatesThe focus is on studying the impact of social and structural factorson the individuals, families and groups in the modern city statesand to encourage a critical thinking on the analysis of social issuesfrom different perspectives. Case studies and other means wouldbe used to illustrate the application of practical theories andanalytical models in different social contexts, such as Hong Kongand other territories.SOPO 2140 Social Research (3,3,0)This course aims to enhance students’ overall understanding ofsocial research methods, including research design, data collection,data analysis and report writing. The format of the course is amixture of lectures, group project and SPSS workshops. Studentswill be provided with not only a good access to a solid knowledgebase in social research, but also a platform to learn by doing at acomputer lab. By the end of the course, students should be ableto identify the basic principles, and learn ethical implication ofsocial research, as well as master basic skills of designing andimplementing research projects.SOPO 2150 Social Justice and Social (3,3,0)MovementsThe focus is on studying selective theories and perspectives withthe aim of fostering a critical view and a thorough understandingof social justice, social conflicts, emergence of social movements,human rights and the impacts in the 21st century. Cases ofdifferent social movements would be used to illustrate theapplication of practical theories and concepts in different socialcontexts, such as China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and other territories.SOPO 2210 Culture and Social Policy (3,3,0)This course aims to enhance students’ overall understandingof culture and social policy, including sociology of culture, thewestern domination of social policy discourse, culturalism,diversity and change. The format of the course is a mixtureof lectures, group project and cultural sensitivity workshops.Students will be provided with not only a good access to a solidknowledge base in cultural theory, but also a platform to learnby doing social policy with cultural sensitivity. By the end of thecourse, students should be able to identify the basic principles, andlearn ethical implication of culture and social policy, as well asmaster basic skills of re-evaluating policy content as part of antioppressivestrategies.SOPO 2220 Social Policy in Chinese Societies (3,2,1)The objectives of this course are to help students gain an overviewof the social development of contemporary Chinese societies, todevelop an understanding of the institutional structure of modernChina, Taiwan, Hong Kong and other Chinese societies, toexplore the current policy issues and challenges, and to examinethe actual welfare implementation and training of welfarepersonnel.SOPO 2230 Policy Processes and Politics (3,3,0)The focus is on studying selective organizational theories with theaim of fostering a general understanding of the basic concepts ofpolitical science, policy making models and the patterns of policymaking in different political entities. Case studies would be usedto illustrate the application of practical theories and models indifferent territories, especially in the context of Hong Kong.SOPO 2240 Globalization and Social Policy (3,3,0)This course aims at providing students with a theoretical as well asan analytical framework in understanding globalisation and socialpolicy. Students will first examine the theoretical underpinningsof globalization, followed by a critical examination of howsocieties react to globalization through formulation of differentsocial policies. Case examples of social policy in Hong Kong willbe used as illustrations throughout the course.SOPO 2250 Communications and Networking (3,3,0)of the Non-profit Making OrganizationsThe focus is on studying selective theories related tocommunications and networking of the non-profit makingorganizations with the aim of fostering an open system withreasonable connections with the stakeholders and the publicthrough various means and activities. Another objective is tohelp students comprehend the values, principles, processes,functions and skills of fund-raising and publicity management inthese organizations. Case studies would be used to illustrate theapplication of practical theories and models in these organizationsespecially in the context of Hong Kong.SOPO 3110 Social Enterprises and the Third (3,3,0)SectorSocial enterprises constitute a rapidly growing sector of thebusiness communities today. They bring people and communitiestogether for economic development and social gain. This coursecovers the key business functions required by social entrepreneurs,and managers in social enterprises, with perspectives on strategy,finance, ethics, governance, marketing and people management.It also intends to bring together the knowledge and experience ofsocial enterprise pioneers in the field, local and overseas, to showwhat it takes to implement and run an effective social venture ororganization. Students will receive practical guides including bestpractices, tools, guidance, models and successful cases for NGOs.SOPO 3120 Welfare Regimes in the Greater (3,3,0)China RegionThis course aims at providing students with theoretical as well asan analytical framework in understanding welfare regimes in theGreater China Region, including Taiwan, Hong Kong as well asother related regions. Students will first examine the theoreticalunderpinning of regime model followed by a critical examinationof how different regimes have been developed (the liberal,conservative, social democratic and Confucian). Case examplesof social policies in relation to different welfare regimes in theGreater China Region will be used as illustrations throughout thecourse.SOPO 3130 Technology, Social Change and (3,3,0)Quality of LifeThe focus is on studying the impact of social and technologicalchanges on the individuals, families and groups in. Case studiesand other means would be used to illustrate the application ofpractical theories and assessment models for social development indifferent social contexts, such as Hong Kong and other territories.SOPO 3140 Policy Analysis and Evaluation (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOPO 2140 Social ResearchThe objective of this course is to introduce the basic concepts andmethods in policy analysis and evaluation. In this course, studentswill learn to define problems and goals in making a policy,

identify appropriate research techniques, gather information,formulate policy solution alternatives and systematically compareand evaluate the alternatives. Besides, they will be given theopportunity to approach policy issues within the relevant social,cultural and historical context in Hong Kong and great China.The course will help students not only to understand variousfactors that influence policy making and policy outcomes, butalso theoretical foundations and methodologies in conducting exanteevaluations versus ex-post evaluations, cost-benefit analysis,interpretive policy analysis and others.SOPO 3210 Challenges of Sustainable (3,3,0)DevelopmentThis course aims to enhance students’ overall understandingof sustainability and social policy, including green ideologies,green parties, green pressure groups and social policy, quality oflife. The format of the course is a mixture of lectures and groupproject. Students will be provided with not only a good access toa solid knowledge base in green ideologies, but also a platformto learn by doing social policy with green policy agenda. By theend of the course, students should be able to identify the basicprinciples, and learn ethical implication of sustainability andsocial policy, as well as master basic skills of opening up thediscipline of green social policy.SOPO 3220 Comparative Social Policy (3,3,0)This course aims at providing students with a theoretical as wellas analytical framework in understanding comparative socialpolicies. Students will first examine the comparative social policytheories and human rights, followed by an examination of thecomparative social policy issues. Cases examples of comparativesocial policies relevant to the Hong Kong context will be used asillustrations throughout the course.SOPO 3230 Administration in Non-profit (3,3,0)Making OrganizationsThe focus is on studying selective organizational theories with theaim of fostering a general understanding of the administrationof non-profit-making organization. Another objective is to helpstudents to comprehend the values, principles, processes, functionsand skills of management in these organizations. Case studieswould be used to illustrate the application of practical theoriesand models in these organizations especially in the context ofHong Kong.SOPO 3310 Youth and Citizenship (3,3,0)This course aims at providing students with a critical examinationof the different models of youth citizenship and youthparticipation and their theoretical and ideological underpinningswith reference to the advancement of youth welfare and youth’stransitions to adulthood. The controversies regarding thesubstance of youth citizenship and the framework for achievingthis with youth in general and youth at the margin will beexamined with reference to both local and non-local examples.SOPO 3320 Youth in Transition, Employment (3,3,0)and EducationThis course aims at providing students with a criticalunderstanding on the subject matter of youth transitions incapitalist societies with specific reference to mainstreaming of anddisadvantage in school-to-work transitions. Taking into accountthe mediating roles played by agency and structure, the diversity,differences and contradictions of activation policy and inclusionmeasures illustrated with the use of both local and non-local casestudies will be examined.SOPO 3330 Gender, Identity and Young (3,2,1)PeopleThis course is to help students understand the social formationand struggles of gender and gender practices among young people.It also helps to develop critical thinking on the way in whichgender is embedded in local cultures, institutional sites and socialpolicies, as well as everyday social relationships. Students will beencouraged to examine how these have impacts on their identities,citizenship and lives.SOPO 3410 Poverty and Social Exclusion (3,3,0)Ever since the poverty study at the end of the 19th century,poverty alleviation captured the attention of governments ofdifferent orientations and the pro-poor activists in the academicand movement circles. The policy measures for povertyalleviation underwent alteration alongside the changes in theconceptual arena and the social economic context domesticallyand globally. This course introduces students to the conceptualterrain for understanding poverty, which includes the differentinterpretations of poverty, the conceptual turn from povertyto (in)equality and the recent dominance of the concept ofsocial exclusion. It then interrogates the domestic and globalcontext with which transformation has been going on in the pastdecade. The practical implications of the theoretical constructsare examined and contextualized. The process of conceivingstrategies for poverty alleviation will be explored to equip studentsof the needed tools for the endeavour.SOPO 3420 Pension and Retirement (3,3,0)ProtectionThis course is to provide students different perspectives on socialpolicy for retirement and retirement protection. It also givesstudents an understanding of the nature, role and operation ofdifferent pension systems as well as their risks and contributionson retirement protection. By understanding the global and localpension and retirement policies and schemes students will behelped to develop a critical sense to appreciate, examine andcriticize the strategies and values adopted in the mixed economyof retirement protection and its implications for differentpopulations in the society.SOPO 3430 Public Health Care Systems (3,3,0)The objectives of the course are to prove students a framework foran understanding dimension of social dimensions of well-being,health, illness and disability, to enable students to appreciate thesignificance of the health and illness dimension of human life andthe role of the health care systems in the promoting health anddealing with illness.SOPO 3591-2 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: SOPO 2140 Social ResearchThe Honours Project provides an opportunity for students tocomplete an independent research project about a particular areaof social policy under the guidance of a supervisor. The Projectinvolves an application of knowledge and skills acquired fromclasses and independent learning of students to address policyissues in the context of Hong Kong or China.SOSC 1005/ Internship I (3,0,0)1110This course aims to provide students with off-campus learningopportunities to put their knowledge and skills into practice andto gain on-the-job experience in an internship. Students willobtain interdisciplinary first-hand practical learning experiencesin different kind of local and/or international organizations, suchas business, government, social services, etc. Through first-handpractical experience in real work place, students are expectedto develop self-awareness, explore their job interests, establishjob required attributes, experience real-workplace challenges,and prepare for employment as professional practitioners upongraduation. The internship is normally of at least 6 weeks fulltimeattachment during the summer but it can be a minimum of240 working hours during term time.SOSC 2005 Internship II (3,0,0)Prerequisite: SOSC 1005 Internship IThis course aims to provide students with off-campus learningopportunities to put their knowledge and skills into practice and521Course Descriptions

522Course Descriptionsto gain on-the-job experience in an internship. Students willobtain interdisciplinary first-hand practical learning experiencesin different kind of local and/or international organizations, suchas business, government, social services, etc. Through first-handpractical experience in real work place, students are expectedto develop self-awareness, explore their job interests, establishjob required attributes, experience real-workplace challenges,and prepare for employment as professional practitioners upongraduation. The internship is normally of at least 6 weeks fulltimeattachment during the summer but it can be a minimum of240 working hours during term time.SOSC 2110 Internship II (3,0,0)Prerequisite: SOSC 1110 Internship IThis course aims to provide students with off-campus learningopportunities to put their knowledge and skills into practice andto gain on-the-job experience in an internship. Students willobtain interdisciplinary first-hand practical learning experiencesin different kind of local and/or international organizations, suchas business, government, social services, etc. Through first-handpractical experience in real work place, students are expectedto develop self-awareness, explore their job interests, establishjob required attributes, experience real-workplace challenges,and prepare for employment as professional practitioners upongraduation. The internship is normally of at least 6 weeks fulltimeattachment during the summer but it can be a minimum of240 working hours during term time.SOSC 7510 Project (3,*,*)The course aims to offer an opportunity to students’ competencein exploring in depth an aspect of contemporary China. The topicshould be chosen from the major concentration. Students arerequired to discuss with their project supervisors about the topicand research methodologies, and to meet them regularly to reportprogress, review work completed, and finalize the written report.SOWK 1001-2 Integrative Tutorial I (0,0,3)SOWK 2001-2 Integrative Tutorial II (0,0,3)SOWK 3001-2 Integrative Tutorial III (0,0,3)Integrative tutorials aim to develop students’ academic andprofessional competence by helping them to assimilate knowledgegained through a wide range of related courses. It provides theopportunity for students to discuss, digest, and integrate what theyhave learned in a small group setting. Tutorials run through thethree years of the programme and will be led by staff members ofthe Department of Social Work.SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary (3,3,0) (C)SocietyThis course enables students to understand the emergenceof social welfare and social work in Western as well as HongKong societies. The basic elements of social work, includingits philosophical foundations, values and knowledge base, willbe introduced. Students will have a basic understanding of thenature and practice of social work in different local settings, withdiscussion about some controversial issues in current social workpractice in Hong Kong. Field trips and visits to welfare agenciesmay be required.SOWK 1006 Human Development through the (3,3,0) (E)Life SpanThis course provides a comprehensive understanding of the overallprocess of human development from a life span perspective.Growth and changes in the different developmental domains ofindividuals are addressed as the result of the interactive influencesof biological, psychological, and socio-cultural factors across thelife span. Students will appreciate the different major theoriesof human development in explaining the change processes ofindividuals and will critically evaluate their applicability in HongKong. Major developmental characteristics central to differentphases of life, including the associated tasks and challenges,are examined particularly in our cultural context. Studentswill develop the cultural sensitivity in understanding their owndevelopmental process.SOWK 1008-9 Integrative Tutorial I (0,0,3)SOWK 2008-9 Integrative Tutorial II (0,0,3)SOWK 3008-9 Integrative Tutorial III (0,0,3)SOWK 4018-9 Integrative Tutorial IV (0,0,3)Integrative tutorials aim to develop students’ academic andprofessional competence by helping them to assimilate knowledgegained through a wide range of related courses. It provides theopportunity for students to discuss, digest, and integrate what theyhave learned in a small group setting. Tutorials run through thefour years of the programme and will be led by staff members ofthe Department of Social Work.SOWK 1015 Social Dimensions of Human Societies (3,3,0)The course is intended to introduce students basic concepts andknowledge of human societies with particular emphases placed onsociological perspectives and social issues situated within urbancontexts. Insight into human societies comes from many differentsources: agency versus structure, micro versus macro, local versusglobal, etc. This course is concerned with an introductory andinterdisciplinary understanding of human societies where peoplelive and experience in their everyday life. Acquiring a brief yetcritical understanding of different aspects and processes of humansocieties including certain social issues can enable students toidentify the nature of the relationship and dynamics betweenindividuals/groups and society particularly with respect to urbanand cosmopolitan contexts like Hong Kong.SOWK 1016 Social Justice and Social Development (3,3,0)This course introduces students to the basic knowledgerelating to the concept and theories of social justice and socialdevelopment and their integration in the development field,with particular focus on the local context of Hong Kong. Localcases of disadvantaged communities will be used to illustrate theapplication of the concepts and theories.SOWK 1120 Social Work in Contemporary (3,3,0)SocietyThis course aims to enable students to understand the emergenceof social welfare and social work in Western as well as HongKong societies. The basic elements of social work, includingits philosophical foundations, values and knowledge base, willbe introduced. Students will have a basic understanding of thenature and practice of social work in different local settings, withdiscussion about some controversial issues in current social workpractice in Hong Kong. Field trips and visits to welfare agenciesmay be required.SOWK 1220 Human Development (3,3,0)Prerequisite: PSY 1110 Principles of Psychology and SOC1110 Invitation to Sociology, or consent of theDepartmentThis course aims to enable students to (1) understand the changesin human behaviour as the result of biological, psychologicaland socio-cultural factors across the span; (2) gain knowledge ofkey development stages and their associated issues, conflicts andtasks; (3) examine the theories of human development and theirimplications for social work practice in the local context; and (4)understand personality development and functioning throughall the phases of life cycle. The developmental problems andadjustment difficulties in different life stages will be introduced,with particular reference to social work practice. Students willalso develop self-understanding and growth in light of theories ofhuman development.SOWK 1230 Skills for Social Work Practice (3,2,2)Prerequisite: SOWK 1120 Social Work in Contemporary SocietyThis course aims to facilitate students’ self-understanding andawareness of own behaviour and attitude related to the role of asocial worker. It helps students to reflect on values and identify

value conflict, if any, in the application of the Hong Kong SocialWork Code of Ethics to practice. Students will also be equippedwith basic knowledge and skills of interpersonal relationships,interviewing skills, community work skills and presentation andrecording skills.SOWK 1250 Social Work Intervention and (2,2,0)ProcessesAn introduction to the integrated model as a conceptualframework for the study of social work theory and practice.Students will examine processes, skills, and generic knowledgecommon to social work practice in three modes of intervention,i.e. individual, group and community. A variety of structuredexercises based on case, group and community studies will be usedto develop students’ practical and analytical skills.A skills laboratory will run concurrently, in which students willbe given the opportunity to develop the basic skills and knowledgeof communication and experience the application of skills inexperimental exercises. Self-awareness of one’s own behaviour,attitudes, understanding, and acceptance of the behaviour ofothers is a major focus of this section.SOWK 2005 Human Behaviour and Diversity (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOWK 1006 Human Development through theLife Span or consent of the DepartmentThis course aims to provide students with a multi-dimensionalframework for assessing human behaviour and functioning; helpstudents to understand and appreciate similarities and diversitiesrelating to human behaviour; help students to understand thetheoretical, conceptual and empirical foundations of humanbehaviour from a diversity perspective; help students to understandthe dynamics of oppression, discrimination and privilege; andprovide students with an introduction to the realities of practicewith diverse population in the local context.SOWK 2006 Social Work Intervention and (2,3,0) (C)ProcessesPrerequisite: SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary SocietyThis course is an introduction to the integrated model as aconceptual framework for the study of social work theory andpractice. Students take this courses will examine processes, skills,and generic knowledge common to social work practice in threemodes of intervention, i.e. individual, group and community.A variety of structured exercises based on case, group andcommunity studies will be used to develop students’ practical andanalytical skills.A skills laboratory will run concurrently, in which students willbe given the opportunity to develop the basic skills and knowledgeof communication and experience the application of skills inexperimental exercises. Self-awareness of one’s own behaviour,attitudes, understanding, and acceptance of the behaviour ofothers is a major focus of this section.SOWK 2007Community Study ProjectSOWK 2018-9 Skills for Social Work Practice (2,2,2) (C)Prerequisite: SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary SocietyThis course aims to facilitate students’ self-understanding andawareness of own behavior and attitude related to the role of asocial worker. It helps students to reflect on values and identifyvalue conflict, if any, in the application of the Hong Kong SocialWork Code of Ethics to practice. Students will also be equippedwith basic knowledge and skills of interpersonal relationships,interviewing skills, community work skills and presentation andrecording skills.SOWK 2028-9 Social Policy(2,2,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary Societyor consent of the DepartmentThis course aims at providing students with a theoretical as wellas an analytical framework in understanding social policy inHong Kong as well as in the Western world. Students will firstexamine the theoretical underpinnings of social policy, followedby a critical examination of the dimensions and issues of socialpolicy which affect the distribution of resources in the society.Case examples of social policy in Hong Kong will be used asillustrations throughout the course.SOWK 2110 Law and Society (2,2,0) (C)This course provides a general understanding of the natureand function of law in society. The philosophy, structure andadministration of the Hong Kong legal machinery will be studied.Specific ordinances will be examined and the implication forsocial work practice highlighted.SOWK 2130 Social Dimensions of Health (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociology, SOC 1130Principles of Sociology or consent of theDepartmentThe objectives of this course are (1) to provide students with aframework for understanding the social dimensions of well-being,health, illness and disability; (2) to enable students to appreciatethe significance of the “health-and-illness” dimension of humanlife and its implications for human behaviour, professionalintervention and the social environment; and (3) to equip studentswith conceptual tools to understand health problems and healthactions.SOWK 2150 Field Practice I (10,0,16)Prerequisite: (1) SOWK 1230 Skills for Social Work Practiceor SOWK 1250 Social Work Intervention andProcesses, and (2) cumulative GPA of 2.00 orabove by the end of the 1st Semester of his/herYear II studyThe basic objectives of field practice are to help students tointegrate academic and professional knowledge with practiceskills, to acquire the value and identity of the professionals, andto prepare for employment as professional practitioners upongraduation.Through field placement, students are expected to develop selfawarenessand the ability to integrate knowledge with practice andto sharpen their diagnostic and interventive skills for applicationto a broad range of social work roles in working with individuals,families, groups, and communities.(Students must pass this Field Practice with grades not lowerthan “C-” in order to graduate from the programme. If a studentachieved a “D” grade, he/she must retake the course and passwith at least “C-”.)SOWK 2160 Social Work Research (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: I.T. 1180 Information Management Technology,SOWK 1120 Social Work in ContemporarySociety and SOWK 1250 Social Work Interventionand ProcessesThis course aims to prepare students to (1) understand the basicprinciples, process and methods of research study in social work;(2) develop the ability to evaluate local social work researchinitiatives; and (3) plan and develop research topics. The courseplaces a dual emphasis on both theories and skills in conductinginquiry and social work reflections.SOWK 2170 Human Behaviour and Diversity (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOWK 1220 Human Development or consent ofthe DepartmentThis course aims to (1) provide students with a multi-dimensionalframework for assessing human behaviour and functioning;(2) help students to understand and appreciate similarities anddiversities relating to human behaviour; (3) help students tounderstand the theoretical, conceptual and empirical foundationsof human behaviour from a diversity perspective; (4) help studentsto understand the dynamics of oppression, discrimination andprivilege; and (5) provide students with an introduction to therealities of practice with diverse population in the local context.SOWK 2180 Love and Human Sexuality (3,3,0) (E)Issues of love and human sexuality are among the most sensitivetopics in our society today. This course provides students withan understanding of sexual aspects of human functioning in523Course Descriptions

524Course Descriptionsorder to become healthy sexual persons. It critically examinesthe theoretical conceptions and mythology in relation humansexuality, in the local social, cultural and moral contexts ofsex and love. The variations in sexual functions, intimaterelationships, sexual and gender role development and behaviourwill also be explored.SOWK 2211-2 Theory and Practice in Social (2,2,1) (C)Work (Individual)Prerequisite: SOWK 1250 Social Work Intervention andProcessesStudents will examine and evaluate the major theoreticalperspectives and practice approaches of social case work.Problems and issues in the application of case work will beanalysed. Students will participate in a variety of simulatedsituations and exercises to develop their skills.SOWK 2221-2 Theory and Practice in Social (2,2,1) (C)Work (Group)Prerequisite: SOWK 1250 Social Work Intervention andProcessesStudents will examine and evaluate the major theoreticalperspectives and practice approaches of social group work.Problems and issues in the application of group work will beanalysed. Students will participate in a variety of simulatesituations and exercises to develop their skills.SOWK 2231-2 Theory and Practice in Social (2,2,1) (C)Work (Community Development)Prerequisite: SOWK 1250 Social Work Intervention andProcessesStudents will examine and evaluate the major theoreticalperspectives and practice approaches of community development.Problems and Issues in the application of community developmentwill be analysed. Students will participate in a variety of simulatesituations and exercises to develop their skills.SOWK 2250 Social Policy (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: (1) SOWK 1120 Social Work in ContemporarySociety or SOC 1110 Invitation to Sociology, or (2)consent of the DepartmentThis course aims at providing students with a theoretical as wellas an analytical framework in understanding social policy inHong Kong as well as in the Western world. Students will firstexamine the theoretical underpinnings of social policy, followedby a critical examination of the dimensions and issues of socialpolicy which affect the distribution of resources in the society.Case examples of social policy in Hong Kong will be used asillustrations throughout the course.SOWK 3005 Field Practice I (10,0,16)Prerequisite: SOWK 2018-9 Skills for Social Work Practice,SOWK 2006 Social Work Intervention andProcesses, and cumulative GPA of 2.00 or aboveby the end of Year II or consent of the DepartmentThe basic objectives of field practice are to help students tointegrate academic and professional knowledge with practiceskills, to acquire the value and identity of the professionals, andto prepare for employment as professional practitioners upongraduation.Through field placement, students are expected to develop selfawarenessand the ability to integrate knowledge with practice andto awareness their diagnostic and interventive skills for applicationto a board range of social work roles in working with individuals,families, groups, and communities.(Students must pass this Field Practice with grades not lowerthan “C-” in order to graduate from the programme. If a studentachieved a “D” grade, he/she must retake the course and passwith at least “C-”.)SOWK 3006 Law and Society (2,2,0)This course provides a general understanding of the natureand function of law in society. The philosophy, structure andadministration of the Hong Kong legal machinery will be studied.Specific ordinances will be examined and the implication forsocial work practice highlighted.SOWK 3018-9 Social Work Research (2,2,0)Prerequisite: SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary Societyor consent of the DepartmentThis course aims at providing students with a solid knowledgebase in social work research and also for the development of basicskills of designing and implementing research projects. By theend of the course, students should be able to identify the basicprinciples of social work research and are prepared to carry outsocial work practices through research.SOWK 3028-9 Theory and Practice in Social (2,2,1)Work (Community Development)Prerequisite: SOWK 2006 Social Work Intervention andProcessesStudents will examine and evaluate the major theoreticalperspectives and practice approaches of community development.Problems and Issues in the application of community developmentwill be analysed. Students will participate in a variety of simulatesituations and exercises to develop their skills.SOWK 3038-9 Theory and Practice in Social (2,2,1)Work (Group)Prerequisite: SOWK 2006 Social Work Intervention andProcessesStudents will examine and evaluate the major theoreticalperspectives and practice approaches of social group work.Problems and issues in the application of group work will beanalysed. Students will participate in variety of situations andexercises to develop their skills.SOWK 3048-9 Theory and Practice in Social (2,2,1)Work (Individual)Prerequisite: SOWK 2006 Social Work Intervention andProcesses and SOWK 2018-9 Skills for SocialWork PracticeStudents who study this course will examine and evaluate themajor theoretical perspectives and practice approaches of socialcase work. Problems and issues in the application of casework will be analysed. Students will participate in a variety ofsimulated situations and exercises to develop their skills.SOWK 3205 Love and Human Sexuality (3,3,0)Sex, love and issues related to human sexuality are often regardedas social weight in the new world. This course starts withcontemporary theoretical conceptions and discussions on love andhuman sexuality. The general aims of this course also includea critical examination of the discourses of myths related tohuman sexuality; the enhancement of awareness of the diversity,complexity and range of human sexuality expression, thesensitivity to equity and equality in a diversified society; as wellas the reflection of the challenges, issues of human developmentfrom a social, psychological perspective based on currentscientifically based researches.SOWK 3206 Social Dimensions of Health (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary Societyor consent of the DepartmentThe objectives of this course are to provide students with aframework for an understanding of the social dimensions ofwell-being, health, illness and disability; to enable students toappreciate the significance of the “health-and-illness” dimensionof human life and its implications for human behaviour,professional intervention and the social environment; and to equipstudents with conceptual tools to understand health problems andhealth actions.

SOWK 3231-2 Field Practice II (10,0,16)Prerequisite: SOWK 2150 Field Practice I and the two Theoryand Practice in Social Work courses that thestudent has taken in Year II by the end of his/herYear II studyThis is the second supervised field practice in the programmeof study. It usually requires two days per week and takes placeduring the third year of the programme.(Students must pass this Field Practice with grades not lowerthan “C-” in order to graduate from the programme. If a studentachieved a “D” grade, he/she must retake the course and passwith at least “C-”.)SOWK 3240 Social Welfare in Chinese Societies (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOWK 1120 Social Work in Contemporary Societyor consent of the DepartmentThe objectives of this course are to help students to gain anoverview of the social development of contemporary Chinesesocieties, to develop an understanding of the institutionalstructure of modern China, to explore the current welfare issuesand challenges, and to examine the actual welfare operation andtraining of welfare workers.SOWK 3320 Administration in Human Service (3,3,0) (C)OrganizationsPrerequisite: SOWK 2250 Social Policy or consent of theDepartmentThe focus is on studying selective organizational theorieswith the aim of fostering a general understanding of humanservice organizations. Another objective is to help students tocomprehend the process, function and skills of management inthese agencies. Case studies are used to illustrate the applicationof administration in social welfare agencies especially in the HongKong context.SOWK 3520 Social Work with Families (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: SOWK 1250 Social Work Intervention andProcesses or consent of the DepartmentThis course builds on the foundation of theoretical knowledgeand practical skills for working with families as provided inearlier theory and skill courses. The students will examine thedevelopment stages of families and problems they may encounter.The role of social workers in family services will be examinedand family policies and services will be analysed with particularreference to the local context.SOWK 3581 Social Work Honours Project (1,0,1)SOWK 3582 Social Work Honours Project (2,0,2)Prerequisite: SOWK 2150 Field Practice I and SOWK 2160Social Work ResearchThe objectives of the Honours Project are to provide anopportunity for students to work independently on an area withintheir discipline, to demonstrate originality, creativity, analyticalpower and problem-solving capacity, and to apply their knowledgeand fieldwork experiences to a specific area in the field of socialwork.SOWK 3610 Social Work with the Elderly (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course provides students with an understanding of the ageingprocess and its implications for social work practice. Socialdeprivation and difficulties faced by the elderly will be exploredespecially in the local context. The existing social welfare,medical, housing and employment policy and services for theelderly in Hong Kong will be critically examined, together withconsideration of alternatives in social service delivery.SOWK 3630 Social Work with Youth (3,3,0) (C)Prerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThe basic objectives of this course are to help students to (1)review contemporary theories and perspectives for understandingyouth with particular reference to the socio-economic and politicalcontext Hong Kong; (2) critically examine the discourses onspecific dimensions of youth in Hong Kong; and (3) examine andevaluate selected youth services and approaches to youth workwith a review to promoting positive changes.SOWK 3640 Social Work with the Mentally (3,3,0) (C)DisorderedPrerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course is designed to provide students with an understandingof a range of theories on the scope and causes of mental illness.Different approaches of working with the mentally disorderedand their families will be discussed. Existing local policies andlegislation pertaining to mental illness will be critically examined.Methods of assessment, intervention and prevention, especiallyfrom a social work perspective, will also be explored.SOWK 3650 Social Work with Disadvantaged (3,3,0) (C)GroupsPrerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course aims to enable students to (1) examine the socialprocess and social structure that contribute to the constructionof disadvantages and oppression in the society; (2) criticallyappreciate different theoretical explanation of social disadvantages;(3) develop understanding of the experiences of selectedlegislation; and (4) develop sensitivity to and understanding ofanti-oppressive practice with the socially disadvantaged groups.SOWK 3910 Special Topics in Social Work (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course is intentionally designed to be flexible to allowdiscussion of a range of contemporary issues in Social Work. Itwill involve a range of optional subjectives complementary tothose ordinarily offered as core courses of the Social Work major.Normally no more than one such topic will be offered in any givensemester.SOWK 4005 Administration in Human Service (3,3,0)OrganizationsPrerequisite: SOWK 2028-9 Social Policy or consent of theDepartmentThe focus is on studying selective organizational theorieswith the aim of fostering a general understanding of humanservice organizations. Another objective is to help students tocomprehend the process, function and skills of management inthese agencies. Case studies are used to illustrate the applicationof administration in social welfare agencies especially in the HongKong context.SOWK 4006 Social Welfare in Chinese (3,3,0)SocietiesPrerequisite: SOWK 1005 Social Work in Contemporary Societyor consent of the DepartmentThe objectives of this course are to help students to gain anoverview of the social development of contemporary Chinesesocieties, to develop an understanding of the institutional structureof modern China, to explore the current welfare issues andchallenges, and to examine the actual welfare implementation andtraining of welfare personnel.SOWK 4007 Social Work with Families (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOWK 2006 Social Work Intervention andProcesses or consent of the DepartmentThis course builds on the foundation of theoretical knowledgeand practical skills for working with families as provided inearlier theory and skill courses. The students will examine thedevelopment stages of families and problems that families mayencounter. The role of social workers in family services will beexamined and family policies and services will be analysed withparticular reference to the local context.525Course Descriptions

526SOWK 4008-9 Field Practice II (10,0,16)Prerequisite: (1) SOWK 3005 Field Practice I and cumulativeGPA of 2.00 or above by the end of Year III, or (2)consent of the DepartmentThis is the second supervised field practice in the programmeof study. It usually requires two days per week and takes placeduring the fourth year of the programme.(Students must pass this Field Practice with grades not lowerthan “C-” in order to graduate from the programme. If a studentachieved a “D” grade, he/she must retake the course and passwith at least “C-”.)SOWK 4205 Social Work with Disadvantaged (3,3,0)GroupsPrerequisite: Year IV Social Work Student or consent of theDepartmentThis course aims to enable students to examine the social structureand social processes which contribute to the construction ofdisadvantages and oppression in the society, critically appreciatedifferent theoretical explanation of social disadvantages, developunderstanding of the experiences of selected legislation, anddevelop sensitivity to and understanding of anti-oppressivepractice with the socially disadvantaged groups.SOWK 4216 Special Topics in Social Work (3,3,0)(Disability and Society)Prerequisite: Year IV Social Work StudentsThis subject provides students with in-depth understanding ofdisability and to equip students with positive attitudes and skillsto work with people with a disability. It will examine the variousdefinitions of impairment and disability, contemporary socialpolicy, and practice pertaining to disabled people. Issues andapproaches in the rehabilitation of people with a disability arealso discussed.SOWK 4898 Social Work Honours Project (1,0,1)SOWK 4899 Social Work Honours Project (2,0,2)Prerequisite: SOWK 3005 Field Practice I and SOWK 3018-9Social Work ResearchThe objectives of the Honours Project are to provide anopportunity for students to work independently on an area oftheir discipline, to demonstrate original, creative, analytical andproblem solving competence, and to apply their knowledge andfieldwork experiences to a specific area in the field of social work.Grading is based on student performance in assessment tasks/activities. Standardized assessment forms are used both for theproposal and the final Honour Project report.Course DescriptionsSOWK 4206 Social Work with Older People (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year IV Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course provides students with an understanding of theageing process and its implications for social work practice. Socialdeprivation and difficulties faced by the elderly will be exploredespecially in the local context. The existing social welfare,medical, housing and employment policy and services for theelderly in Hong Kong will be critically examined, together withconsideration of alternatives in social service delivery.SOWK 4207 Social Work with People with (3,3,0)Mental Health ProblemsPrerequisite: Year IV Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course is designed to provide students with an understandingof a range of theories on the scope and causes of mental illness.Different approaches of working with people with mentalhealth problem and their families will be discussed. Existinglocal policies and legislation pertaining to mental illness will becritically examined. Methods of assessment, intervention andprevention, especially from a social work perspective, will also beexplored.SOWK 4215 Social Work with Youth (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year IV social work students or consent of theDepartmentThe basic objective of this course are to review contemporarytheories and perspectives for understanding youth with particularreference to the socio-economic and political context Hong Kong,critically examine the discourses on specific dimensions of youthin Hong Kong, and examine and evaluate selected youth servicesand approaches to youth work with a review to promoting positivechanges.SOWK 7010 Social Work in a Changing Social (3,3,0)ContextThis course explores the changing social, political and economiccontext of Hong Kong society and examines their relationshipwith social welfare and social work. It aims at developingstudents’ ability to reflect on the current philosophical as well asvalue base for social work practice in Hong Kong with particularinsights into the constraints they create for policy and practice.SOWK 7030 Critical Management Practice (3,3,0)This course is designed to appraise the policy and organizationalcontext of human service organizations and management andto explore major theories and perspectives on organizationalanalysis and management practice. Students will be able todevelop creative and appropriate responses to organizational andmanagement situations in relation to different social work settings.SOWK 7040 Research and Programme Evaluation (3,3,0)This course covers the basic concepts, approaches and methodsin qualitative and quantitative research in the field of humanservices, and evaluates the importance of values and knowledge insuffusing the practice of social research. It stresses the importanceof addressing programme and practice evaluation to the risingneeds for accountability and outcome demonstration.SOWK 7110 Mental Health, Mental Disorder (3,3,0)and Social WorkThis course critically examines current theories in workingwith people and their families facing psychiatric disabilities andprovides opportunities to build on existing social work experiencesin order to develop a more integrated model for practice. Studentswill be enabled to understand the current development andresearch in mental health and to examine their implications forsocial work practice in Hong Kong.SOWK 4216 Special Topics in Social Work (3,3,0)(Gender and Social Work)Prerequisite: Year IV Social Work Students or consent of theDepartmentThis subject aims to provide students with a gender perspective inpracticing social work. Basic concepts of gender, gender inequalityand theories of feminism will be introduced. Gender issues insocial work and social welfare development will be criticallyexamined. Emphasis will also be placed on understandingprinciples and strategies of feminist social work and theirapplication in the local context. Students will be equipped withknowledge and skills in dealing with gender issues and workingwith women and men.SOWK 7120 Child and Adolescent Mental Health (3,3,0)This course is designed to deepen knowledge and skills required towork with children and adolescents with mental health problemsin a variety of settings in Hong Kong, particularly with respect tothe areas of behavioural and emotional problems and substanceabuse.SOWK 7151-2 Dissertation (3,0,1)The dissertation provides opportunity for students to develop andcomplete a research project of either literature or empirical basedrelevant to their own specialism. Students may focus on a specificarea such as a selected service target, application of a practicetheory, exploration of a topic or issue, management practiceor service policy. The dissertation topic is treated with rigour

and depth, appropriate to work at postgraduate level. Studentsstart their work on dissertation in the form of group seminarsin the summer term of Year I and extend through Year II of theprogramme.SOWK 7170 Youth at the Margins: Theory and (3,3,0)PracticeThis course introduces students to various theoretical and practiceapproaches in understanding and working with young people whoare regarded as “marginal” in legal, social and cultural senses.The social construction and social disadvantages of marginalityare examined, and students are encouraged to examine practicemodels for meeting the needs of young people at the margins.SOWK 7210 Working with Families with Mental (3,3,0)Health IssuesMental illnesses, irrespective of their severity, rarely leave familyintact but the needs of family members are often overlooked. Attimes social workers in different service settings do come intocontact with these family members. It is therefore necessary toimprove both knowledge and skills of helping them. This coursecovers different perspectives of family coping and dimensionsof helping like family therapy, psycho-education for family,empowerment practice and advocacy for families.SOWK 7220 Youth and Cultural Practice (3,3,0)The cultural dimension of young people’s lives is fast changing,and there is a pressing need for social workers to betteracknowledge the richness and diversity of youth cultures, andtake culture as an arena and as a means for promoting youth’scompetency, participation and connectedness and for developingalternative intervention modalities.SOWK 7230 Crisis Management and Integrated (3,3,0)Mental Health PracticeCrisis management is one of many important tasks of humanservice professionals, and it often helps to prevent mental healthproblems from taking place. This course is designed to enablegraduate social work students to (1) deal with crises of theirclients and (2) develop integrated mental health interventions withwide range of targets with mental health problems in the Chinesecontext. Students will examine the major theoretical perspectivesand skills in crisis assessment and management and learn to applyan integrative approach to the prevention and treatment of mentalhealth problems.SOWK 7240 Critical Youth Work (3,3,0)By drawing insights from the radical and critical traditions ofsocial work, this course specifically focuses on studying thestructural and poststructural perspectives on informing thetheorizing and practice of critical youth work with particularreference to oppression and dominations in the social context ofHong Kong.SOWK 7410 Human Diversity and Cultural (3,3,0)DifferencesThis course helps students to understand and appreciatesimilarities and diversities of human behaviour from a diversityand anti-oppression perspective, particularly with respect to socialand cultural differences, and the challenges and strengths of youngpeople in the local context.SOWK 7420 Theories in Counselling and Therapy (3,3,1)The course introduces the students to a wide range of theoriesand practice of counselling and psychotherapy with particularreference to young people as a target group and as changeagents. It covers the theoretical foundation of counselling andpsychotherapy and examines some of the major importantapproaches: psychoanalysis, humanistic, cognitive-behavioural,family and solution-focus therapies. The course also discusses newdevelopments of counselling theories and new approaches to thepractice of counselling.SOWK 7430 Narrative Approach to Counselling (3,3,0)Prerequisite: SOWK 7420 Theories in Counselling and Therapyor consent of the DepartmentThis course focuses on introducing to the students the diverseand yet inter-related narrative approaches to working with youngpeople and their families at different settings, as well as the basicphilosophy, concepts, and therapeutic conversations.SOWK 7440 Narrative Interventions for Specific (3,3,0)Youth GroupsNarrative intervention approaches to enhance collaborative workwith young people will be covered. In particular, the students willbe introduced to narrative counselling strategies and interventionsas well as their application to specific youth groups with a diversityof problems and needs, and other personal identity parameterslike ethnicity, gender and age.SOWK 7450 Counselling Young People: (3,3,0)Processes and IssuesThis course provides students with knowledge of counsellingprocesses and skills in facilitating user exploration, assessingcounselling needs, and designing intervention plans, in particularlywith young people in Hong Kong. Major areas of concern inyouth counselling are also discussed, including social skills andsocial competence, career guidance and development, fosteringresilience in children and adolescents, peer counselling andsupport, and counselling youth at-risk.SOWK 7470 Counselling Project (3,0,1)In this course, students are required to carry out and write upa small counselling project that may be based on their actualcounselling practice experience or any other projects approved bythe Department.SOWK 7480 Counselling Practicum I (3,0,3)This course requires the students to be actually involved incounselling young persons, and to take part in individual andpeer supervision supported by case conferences, seminars andworkshops.SOWK 7490 Counselling Practicum II (3,0,3)This course requires the students to be actually involved incounselling young persons, and to take part in individual andpeer supervision supported by case conferences, seminars andworkshops.SOWK 7500 Family Therapy (3,3,0)This course approaches to enhancing collaborative work withyoung people will be covered. In particular, the students will beintroduced to strategies and interventions from the approachesof structural family therapy and solution-focused brief therapy aswell as their application to specific youth groups with a diversityof developmental issues and needs.SOWK 7510 Cognitive-behavioural Therapy (3,3,0)This course adopts a psychotherapeutic approach that is evidencebasedeffective for helping people overcoming many differenttypes of psychological problem. This course provides studentswith a rudimentary understanding of the theory and techniques ofcognitive behavioural therapy. Students successfully completingthis course should be able to evaluate a client from a CBT point ofview and be able to perform basic psychotherapeutic interventionsusing CBT strategies. In addition to the Western focused CBT,cross cultural issues associated with the application of CBTtechniques in the context will be discussed.SOWK 7610 Society and Social Policy (3,3,0)This course aims to provide basic sociological concepts inunderstanding and analysing the society. It also introducesstudents to the theories of welfare and the tools in analysing socialpolicies. Particular concerns will be given to the development ofnew social policies and social services in Hong Kong.527Course Descriptions

528Course DescriptionsSOWK 7620 Human Development and Cultural (3,3,0)DifferencesThis course helps students to understand human developmentand the social environment. It also enables student to appreciatesimilarities and diversities of human behaviour from a life span,diversity and anti-oppression perspective, particularly with respectto social and cultural differences, and the challenges and strengthsof service users and targets in the local context.SOWK 7630 Social Work Theory and Practice I (3,3,0)This course is designed to develop students’ ability to applycritical thinking and professional judgment in the learning andapplication of individual and family practice models to meet withthe changes in the local context. It emphasizes the transferabilityof the repertoire of skills and theoretical knowledges acrossdisciplines and contexts.SOWK 7641-2 Social Work Theory and Practice II (4,1,0)This course is a continuation of Social Work Theory andPractice I. It is designed to equip students with the ability toappreciate theories and practice approaches of social group workand community work and to apply them in the local context.Changes in the social environment would be discussed to setforth the need to develop integrated practices. It also criticallyexamines problems and issues in the application of the group andcommunity approaches. Students will participate in a varietyof role-plays, case studies and exercises so as to develop theirconsciousness and skills.SOWK 7650 Management in Human Service (3,3,0)OrganizationsThe focus is on studying selective organizational theorieswith the aim of fostering a general understanding of humanservice organizations. Another objective is to help students tocomprehend the process, function and skills of management inthese agencies. Case studies are used to illustrate the applicationof administration in social welfare agencies especially in the HongKong context.SOWK 7670 Social Work Project (3,0,1)In this course students are required to conduct and write up asmall social work practice related research project that may bebased on their actual fieldwork or professional practice experience,or any other projects approved by the Department.SOWK 7680 Social Work Integrative Tutorial I (1,0,1.5)Integrative tutorials aim to provide students an environment todiscuss and integrate what they have learned from the classes andfrom their real life scenarios in a small group setting. Tutorials areof three hours each run seven times throughout the first semester.SOWK 7690 Social Work Integrative Tutorial II (1,0,1.5)This is the second series of integrative tutorials with the samestudy aims of SOWK 7680 Social Work Integrative Tutorial I.Tutorials are also of three hours each run seven times throughoutthe second semester.SOWK 7700 Fieldwork Practice I (5,0,16)Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above by the end of the1st Semester of Year I or consent of DepartmentThrough fieldwork placement, students are facilitated to developtheir knowledge and skills emphasizing on the synergy andintegration of theory and practice and relevant to practice in aboard range of social work settings in working with individuals,families, groups and communities. Emphasis is also focused onenhancing professional development and self-growth. The totalnumber of placement hours is 400.(Students must pass this Fieldwork Practice with grades not lowerthan “C-” in order to graduate from the programme. If a studentachieved a “F” grade, he/she must retake the course and pass withat least “C-”.)SOWK 7710 Fieldwork Practice II (5,0,16)Prerequisite: (1) SOWK 7700 Fieldwork Practice I and (2)cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above by the end ofthe 1st Semester of Year II or consent of theDepartmentThis is the second supervised fieldwork practice in the course ofstudy. The total number of placement number is also 400. Pleaserefer to SOWK 7700 Fieldwork Practice I for other details of thecourse description.(Students must pass this Fieldwork Practice with grades not lowerthan “C-” in order to graduate from the programme. If a studentachieved a “F” grade, he/she must retake the course and passwith at least “C-”.)SOWK 7720 Social Work with the Elderly (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course provides students with an understanding of the ageingprocess and its implications for social work practice. Socialdeprivation and difficulties faced by the elderly will be exploredespecially in the local context. The existing social welfare,medical, housing and employment policy and services for theelderly in Hong Kong will be critically examined, together withconsideration of alternatives in social service delivery.SOWK 7730 Social Work with Youth (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThe basic objectives of this course are to review contemporarytheories and perspectives for understanding youth with particularreference to the socio-economic and political context Hong Kong,critically examine the discourses on specific dimensions of youthin Hong Kong, and examine and evaluate selected youth servicesand approaches to youth work with a review to promoting positivechanges.SOWK 7740 Social Work with the Mentally (3,3,0)DisorderedPrerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course is designed to provide students with an understandingof a range of theories on the scope and causes of mental illness.Different approaches of working with the mentally disorderedand their families will be discussed. Existing local policies andlegislation pertaining to mental illness will be critically examined.Methods of assessment, intervention and prevention, especiallyfrom a social work perspective, will also be explored.SOWK 7750 Social Work with Disadvantaged (3,3,0)GroupsPrerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course aims to enable students to examine the social structureand social processes which contribute to the construction ofdisadvantages and oppression in the society, critically appreciatedifferent theoretical explanation of social disadvantages, developunderstanding of the experiences of selected legislation, anddevelop sensitivity to and understanding of anti-oppressivepractice with the socially disadvantaged groups.SOWK 7760 Special Topics in Social Work (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Year III Social Work students or consent of theDepartmentThis course is intentionally designed to be flexible to allowdiscussion of a range of contemporary issues in Social Work. Itwill involve a range of optional courses complementary to thoseordinarily offered as core courses of the Social Work major.Normally no more than one such topic will be offered in any givensemester.SOWK 7770 Social Work, Law and Social Justice (2,2,0)Social work values, law and social justice are fundamentalissues of social work practice. This course aims to (1) discuss

the social work values and ethical issues in social work practice;(2) introduce general principles of law in Hong Kong andinternational laws and conventions in the areas of family law,protection of children and women, mental health issues, rightof abode and discrimination issues, human rights, etc.; and (3)examine the relevance of existing legal provisions to upkeep socialjustice and the role played by social workers.SOWK 7780 Social Work Integrative Tutorial III (1,0,1.5)Integrative Tutorial III targets at providing students with furtheropportunities to integrate what they have learnt from classesand the Fieldwork I while preparing them for Fieldwork II.Prominent issues in social work practice with relevancy to multilevelsintervention, sensitivity to diversity, social work values, andskills application are explored. Self-reflection on becoming socialworkers is emphasized. There will be seven 3-hour sessions withprescribed themes.to learn about Spanish culture through the media and classdiscussions.SPAN 3005 Spanish V (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 2006 Spanish IV or equivalentThis course aims to bring student’s Spanish language knowledgeand skills to an intermediate-advanced level and enable them tocontinue to learn about Spanish culture, the geography of theSpanish speaking world and prominent Spanish people from thepresent and past.SPAN 3010 Spanish V (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 2020 Spanish IV or equivalentThis course aims to bring student’s Spanish language knowledgeand skills to an intermediate-advanced level and enable them tocontinue to learn about Spanish culture, the geography of theSpanish speaking world and prominent Spanish people from thepresent and past.SPAN 1005 Spanish I (3,3,0) (S)The aim of this course is to introduce complete beginners to theSpanish language, working on the four language skills: speaking,reading, writing and listening to Spanish. Students will also learnabout Spanish culture and customs.SPAN 1006 Spanish II (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 1005 Spanish I or equivalentThe aim of this course is to further develop students’ knowledgeof the Spanish language and continue working on their listening,speaking, reading and writing skills at beginner level. Through thestudy of culture students will better understand the peoples of theSpanish speaking world.SPAN 1010 Spanish I (3,3,0) (S)The aim of this course is to introduce complete beginners to theSpanish language, working on the four language skills: speaking,reading, writing and listening to Spanish. Students will also learnabout Spanish culture and customs.SPAN 1020 Spanish II (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 1010 Spanish I or equivalentThe aim of this course is to further develop students’ knowledgeof the Spanish language and continue working on their listening,speaking, reading and writing skills at beginner level. Through thestudy of culture students will better understand the peoples of theSpanish speaking world.SPAN 2005 Spanish III (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 1006 Spanish II or equivalentThis course aims to increase students’ knowledge and skills in theuse of Spanish (acquired on the prerequisite course) to a lowerintermediatelevel, and further develop their knowledge of Spanishand Latin-American culture.SPAN 2006 Spanish IV (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 2005 Spanish III or equivalentThis course aims to bring student’s Spanish language knowledgeand skills to an intermediate level and enable them to continueto learn about Spanish culture through the media and classdiscussions.SPAN 2010 Spanish III (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 1020 Spanish II or equivalentThis course aims to increase students’ knowledge and skills in theuse of Spanish (acquired on the prerequisite course) to a lowerintermediatelevel, and further develop their knowledge of Spanishand Latin-American culture.SPAN 2020 Spanish IV (3,3,0) (S)Prerequisite: SPAN 2010 Spanish III or equivalentThis course aims to bring student’s Spanish language knowledgeand skills to an intermediate level and enable them to continueSRL 2110 Life-span Development (4,4,0) (E)This course enables students to understand major theoriesrelated to the physical, motor, cognitive, and socio-emotionaldevelopment of human beings. A life-span approach will be usedso as to provide students with the background knowledge requiredfor subsequent courses in the programme.SRL 2120 Individual Differences in Physical (3,3,0) (E)Attributes and Movement PatternsThis course provides knowledge on the etiology and characteristicsof orthopedic degenerative conditions and congenital andacquired physical disabilities. Abilities, potentials and limitationspertaining to skill acquisition and movement will be discussed.SRL 2130 Individual Differences in (3,3,0) (E)Cognition, Learning and SkillAcquisitionThis course provides knowledge on the etiology and characteristicsof degenerative neurological conditions, and congenital andacquired intellectual disabilities. Abilities, potentials andlimitations pertaining to learning and skill acquisition will bediscussed.SRL 2140 Scientific Principles of Human (3,3,0) (E)MovementPrerequisite: CS 2206 Scientific Foundations to HumanMovement or equivalentThis course provides an advanced understanding of the scientificprinciples underlying human movement and exceptionalperformances. Areas such as the essential human systemsinvolved in producing movement and physiological responsesto exercise, particularly in the elderly, persons with physicaldisabilities, persons with intellectual disabilities, persons withdegenerative neurological conditions, and persons with specialhealth problems would be examined.SRL 2150 Recreation Leadership (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: CS 2196 Introduction to Leisure, Sport andRecreation or equivalentThis course examines current leadership theories and theirapplications to being leaders in sport and recreation settings.Essential qualities and skills expected of sport and recreationleaders will be discussed, explored, and applied to provision ofsport and recreation to persons with special needs and to themainstream population.SRL 2160 Recreation Programming and (3,3,0) (E)Programme EvaluationPrerequisite: CS 2196 Introduction to Leisure, Sport andRecreation or equivalentThis course aims to equip students with knowledge related tothe planning, implementation and evaluation of recreation529Course Descriptions

530Course Descriptionsprogrammes. Recreation programming concerns, including thelegal and political aspects of programme provision, for personswith special needs and the mainstream population will beaddressed.SRL 2170 Communication for Sport and (3,3,0) (E)Recreation LeadersThis course aims to provide students with a general background ofcurrent communication theories related to public communicationand interpersonal communication. A focus will be placed onthe use of written communication skills (writing speeches, grantproposals, newsletters columns, and press release) within sportand recreation settings.SRL 2180 Internship I (2,0,2) (C)This course requires students to work for an accumulation of atleast 200 hours during their second year of study on a part-timebasis under the supervision of a faculty supervisor and the agencysupervisor(s). They will be expected to observe the agency atwork and assist in planning and leading activities. A diversityof experiences (working with mainstream population and withpersons with special needs) is preferred.SRL 2181-2 Internship I (2,0,2) (C)This course requires students to work for an accumulation of atleast 200 hours during their second year of study on a part-timebasis under the supervision of a faculty supervisor and the agencysupervisor(s). They will be expected to observe the agency atwork and assist in planning and leading activities. A diversityof experiences (working with mainstream population and withpersons with special needs) is preferred.SRL 2620 Planning and Leading Inclusive (2,1,1) (E)Games and ActivitiesThis course aims to provide students with knowledge related todesigning, planning, and leading a variety of games and activitiesfor persons with special needs. Students will be provided withopportunities to apply knowledge to practical situations.SRL 2630 Prevention and Care of Sport (3,3,0) (E)InjuriesPrerequisite: CS 2206 Scientific Foundations to HumanMovement or equivalentThis course aims to help students understand the basicetiology and mechanisms of sport injury, the indications andcontraindications of treatments related to specific injury trauma.Concerns related to the prevention and care of common injuriesamong persons with special needs will also be addressed. Studentswill also be provided with opportunities to demonstrate skills ofproper handling of acute sport injuries.SRL 2640 Planning and Leading Rhythmic (3,2,1) (C)ActivitiesThis course aims to provide students with the basic knowledgerelated to designing, planning, and leading a variety of rhythmicactivities for persons with special needs. Students will be providedwith opportunities to apply knowledge to practical situations.SRL 3110 Leisure Education (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to provide students with an overview of leisureeducation including its philosophy and implementation strategies.Students will be provided with an opportunity to explore anddiscuss approaches and strategies that can be utilized to provideleisure education programmes in school and communitysettings while taking into account cultural diversities, attitudestowards persons with special needs, and the psychodynamics ofmarginalized populations.SRL 3120 Outdoor Recreation and Adventure (3,3,0) (E)Education ProgrammingThis course aims to provide students with an understanding ofthe nature of outdoor recreation and adventure education andto acquire the essential knowledge and skills to plan and leadoutdoor recreation and adventure education programmes forpersons with special needs and for the mainstream population.SRL 3130 Marketing in Sport and Recreation (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to provide students with the basic knowledgeof marketing theories and an understanding of the differencesbetween service and merchandise marketing. The role andstrategies of marketing in sport and recreation will also bediscussed.SRL 3140 Design and Management of Sport (3,3,0) (E)and Recreation FacilitiesThis course aims to provide students with an overview of differenttypes of sport and recreation facilities and the management ofsuch facilities. Special attention would be directed towards theunderstanding of accessibility as applied to facility designs.SRL 3150 Financial and Human Resources (3,3,0) (E)Management in Sport and RecreationThis course equips students with basic knowledge of managementtheories, concepts and skills with a focus on financial managementand human resources management. The practical applicationsof these theories, concepts and skills to recreation settings will beprovided.SRL 3160 Sport and Recreation for Persons (3,3,0) (E)with Physical and Intellectual DisabilitiesThis course provides students with knowledge on the opportunitiesfor sport and recreation for persons with physical and intellectualdisabilities. Focus will be place on the international and localorganizations responsible for providing sport and recreationprogrammes for these populations. Current issues such as equalopportunity, attitudes, and legal and politics related to competitivesport for persons with physical and intellectual disabilities willalso be explored.SRL 3170 Health Fitness Assessment and (3,2,1) (E)Exercise PrescriptionPrerequisite: CS 2216 Tests and Measurement in Sport andRecreation or equivalentThis course aims to provide students with a thoroughunderstanding of health fitness assessment and exerciseprescription. Students will be have hands-on experiences inmaking assessments in laboratory and field settings on personswith special needs and acquire ability to interpret results andprescribe appropriate health fitness programmes.SRL 3180 Internship II (3,0,3)Prerequisite: SRL 2181-2 Internship IThis course requires students to work for at least 300 hours underthe supervision of a faculty supervisor and the agency supervisor.Students will be expected to observe the agency at work and toassist the agency in planning and leading activities. A diversityof experiences (working with mainstream population and withpersons with special needs) is preferred.SRL 3620 Leisure Counselling (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to provide students with an opportunity tounderstand the individual and social dynamics influencing leisurechoices. Students will acquire basic counselling and educationalintervention techniques to help clients with diverse socio-culturalbackgrounds, interest and physical/intellectual abilities to identifyand overcome constraints to pursue leisure activities.SRL 3630 Research Methods (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to provide students with knowledge of theprocess of conducting research. Students will develop skills inreading and understanding current research reports, writing upresearch proposals, and completing an independent piece of smallscale research. They will also acquire skills in qualitative andquantitative data entry, use of appropriate software to analyse dataand make interpretations.

SRL 3640 Independent Project (3,0,3)Prerequisite: SRL 3630 Research MethodsThe purpose of the Independent Project is to allow students toapply knowledge accumulated from the programme to pursue asmall-scale research on a specific topic of their interest under theguidance of an appointed faculty member.SRL 3650 Sports for Persons with Special (3,1,2) (C)NeedsThis course aims to provide students with knowledge todemonstrate, organize and teach/coach a variety of alternatesports—such as floor hockey, floorball, goalball, boccia andgatebal—for persons with special needs.SRL 3660 Planning and Leading Water (3,2,1) (E)ActivitiesPrerequisite: RCS 0215 Physical Education (Swimming) orequivalentThis course aims to provide students with knowledge related todesigning, planning and leading a variety of water (pool) activitiesfor persons with special needs. Students will be provided withopportunities to apply knowledge to practical situations.STAT 1131 Statistical Methods and Theory I (3,3,1) (E)Prerequisite: A-Level Pure Mathematics, A-Level/AS-LevelApplied Mathematics or AS-Level Mathematicsand StatisticsThis course deals with the statistical methods and theory. Theemphasis is on what, how, when and why certain statisticalmethods can and cannot be applied. Topics include exploratorydata analysis, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance,simple linear regression and nonparametric methods. Students arerequired to solve a variety of problems by using calculators andstatistical packages such as SAS, MINITAB, SPSS, S-PLUS or R.STAT 1132 Statistical Methods and Theory II (3,3,1) (E)Prerequisite: STAT 1131 Statistical Methods and Theory IThis course deals with the elementary probability theoryand the mathematical foundation of some commonly usedstatistical methods. First the rigorous mathematical frame of theprobability theory based upon the concepts of random variablesand probability distributions are introduced. The generalprocedures of statistical inference, such as parameter estimation,hypothesis test, analysis of variance are demonstrated withdetailed discussion about their mathematical features. Studentsare required to comprehend the most commonly used probabilitydistributions and their relations. Central Limit Theorem andrelated statistical application should be well understood. Severaloptimal schemes for the estimation accuracy and the hypothesistest power form another important part of the course.STAT 1210 Probability and Statistics for (3,3,1) (E)Computer ScienceAntirequisite: STAT 1620 Computer-aided StatisticsPrerequisite: MATH 1000 Supplementary Mathematics (Calculusand Linear Algebra) or Grade D or above in ALPure MathematicsThis course aims to provide an understanding of the basicconcepts in probability and statistical analysis, and focuseson applied probability and statistics. Students will learn thefundamental concepts of random variables, the basic concepts andtechniques of parameter estimation and hypothesis testing. Aftertaking this course, students will be able to apply the concepts toreal-life IT/engineering applications and use popular statisticspackages, such as SAS, SPSS, S-Plus, R or MATLAB, to performsimple and sophisticated analysis.STAT 1620 Computer-aided Statistics (3,3,0) (E)Antirequisite: BUS 1200 Statistics for Business, STAT 1210Probability and Statistics or STAT 1131 StatisticalMethods and Theory IThis course deals with the statistical analysis using commercialgrade computer software. It provides statistical concepts andmethods so that the students learn how to make correct statisticalinference by using appropriate methods. This course is NOT forstudents whose programmes are offered by the Department ofMathematics.STAT 1650 Statistics and Our Society (3,3,0)Prerequisite: HKCEE MathematicsIssues of data and chance permeate everyday life in the news,advertisements, medical and business communications. Thiscourse focuses on developing the statistical thinking needed togain insight from this information in order to make informeddecisions. This course will take a conceptual, rather than acomputational approach to learning statistics.STAT 2110 Regression Analysis (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: STAT 1131-2 Statistical Methods and Theory I &II and MATH 1120 Linear AlgebraThis course aims to provide an understanding of the classicaland modern regression analysis and techniques which are widelyadopted in various areas such as business, finance, biology andmedicine. There have been great developments in the past decadessuch as nonlinear regression, robust regression, nonparametricregression etc. With the help of a statistical package such as SAS,Matlab or R, students can analyse multivariate data by modernregression techniques without any difficulty.STAT 2120 Categorical Data Analysis (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: STAT 1620 Computer-aided Statistics or STAT2110 Regression AnalysisTo equip students with statistical methods for analysing categoricaldata arisen from qualitative response variables which cannot behandled by methods dealing with quantitative response, such asregression and ANOVA. Some computing software, such as SAS,S-PLUS, R or MATLAB, will be used to implement the methods.STAT 2710 Design and Analysis of Surveys (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: STAT 1131 Statistical Methods and Theory I orSTAT 1620 Computer-aided StatisticsTo provide students with a good understanding of surveyoperations, survey sampling methods and the correspondinganalyses of data. Important points in questionnaire design willalso be addressed in the course. Students will form teams to docourse projects. On completion of the course, students should beable to design, carry out, and write reports based on a professionalsurvey.STAT 2810 Design and Analysis of (3,3,0) (E)ExperimentsPrerequisite: STAT 2110 Regression AnalysisTo provide an understanding of various kinds of experimentaldesigns involving factorial and uniform designs as well as designfor computer experiments. The experimental design has a longhistory and has been widely used in industry, agriculture, qualitycontrol, natural sciences and computer experiments. They canbe applied to survey design as well. Therefore, they are useful inbusiness and social sciences. The statistical package, SAS andUD4.0 will be used to support the lecture.STAT 3710 Multivariate Analysis and Data (3,3,0) (E)MiningPrerequisite: STAT 2110 Regression AnalysisTo provide an understanding of the classical multivariate analysisand modern techniques in data mining. Very often, observationsin the social, life and natural sciences are multidimensional orvery high dimensional. This kind of data sets can be analysed bytechniques in multivariate analysis and/or data mining. With thehelp of statistical package, such as Matlab, students will learn howto treat real multivariate problems.531Course Descriptions

532Course DescriptionsSTAT 3820 Life Insurance and Life (3,2,1) (E)ContingenciesPrerequisite: (1) BUS 1150 Mathematics for Business and BUS1160 Statistics for Business, or (2) STAT 1131-2Statistical Methods and Theory I & IITo introduce the theory of life insurance and life contingencieswith application to insurance problems. Students will learn someof the major issue in the field of actuaries.STAT 3830 Times Series and Forecasting (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: STAT 2110 Regression AnalysisThe course aims at providing students with an understandingof the statistical methods for time series data whose order ofobservation is crucially important in depicting the backgrounddynamics of the related social, economical, and/or scientificphenomena. The students will learn to use various time seriesmodels and techniques such as exponential smoothing, ARIMA,etc. to model and make forecasts. Corresponding programmingtechniques to facilitate these practices will also be introducedwithin the platforms of MATLAB. Case studies will be providedto make the students acquainted with the elementary techniques.STAT 3840 Survival Analysis (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: STAT 1131-2 Statistical Methods and Theory I& II, STAT 2110 Regression Analysis and STAT2120 Categorical Data AnalysisThis course aims to provide students with a good understandingof techniques for the analysis of survival data, includingmethods for estimating survival probabilities, comparing survivalprobabilities across two or more groups, and assessing the effectof covariates on survival. The emphasis will be on practical skillsfor data analysis using statistical software packages. Students willform groups to do projects involving the analysis of real data.STAT 3930 Asymptotics in Statistics (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Year II standing or above or consent of instructorTo provide senior students with advanced statistics, especiallysome modern knowledge so that students can have a goodpreparation for research.STAT 3980 Special Topics in Statistics (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: Year II standing or above or consent of instructorThis course exposes students to selected current trends in edgecuttingresearch areas in (bio)statistics. The topics will varyaccording to the expertise and interests of staff and visitors.STAT 7010 Modern Experimental Designs (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructorThis course serves postgraduate students from different disciplines.The theory and method of experimental design will be introduced.Applications of the methods to students’ research are emphasized.STAT 7020 Monte Carlo and Quasi-Monte Carlo (3,3,0)MethodsPrerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructorMonte Carlo and quasi-Monte Carlo methods are valuable toolsfor solving multidimensional integration, optimization, and otherproblems. This course covers the generation of (pseudo-) randomnumbers and quasi-random numbers. Theoretical and practicalaspects of Monte Carlo and quasi-Monte Carlo methods fordifferent classes of problems are also explained.STAT 7030 Special Topics in Statistics (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructorThis course exposes postgraduate students to selected currentresearch areas in statistics. The topics will vary according to theexpertise and interests of staff and visitors.STAT 7040 Generalized Multivariate Analysis (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructorThis course provides a comprehensive theory and methods ofmodern multivariate analysis in non-normal population and inlarge number of variables. The course stresses the theory ofelliptical distributions also.STAT 7050 Asymptotics in Statistics (3,3,0)Prerequisite: Postgraduate standing or consent of instructorAsymptotic theory in statistics is very important as for vastmajority of statistics it is not possible, especially in nonparametricsettings, to derive sampling distributions and limiting distributionsare then of great help in statistical inference and estimation.Thus, this course equips students with a sound asymptotic theoryand some new re-sampling methods to approximate samplingdistributions.TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): (3,3,0) (E)Principles and MethodsThis is an introduction to the basic approaches to, and problemsin, translating. Various aspects of the art and profession oftranslating will be highlighted and disucssed. Students willacquire knowledge and skills for translating and multi-lingualwork. This course is open to Translation majors only.TRA 1120 Introduction to Translation (3,3,*)Translating is an excellent way to try life in another language.This course aims to give students hands-on experience and achance to find out more about translating. Through a range ofdifferent learning activities, students will be introduced to basictranslation concepts and approaches to develop their abilityto translate a variety of texts between Chinese and English.Different aspects of translation as both art and profession will bediscussed to enable students to identify problems in translating,develop appropriate strategies, reflect critically on their strategies,and enhance their awareness of the dynamics of communicationacross languages.TRA 1141-2 Practical Translation I & II (3,3,0) (E)These are practice-oriented courses. Students are requiredto translate simple texts from English into Chinese and fromChinese into English. These texts are taken from a variety ofsources including newspapers, magazines, legal and governmentdocuments, stage scripts and film subtitles, literary works andothers. Each piece of work will be marked, and the correctionsand comments used as basis for class discussion. Students are alsoencouraged to reflect on their translation experience in relation totranslation theories with the help of the instructor. This course isopen to Translation majors only.TRA 1150 Translation Knowledge (3): (3,3,0) (E)Contrastive Language Studies:English and ChineseThis course enables students to appreciate language differencesand similarities between English and Chinese. It discussesEnglish-Chinese contrasts in grammar and lexicon. Uponcompleting the course, students will be able to perform contrastiveanalyses, and demonstrate enhanced competence and skills incoping with language problems in translation.TRA 1160 Translation Knowledge (4): (3,3,0) (E)Research for Translation StudiesThis course is designed to introduce students to differentmethodologies commonly used in the study of translation. Ithelps students design and conduct research and report on theirresearch findings. Various rhetorical structures will be introducedso students would learn how to make critical and creative use ofdifferent genres for their own research. Students will be equippedwith both the content knowledge regarding research methodspertinent to translation studies and also the linguistic tools toexpress themselves in a scholarly manner. Above all, students willlearn to develop independent critical thinking. This course is opento Translation majors only.TRA 1170 Translation Knowledge (2): (3,3,0) (E)Linguistics for TranslatorsThis course provides students with basic knowledge of linguistics.Emphasis is put on those aspects of linguistics that are closely

elated to translating. Examples from both English and Chineseare used for illustration. Upon completing the course, studentswill be able to demonstrate enhanced competence and skills inlanguage analysis, especially in the examination and analysis oftranslation problems from a linguistic point of view.TRA 1180 Communication and Translation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis course is designed to sensitize students to the communicativeaspects of translating and creating texts in more than onelanguage. It aims to provide further exploration into the varioustopics regarding translating and inter-lingual work covered in TRA1110/TRA 1770. Through studying the basic knowledge offeredby current communication theories and language philosophiesrelevant to the interpretation of communicative acts, students willbe able to perceive translation problems from a broad perspective,and become aware of the entire complex process involved in acommunicative event when creating texts across languages.TRA 1190 Reading Chinese Literature in (3,3,0) (E)TranslationThis course provides an introduction to Chinese literature throughthe reading of English translations. It allows both Chinese andnon-Chinese readers to gain access to the world of Chineseliterature, and to become aware of the linguistic and literarytransformations in the process of translation. English translationsare selected from pre-Qin to contemporary writings. Studentswill first read the English translations of selected texts and thenconduct literary analysis.TRA 1310 Intercultural Theatre (3,3,0) (E)and Cultural TranslationThis course introduces the theatre to students. It enquires into thecultural specificity of human expression. The theatre providesthe best example for enquiry into the operation of language,body and space in the process of meaning-making. Students willdiscuss under guidance the culturally specific nature of variouscommunication channels. They will also be introduced to majorattempts in intercultural theatre by theatre makers includingAntonin Artaud, Jerzy Grotowski, Eugenio Barba, Augusto Boal,Robert Wilson and Robert Lepage. Students will be encouragedto examine the works by these theatre makers from differentdisciplinary perspectives including language, translation andtheatre studies, as well those of anthropology and sociology.Students will be asked to reflect on questions including: Whatcan we say with words and what can we say without words? Dopeople from different cultures use their bodies and relate to otherbodies in the same way? Can non-verbal language be translated?Can we sympathize with people from other cultures? In theprocess they will be expected to acquire a range of transferableskills from theatre practice to daily communications.TRA 1770 Principles and Techniques of (3,3,0) (E)TranslationThis is an introduction to the basic approaches to, and problemsin, translating. Various aspects of the art and profession totranslating will be highlighted and discussed. Students willacquire knowledge and skills for translating and inter-lingualwork, and learn to assess their own aptitude in these fields. Thiscourse is open to non-Translation majors only.TRA 1790 Translating across Media (3,2,1) (E)This course is designed to sensitize students to the interculturaland intertextual connections among texts. Students will read arange of inter-related texts such as translations and adaptations.These texts are selected from different genres and media includingliterature, films, pop songs, theatre and the visual arts. Withthe guidance of the instructor, they will explore how these textstranslate and transform, and what positions they occupy in thetarget cultures. Students will also conduct critical analyses ofthe relationship of some of the texts that share the same sourcematerials. This course is open to Translation majors and non-Translation majors.TRA 2140 Interpreting I (3,*,*) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis is a beginners’ orientation course in interpreting forTranslation students. There will be heavy emphasis on the orallanguage skills required for interpreting, such as expressingoneself effectively and confidently in public, speaking at highspeeds with clarity, and summarizing other people’s speeches.Students will then be introduced to the world of interpreting: theywill familiarize themselves with its principles and techniques, aswell as the demands involved. Elementary exercises in actualinterpreting will be provided towards the later part of the semester.TRA 2170 Interpreting II (3,*,*) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 2140 Interpreting I (with grade B or above)This course emphasizes competence in consecutive interpretingbetween English and Cantonese. It will cover the basic skills forinterpreting such as shadowing, sight-translation, summarizingand paraphrasing orally, memory drills, and note-taking forconsecutive interpreting.TRA 2180 English for Translators (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis language course introduces students to the styles of a rangeof genres. Students will be required to do extensive reading,conduct analyses of the structure and style of the readingmaterials, and produce texts of their own. The focus of theexercises will be the manipulation of grammar and lexis in thecreation of certain linguistic and discursive forces.TRA 2210 Translation Knowledge (6): (3,3,0) (E)Professional StudiesPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand MethodsThis course is specially designed to prepare students for aprofessional career in translating or multi-lingual communication.They will be sensitized to the demands of the clients and thechallenges of commissioned jobs. Emphasis will be placed on theknowledge, skills and professionalism required for functioning asmembers of the profession in the local and international markets.This course is open to Translation majors only.TRA 2240 Translation Knowledge (5): (3,3,0) (E)Culture and TranslationPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis course trains students’ sensibilities towards the culturaldimensions of translating by asking them to analyse and translatetexts that are rich in cultural elements. Students will learn toidentify and tackle problems of translation caused by culturaldifferences, cultural gaps, cultural focusing, cultural mismatches,and other cultural barriers. They will also become more consciousof the extra-textual forces influencing the way they translate andlearn to negotiate with those forces. Upon completion of thiscourse, they will appreciate better their role and responsibility as acultural mediator.TRA 2260 Drama Translation (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to introduce students to the exciting challenges,problems, and methods of translating drama, not only betweenlanguages and across cultures, but also from the page to the stage.Translations of plays of different genres and different schools ofwriting will be compared and analysed, with special emphasis onthe strategies of translating and the theoretical issues involved indrama translation. Students will be asked to take a few elementarylessons in voice training, attend play reading or performances of533Course Descriptions

534Course Descriptionsplays in translation, write reviews of these productions, translateexcerpts of plays for presentation (English into Chinese and viceversa), and comment critically on each other’s work during playreadingsessions. By learning to exercise their ears, eyes and voice,i.e. aspects of their faculties that would often be allowed to remaindormant during written translation, students should be able todevelop more fully their sensibilities towards language.TRA 2270 Media Translation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis is a specialized translation course with a focus on operationsinvolving texts related to the media (such as newspapers,magazines, radio, television, cinema, and public relationsliterature). Emphasis will be placed on the knowledge, skills andprofessionalism required for serving clients in those fields in localand international markets. There will be extensive practice intranslating and creating bilingual versions of media texts.TRA 2290 Practical Translation III (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand MethodsThis is a practice-oriented course at a more sophisticatedlevel. Students are required to translate texts of some length,by commission whenever possible, on an individual basis or ingroups. Students will, under guidance, translate, edit and revisetheir own translations to satisfy the requirement of their clients,real or imagined, for quality performance. This course is open toTranslation majors only.TRA 3180 Interpreting III (3,*,*) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 2170 Interpreting IITRA 3190 Interpreting IV (3,*,*) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 3180 Interpreting IIIThese two courses are a continuation of TRA 2170 InterpretingII. Students will receive more advanced training in consecutiveinterpreting, and will be required to reflect on their owninterpreting experience. Students will also have the opportunitiesto observe professional interpreters working in different socialcontexts such as Legislative Council meetings. Students areencouraged to analyse problems and solutions in professionalinterpreting. Some training in Cantonese-English and Putonghua-English simultaneous interpreting will be provided.TRA 3210 Translation Knowledge (9): (3,3,0) (E)Appreciation, Criticism and EvaluationPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand MethodsThis course deals with the following issues: criteria of translationcriticism, validity of established criteria, age-old conflicts betweendifferent sets of criteria, the impact of descriptive translationstudies on translation criticism, translation product vs translationprocess, etc. These issues will be examined with reference to arange of translated texts taken from different fields, e.g. technical,commercial and literary. Students will be encouraged to applytranslation theories in their reading of translated texts. Thiscourse is open to Translation majors only.TRA 3230 Gender and Translation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Priniciples andTechniques of TranslationThis course adopts an inter-disciplinary approach to studythe issues related to gender and translation studies. It beginswith explanations of what constitute gendered discourse andan analysis of how gender is constructed through language.Different authentic texts such as political speeches, legislation,legal proceedings and literary works will be used to illustrate andexamine the issues being discussed. Feminist and non-feministperspectives of translation will be examined in relation to thediscourse analysis of selected texts.TRA 3240 Translation Knowledge (8): (3,3,0) (E)Theories and Philosophies IIPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand MethodsThis course trains translation majors to engage critically withsome of the most important and influential translation theoriesthat have emerged in the West since the mid-20th century.Discussion of each theory will focus on the following topics:What are the main theoretical concepts of this theory? Whatexactly do these concepts mean? How are these concepts relatedto one another? How and in what ways do they serve as buildingblocks of the theory being studied? What is the relation betweentheory and practice? What is the relation between theory, practice,and the ethics of translation? What can a translator learn fromthe theory being discussed? Through constant attention to thesequestions, students should develop greater self-consciousnessabout how they translate, and can explain with greater confidencewhy they translate in a particular manner, and thus obtain the keyto effective self-empowerment. This course is open to Translationmajors only.TRA 3250 Translation of Scientific and (3,3,0) (E)Technological TextsPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis is a specialized practical translation course, with a focuson scientific and technological materials. After discussing thegeneral principles and methods of specialized translation, studentswill have the opportunity to translate various scientific andtechnological texts. Upon completing the course, students will bebetter equipped to translate materials in these areas.TRA 3260 Special Topics in Translation (3,3,0)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis course is an in-depth study of selected themes and issues intranslation and translation studies.TRA 3280 Tranlsation Knowledge (7): (3,3,0) (E)Theories and Philosophies IPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand MethodsThis course familiarizes students with the various views andideas on translation that have appeared in history, both Chineseand Western. It covers some of the most important historicalas well as contemporary figures and events within the Chineseand Western traditions of translation. Students are encouragedto reflect on past and present theories and philosophies oftranslation, build up for themselves a historical data-bank abouttranslation scholarship, and thus construct a basis on which todevelop their own thoughts and ideas about the art and professionof translation, and about how they can best formulate strategiesto tackle translation in their daily practices. This course is open toTranslation majors only.TRA 3591-2 Honours Project (3,0,0)This is a year-long project which will engage students in theproduction of an extended piece of translation. The text to betranslated will be either English into Chinese or Chinese intoEnglish, generally between 10,000 and 12,000 words/charactersin the source language. Along with the translation, students willsubmit an introductory essay which will give the rationale for theselection of the text for translation, and provide an analysis of thesource text as well as a discussion of the problems encounteredduring the process of translating, and the approaches andstrategies used for handling these problems. This course is opento Translation majors only.

TRA 3630 Legal and Government (3,3,0) (E)Document TranslationPrerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis course is designed to develop students’ ability in analysingand translating legal and government documents. It willfamiliarize students with the existing genres of these documents inthe linguistic context of Hong Kong and also equip students withthe research skills of a professional translator so they will be ableto keep up with current practice.TRA 3650 Literary Translation (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRA 1110 Translation Knowledge (1): Principlesand Methods or TRA 1770 Principles andTechniques of TranslationThis course aims to train students to translate both English andChinese literary texts of different genres and from differentperiods. It begins with an introduction to the basic conceptsof literary translation. Students will learn the techniques ofstylistic and thematic analysis in order to appreciate fully thesophistication of the texts they will be asked to read and translate.Existing translations of a few texts, studied in detail, will help toacquaint students with the art of literary translation. Studentswill put their knowledge into practice through the completion oftranslation assignments and in-depth discussion of their work.When they have familiarized themselves with the conventionalapproach to literary translation, they will be introduced to theimpact of recent translation theories on literary translation.TRA 7010 Western Translation Theory (3,3,1)This course discusses some of the most important historical aswell as contemporary ideas on translation within the Westerntradition of translation theory. Building on the basic knowledgeabout translation which students may have already acquired fromtheir undergraduate studies, the course focuses on translationtheory at a more sophisticated and advanced level. Students areencouraged to think critically about translation issues and discussexisting theories and models, so that they may develop their ownviews on translation. This course works in tandem with TRA7020 Chinese Discourse on Translation.TRA 7020 Chinese Discourse on Translation (3,3,0)This course is designed to acquaint students with the views andideas on translation that have emerged in China, from earliesttimes to the present day. Through the reading of primary textsand the analysis of these texts in their historical contexts, studentsare encouraged to develop a sense of the Chinese tradition ofdiscourse on translation, identify its distinctive features, examineimportant moments of disruption and dynamic growth, andreflect critically on the contemporary relevance of such a heritage.The use of the term “discourse” in the subject title is deliberate.The purpose is to invite questions on why the term “theory”is not used, and thus to provoke discussions on the theoreticaldifferences between the concept of “discourse” and that of “theory”.The course works in tandem with TRA 7010 Western TranslationTheory to provide students with a sound foundation upon whichto conduct comparative studies and to develop their own thinkingabout translation and intercultural exchange.TRA 7030 Essential Reading in Translation (3,3,0)StudiesThis course engages students in research reading in order tobroaden their vision of translation and translation theory.Emphasis is placed on major contemporary works on translationtheory published in the English language. Through guidedreading and in-depth discussion, students should be able to betterunderstand and appreciate some of the most influential translationtheories and approaches in the modern translation studies field,and develop their own thinking about translation studies.TRA 7040 Research Methodology (3,3,0)This course is designed to engage students in choosing, designingand applying research methods that are commonly used intranslation and bilingual communication studies. Students areencouraged to conduct reflections on these methodologies. Inaddition, they are trained to acquire the skills necessary for thewriting of research reports for academic and/or professionalpurposes.TRA 7050-60 Translation Seminars I & II (3,3,0)This course provides a platform for discussion and dialogueamong postgraduate students, research supervisors and colleaguesin the field of translation studies. Seminars are organized tofacilitate intellectual exchange and friendly debates in orderto further invigorate the pursuit of knowledge and ideas intranslation. Students are encouraged to engage critically withtopics in a wide range of domains including translation theory,translation history, translation practice, translation criticism, therelation between translation and bilingual communication, andothers. In addition to giving seminar presentations, studentsget the opportunity to attend the seminars held at the Centre forTranslation of HKBU. These seminars, each of which lasts for anhour, followed by an hour of discussion, offer a good introductionto the latest landmarks in the field.TRA 7070 Methods and Strategies of Translation (3,3,0)(E–C and C–E)This is a practical course. It is designed to familiarize studentswith the various methods and principles of translation. Thedifferent considerations in translating texts of different genresfor different purposes will be highlighted. Practical exercises aretaken from a variety of sources including newspapers, magazines,legal and government documents, stage scripts and film subtitles,literary works and others. Students will be required to reflect ontheir own experience of translating these texts and formulate theirown strategies in order to prepare themselves for professionalpractice.TRA 7080 Bilingual Communication: Style, (3,3,0)Rhetoric and DeliveryThis course is practical in orientation. It is designed to sensitizestudents to the intricacies of the English and the Chineselanguages in use in different situations, and to help studentsaccomplish stylistic manoeuvres in acts of communication.Students will be required to read up, write about and speak on anextensive range of topics so that they will become familiar with a widerange of genres. Special attention will be given to the cultivationof writing styles, application of rhetoric and ways of delivery inboth written and spoken communication. Linguistic and culturalcontrasts in the use of English and Chinese will be highlighted.Speech Act Theory and other current communication theories willbe used to help students better understand what takes place in theact of communication.TRA 7090 Bilingual Presentation: Adaptation (3,3,0)and RewritingThis course is practical in orientation. It is designed to helpstudents produce texts by using materials effectively in crosslingualsituations, i.e. to produce texts in English using Chinesesource materials and vice versa. Exercises will cover a wide rangeof genres and areas including news, entertainment, informationtechnology, science, business and others. Focus will be placedon the skills of contextual interpretation of materials, conciseexpression of ideas, accurate translation of terminology, effectivemanagement of information and good communication. Studentswill learn to handle information in a discriminating and targetorientedmanner. They will be given help to improve theirlanguage skills in both English and Chinese. They will also bealerted to the importance of presenting and packaging informationin attractive ways. Special attention will be given to culturalsensitivity in handling information in cross-cultural situations.TRA 7100 Bilingual Writing for Creative (3,3,0)IndustriesThis course is designed to help students cope with the increasingdemand for bilingual writers for the creative industries. Studentswill be introduced to the various creative industries such as535Course Descriptions

536Course Descriptionsadvertising, publishing, broadcasting, performing and fine arts,film making and antique dealing. They will learn to conductresearch on these areas, and to appreciate the conventions andrequirements of writing for the creative industries in English andin Chinese. Students’ attention will also be drawn to culturallyand politically sensitive issues relating to creativity and culture inthe context of Hong Kong.TRA 7110 Master Classes in Translation (3,3,0)This course is designed to provide students with more advancedpractical knowledge in translation. Each semester, establishedpractitioners in specific fields of translation will be invited togive classes. These fields include literary translation, dramatranslation, media translation, legal translation, financetranslation, translation of Chinese medicine and others. Thesepractitioners will share their skills and experience with thestudents. They will also offer diagnosis of individual students’performance. In the course of discussion, certain aspects of thetranslation process will be highlighted and some preconceivednotions of translation problematized.TRA 7121-2 Dissertation/Project (3,3,0)This course spans two semesters. Students in the ResearchStream will produce an extended piece of translation or bilingualwriting, or a dissertation. Students in the Practical Stream willproduce an extend piece of translation or bilingual writing.Translation projects should be from English into Chinese or viceversa. Bilingual writing projects require output in both Chineseand English. Dissertations can be in either English or Chinese,depending on the research topics. The length of the dissertation/project should normally be between the lower limit of 12,000words/characters and the upper limit of 16,000 words/characters,although greater flexibility is allowed under special circumstances.Students will receive individual supervision.TRA 7130 Gender Issues in Translation (3,3,0)This course is designed to introduce students to gender issuesinvolved in translation. It covers topics including genderconstruction, gender politics, gendered discourse and genderedlanguage. Students will discuss how these issues would affecttranslation strategies adopted by individual translators. Theywill also examine Chinese translations of key terms in genderstudies (“gender discourse”, “gendered discourse”, for example)and analyse the theoretical and ideological implications of thesetranslations. An interdisciplinary approach is adopted.TRA 7140 Corpus-Based Approach to Translation (3,3,0)This course is designed to introduce students to the applicationof corpora to the practice of and research on translation. It helpsstudents to design, conduct research and report research findingsusing the corpora approach.TRA 7150 Translation Theory: A Comparative (3,3,0)ApproachThis course helps students acquire an in-depth view of translationtheory from a comparative perspective. It examines Westernthinking about translation in comparison with Chinese discourseon translation. It investigates and analyses some of the majorareas where Chinese and Western discourses on translation aresimilar to or different from each other. Through discussion ofthese similarities and differences, as well as the socio-culturalcontexts under which they are found, students will learn toapproach such fundamental issues as the nature, principles andmethods of translation with enhanced skills and a broadenedvision.TRA 7160 Patronage and Translation of (3,3,0)Christian TractsThis course is designed to introduce students to a lesser-known,yet hugely influential, Protestant institution—the Religious TractSociety, London (founded in 1799)—which played a predominantrole in sponsoring the global enterprise of translating Christiantracts in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. TheSubject aims to scrutinize the role of institutional patronage inthe translation of Christian tracts into Chinese. In particular, itexamines the policies of tract societies which had a significantimpact on of the selection of texts for translation and onideological censorship. Also explored in depth will be the issuessurrounding the transplantation of RTS ideology onto Chinesesoil, and the institution-individual power relations in the processof cross-cultural translation activity.TRA 7170 Introduction to Interpreting (3,3,0)This course aims to enable students to develop the basic skills ofconsecutive interpreting. Through interpreting practice and otherlearning activities, students will be introduced to basic interpretingconcepts and techniques.TRA 7180 Advanced English for Translators (3,3,0)This course aims to give students a firmer grasp of key aspects ofEnglish grammar, text-structure and stylistics, as appropriate forthose in the translation field. Mainly English-language materialwill be used, but a certain amount of Chinese material will beintroduced (for instance in the form of translation exercises), inkeeping with the ultimate objective of the course, which is toprovide students with a greater sophistication and sensitivity whenencountering and using English in their translation work.TRA 7510 Required Readings for Translation (3,0,0)StudiesThe supervisor and the student will be required to work outa reading list to cover the areas of translation pertaining tothe student’s research area. The list will be submitted to thedepartment for record.TRAN 1005 Introduction to Translation (3,3,0) (E)Translating is an excellent way to try life in another language.This course aims to give students hands-on experience and achance to find out more about translating. Through a range ofdifferent learning activities, students will be introduced to basictranslation concepts and approaches to help them develop theability to translate a variety of texts between Chinese and English.Different aspects of translation as both art and profession will bediscussed to enable students to identify problems in translating,develop appropriate strategies, reflect critically on their strategies,and enhance their awareness of the dynamics of communicationacross languages.TRAN 1006 Principles and Techniques of (3,3,0)TranslationThis course aims to enable students to understand the basicapproaches to, and problems in, translating. Various aspectsof the art and profession of translating will be highlightedand discussed. Students will acquire knowledge and skills fortranslating and inter-lingual work, and learn to assess their ownaptitude in these fields.TRAN 2005 Principles and Methods of (3,3,0) (E)TranslationThis course aims to enable students to understand the basicapproaches to, and problems in, translating. Various aspectsof the art and profession of translating will be highlighted anddiscussed. Students will acquire key knowledge and skills fortranslating and multilingual work.TRAN 2006 Linguistics for Translators (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to provide students with basic knowledge oflinguistics. Emphasis is put on those aspects of linguistics that areclosely related to translating. Examples from both English andChinese are used for illustration. Upon completing the course,students will be able to demonstrate enhanced competence andskills in language analysis, especially in the examination andanalysis of translation problems from a linguistic point of view.

TRAN 2007 Research Methods for (3,3,0) (E)Translation StudiesThis course provides elementary training for students tounderstand and explore how different research methodologies canbe applied in the study of translation. It aims at helping studentsdesign and conduct research and report research findings. Variousrhetorical structures will be introduced so students would learnhow to make critical and creative use of different genres for theirown research.TRAN 2008 Practical Translation I (3,3,0) (E)These courses, spanning Semester I and Semester II, give studentstheir first experience of translation under guidance. Studentsare required to translate texts from a range of text types; they areexpected to apply the translation knowledge acquired from othertranslation and language courses in practical exercises.TRAN 2009 Practical Translation II (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: TRAN 2008 Practical Translation IThese courses, spanning Semester I and Semester II, give studentstheir first experience of translation under guidance. Studentsare required to translate texts from a range of text types; they areexpected to apply the translation knowledge acquired from othertranslation and language courses in practical exercises.TRAN 2015 Communication and Translation (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to enhance students’ awareness of translationas an act of human communication, both spoken and written.Through a study of the spoken and written complexities ofEnglish, students will be able to strengthen their foundation forthe use of language, and appreciate good language use. Thiswill enable students to become more aware of the intricateprocess involved in bilingual communication and hence perceivetranslation from a more sophisticated perspective.TRAN 2016 English for Translators II: (3,3,0)Written GenresThis course aims to develop students’ critical awareness ofstyle and conventional usage in selected non-literary genres ofwriting, and to enhance their ability to analyse such genres usingappropriate methods of stylistic analysis. Its objective is to equipstudents with the means to better understand English writtengenres encountered in their translation work, and to produceidiomatic English texts and translations by applying appropriategenre conventions.TRAN 2017 Reading Chinese Literature in (3,3,0) (E)TranslationThis course provides an introduction to Chinese literature throughthe reading of English translations. It allows both Chinese andnon-Chinese readers to gain access to the world of Chineseliterature, and to become aware of the linguistic and literarytransformations in the process of translation. English translationsare selected from pre-Qin to contemporary writings. Studentswill first read the English translations of selected texts and thenconduct literary analysis.TRAN 2025 Translating across Media (3,3,0)This course is designed to sensitize students to the interculturaland intertextual connections among texts. They will be guidedto reflect on different relationships between texts and how ideaschange as they are adapted across cultures, languages and media.TRAN 2026 Contrastive Language Studies: (3,3,0) (E)English and ChineseThis course aims to enable students to appreciate languagedifferences and similarities between English and Chinese. Itdiscusses English-Chinese contrasts in grammar and lexicon.Upon completing the course, students will be able to performcontrastive analyses, and demonstrate enhanced competence andskills in coping with language problems in translationTRAN 3005 English for Translators I: (3,3,0)Grammar, Structure and StyleThis course aims to give a grounding in key aspects of Englishgrammar, text-structure and stylistics, as appropriate for those inthe translation field. The focus is mainly on English-languagematerial, however a certain amount of Chinese material is alsointroduced (for instance in the form of translation exercises), inkeeping with the ultimate objective of the course, which is toprovide students with a greater sophistication and sensitivity whenencountering and using English in their translation work.TRAN 3006 Interpreting I (4,2,2)This is a beginners’ course in interpreting. It focuses on theoral language skills required for interpreting, such as expressingoneself effectively and confidently in public, speaking with clarity,and summarizing other people’s speeches.TRAN 3007 Culture and Translation (3,3,0)This course introduces students to the relation between cultureand translation. It helps students develop an awareness of thecultural dimensions of translating by studying texts that are rich incultural elements, and the translations of these texts. It highlightshow extra-textual forces such as ideology can influence the waya text is translated and how a translator has to learn to negotiatewith those forces. Upon completion of this course, studentswill appreciate better their role and responsibility as a culturalmediator.TRAN 3015 Practical Translation III (3,3,0)Prerequisite: TRAN 2009 Practical Translation IIThis is a practice-oriented course at an advance level. Studentsare required to translate texts of some length, by commissionwhenever possible, on an individual basis or in groups. Studentswill, under guidance, translate, edit and revise their owntranslations to satisfy the requirement of their clients, real orimagined, for quality performance.TRAN 3016 Professional Studies (3,3,0)This course is specially designed to prepare students for aprofessional career in translating or multi-lingual communication.It aims to raise the awareness of the students to the differentdemands of the clients and the challenges of commissionedjobs. Emphasis will be placed on the knowledge, skills andprofessionalism required for functioning as memeber of theprofession in the local and international markets.TRAN 3017 Drama Translation (3,3,0)This course aims to introduce students to the exciting challenges,problems, and methods of translating drama, not only betweenlanguages and across cultures, but also from the page to the stage.TRAN 3025 Interpreting II (3,*,*)Prerequisite: TRAN 3006 Interpreting IThis course emphasizes competence in consecutive interpretingbetween English and Cantonese/Putonghua. It covers thebasic skills for interpreting such as shadowing, sight-translation,summarizing and paraphrasing orally, memory drills, note-takingfor interpreting and consecutive interpreting.TRAN 3026 Media Translation (3,3,0) (E)This course aims to enable students to be familiar with theoperations involving texts related to the media such as newspapers,magazines, radio, television, cinema, and public relationsliterature. Emphasis will be placed on the knowledge, skills andprofessionalism required for serving clients in those fields in localand international markets. There will be extensive practice inproducing translations and bilingual versions of media texts.TRAN 4005 Theories and Philosophies I (3,3,0)This course introduces to students the various views and ideas ontranslation that have emerged within the Chinese and Westerntraditions of translation. It encourages students to reflect on pastand present theories and philosophies of translation, build up for537Course Descriptions

538Course Descriptionsthemselves a historical data-bank about translation scholarship,and thus construct a basis on which to develop their own thoughtsand ideas about the art and profession of translation, and abouthow they can best formulate strategies to tackle translation in theirdaily practices.TRAN 4006 Theories and Philosophies II (3,3,0)This course aims to train translation majors to engage criticallywith some of the most important and influential translationtheories that have emerged in the West since the mid twentiethcentury. It studies and interrogates the use and usefulness oftranslation theory by focusing on how theory informs practiceand how practice, in turn, can necessitate a radical re-examinationof theory. Students will become aware of research possibilitiesopened up by the theories they have studied and develop greaterawareness of how they translate; they can explain with greaterconfidence why they translate in a particular manner, and thusobtain the key to effective self-empowerment.TRAN 4007 Appreciation, Criticism and (3,3,0)EvaluationThis course aims to help students think critically about the issuesinvolved in translation criticism. Students will be introduced tothe principles and ethics of criticism, and a range of methods andmodels of translation criticism.TRAN 4008-9 Placement Portfolio I & II (3,3,0)This course is a substantial internship of upto one year whichprovides students practical experience working in translation ormulti-lingual communication related industries. It aims to raisethe awareness of students to the different demands of the clientsand the challenges of professional jobs. Emphasis is placed onstudents’ ability to transfer their academic knowledge and skills tothe professions in the local and international markets.TRAN 4015 Gender and Translation (3,3,0)This course adopts an interdisciplinary approach to issues relatedto gender and translation studies. It aims at helping students todevelop a good awareness of gender politics in translation, and ofthe power-play in gender politics in general.TRAN 4016 Interpreting III (3,*,*)Prerequisite: TRAN 3025 Interpreting IIThese courses are a continuation of Interpreting I & II. Studentswill receive more advanced training in consecutive interpretingcompetence, and will be required to reflect on their owninterpreting experience. Students will also have the opportunitiesto observe professional interpreters working in different socialcontexts such as Legislative Council meetings. Students areencouraged to analyse problems and solutions in professionalinterpreting.TRAN 4017 Interpreting IV (3,*,*)Prerequisite: TRAN 4016 Interpreting IIIThese courses are a continuation of Interpreting I & II. Studentswill receive more advanced training in consecutive interpretingcompetence, and will be required to reflect on their owninterpreting experience. Students will also have the opportunitiesto observe professional interpreters working in different socialcontexts such as Legislative Council meetings. Students areencouraged to analyse problems and solutions in professionalinterpreting.TRAN 4025 Legal and Government (3,3,0)Document TranslationThis course is designed to develop students’ ability in analysingand translating legal and government documents. It willfamiliarize students with the existing genres of these documents inthe linguistic context of Hong Kong and also equip students withthe research skills of legal translator so they will be able to keepup with the new development of the market.TRAN 4026 Literary Translation (3,3,0)This course aims to train students to appreciate translations ofboth English and Chinese literary texts of different genres andfrom different periods, and to gain some experience of literarytranslation. It begins with an introduction to the conventionalapproach to literary translation. Students will acquire thetechniques of stylistic and thematic analysis. Existing translationsof a few literary texts will be discussed to help acquaint studentswith the art of literary translation. Students will learn to put theirknowledge into practice through the completion of translationassignments and in-depth discussion of their work. When theyhave familiarised themselves with the conventional approach toliterary translation, they will be introduced to the impact of recentdevelopments in translation studies on literary translation.TRAN 4027 Special Topic(s) in Translation (3,3,0)This course is an in-depth study of selected themes and theoreticalissues in translation and translation studies. These may includesuch topics as “Nida on Translation”, “Newmark on Translation”,“Computer-aided Translation”, “Corpus and Translation”,“Literary Translation and Translated Literature” and “CulturalIssues in Translation”. The content of the themes and issues mayvary from time to time, depending on student interests.TRAN 4035 Translation of Scientific and (3,3,0)Technological TextsThis is a specialized practical translation course, with a focuson scientific and technological materials. After discussing thegeneral principles and methods of specialised translation, studentswill have the opportunity to translate texts chosen from suchareas as computer science, health science, environmental science,medical science, social science, electronic engineering, and geneticengineering.TRAN 4898-9 Honours Project (3,3,0)This is a year-long course which will engage students in theproduction of an extended piece of translation. The text to betranslated will be from English into Chinese or from Chinese intoEnglish, generally between 10,000 and 12,000 words/charactersin the source language. Along with the translation, students willsubmit an introductory essay which will give the rationale for theselection of the text for translation, and provide an analysis of thesource text as well as a discussion of the problems encounteredduring the process of translating, and the approaches andstrategies used for handling these problems.U.L. 1121-2 University Life (0,*,*)Workshops and activities in this programme aim to enhancestudents’ capabilities to face challenges and find solutions thatcome from academic or work environment. It consists of fourelements: U-Life Orientation Workshops, Co-curricular Learning,Academic Advising/Mentoring Sessions, and Academic IntegrityOnline Tutorial.ULIF 1008-9 University Life (0,*,*)Workshops and activities in this programme aim to enhancestudents’ capabilities to face challenges and find solutions thatcome from academic or work environment. It consists of threeelements: U-Life Orientation Workshops, Co-curricular Learning,Academic Advising/Mentoring Sessions, and Academic IntegrityOnline Tutorial. Details and dates of completion can be found athttp://www.hkbu.edu.hk/ge/ge-programme/ulife/.V.A. 1080 Introduction to Visual Arts I (3,4,0) (E)This course focuses on heightening students’ aesthetical andcultural awareness as well as facilitating them to developperceptual and conceptual abilities for visual arts practice.Through a series of integrated seminars, workshops and fieldstudies, students are expected to formulate critical feedback,

to articulate creative ideas and to propose individual creativeresponses in connection to a specified topic. From sensoryobservations to idea development, then to visualizing innovativethoughts, students will go through the comprehensive process ofcreative thinking and be ready to execute the creative ideas withappropriate media and problem solving skills in the up-comingstage of V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II.V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1080 Introduction to Visual Arts IThis course emphasizes on the organization and execution ofthe creative ideas which students developed in the course of V.A.1080 Introduction to Visual Arts I. Students have to (1) exploredifferent ways of categorizing the creative ideas from individuals;and (2) debate, negotiate and comprise on various possibilities ofartistic feedback and eventually come with a unanimous decisionfor a team project in response to the specified topic. In this secondstage of development, wide varieties of visual art forms coveringtwo-dimensional, three-dimensional and time-based media will beinvestigated and be experimented through a series of integratedseminars and hands-on workshops. Students are expected toemploy appropriate artistic skills and teamwork strategy toexecute the creative project for a final showcase.V.A. 1100 Major Themes in Arts of Asia (3,3,0)Instead of a survey in Asian art history, this course aims tointroduce students to comparative approaches to major themesin the arts of Asia: from gardens in Suzhou and Kyoto, tocontemporary architecture in Kuala Lumpur and Shanghai;from Japanese to Korean TV drama; from the sensibility ofcontemporary art in Taipei and Beijing, to the narratives of Indiantemples reliefs and Japanese mangas. It will also explore howarts in Asia are used to establish cultural identities, and createmarketable images within a globalized context.The course comprises a variety of classes including lectures,museum visits, web-based resources, case studies and teamworkingresearch projects to help you explore differences andsimilarities of the arts in Asia. A presentation of course work (visualanalysis, interpretative texts, PowerPoint presentations) will formthe assessable output.V.A. 1210 Introduction to Chinese Art (3,3,0) (E)Hong Kong visual arts students should have an appreciation ofChinese cultural heritage and the recent developments of Chinesevisual arts, not only to enrich their own artistic production, butalso to intellectually challenge them to organize knowledge gainedfrom the course and to use their analytical skill to explain Chinesevisual arts in the conditions that produced them.The course presents Chinese art as expression of materialculture, belief systems, politics, elitist emblem, self-cultivation,identity, community and changing worldviews. Structuring ina chronological and thematic manner, this course begins withLate Neolithic material cultures and ends with contemporaryartistic expressions. The broad survey provides students withknowledge and understanding of the cultural, social, and stylisticsignificances of Chinese visual arts under changing historicalconditions.V.A. 1220 Introduction to Western Art (3,3,0) (E)The aim of this course is to introduce students to the keydevelopments in the history of Western art. This theme-basedcourse will survey the production of art within the context of thesocial, cultural, and stylistic significances of art under changinghistorical, scientific and philosophical conditions. Each themewill be examined, in depth, over a two-session period and linkedwith theory to form a comprehensive analytical survey of thecanon of Western Art History and present connections with theeveryday lives of the students. The in-depth analysis of specificworks of visual art will broaden the knowledge of creativity andexplore issues of multi-cultural creation, belief, ideology andreception.By studying and understanding the developments and importanceof Western art and culture, students can inform their own practiceand compete as artists in a global setting with a greater clarity anddepth of knowledge. As the required parallel course to V.A. 1210Introduction to Chinese Art, the courses combine to synthesizeunderstanding of visual art from a global perspective.V.A. 1510 Introduction to Drawing (3,3,0)Drawing is a fundamental tool for art training as well as forall kinds of art practice. As preliminary sketch during thedevelopment of any art- or design-work or as an artistic mediumof its own right the ability to draw is essential throughout thescope of creative work.The learning of drawing is not only on technical skills. Thiscourse will also enable students to use drawing as means for visualexpression. Through experimental drawing studies students willacquire the experience of transforming a visual experience intoa two-dimensional creative work. They will go from realisticdrawing to works of self-expression.The course will include studies on form, proportion, spatialrelationship of objects and pictorial structure. Students shouldbe able to work critically and selectively to explore ways ofrepresentation. Various kinds of drawing media will be used andexplored in classes to broaden the scope of drawing expression.V.A. 1530 Introduction to Painting (3,3,0)This is a studio art course open to non-major students of all levelsas it is an introduction subject on painting for all beginners. Itintroduces students to the learning of methods, materials andskills in painting with emphasis on studio practice. Studentshave opportunity to learn the concepts of colour, compositionand value and familiarize with them through a series of homeassignments and class exercises. A solid foundation of practicalas well as technical approaches to painting is provided.Knowledge of art and art appreciation is an important componentof “whole person” training. This course also aims to open upstudents’ mind and vision on art through practical work as well asappreciation. Alongside with studio exercises for painting practiceand lectures given on art appreciation, critiques and tutorialsessions will also be scheduled for students to acquire in-depthunderstanding of painting in practice and theory.V.A. 1550 Chinese Art Studio (3,3,0)The aim of the course is to provide students who is supposed tohave no prior knowledge of Chinese painting with an elementaryyet substantial training of guohua, literally national painting. Thiswill be done with dual emphases on the techniques and artisticconcepts of xieyi (free hand) painting and Chinese calligraphy.The course will begin with a comparison between Chinese paintingand Western counterparts, which offers a basic understanding oftwo visually similar but intrinsically discrete arts. The second partof the course will examine the mode of expression of xieyi, whichis characterized by the improvisatory and spontaneous paintingtechnique with the bold and calligraphic brushwork. Focus willbe on the genre of bird-and-flower painting; to a lesser extent,animal and tree paintings. Students will learn how to reinterpretthe ancient models of Chinese painting, especially those of theYuan (1271–1368) and Ming (1368–1644) dynasty, with thecontemporary elements. This will be followed by an analysis ofChinese calligraphy. Li Shu, literally clerical script, which stressesparticularly on the symmetrical balance of each character, willbe the key of this part. Student will go through the primarytechnique of can tou yan yi (silkworm head and goose tail), andexamine abstract aesthetic of this ancient art form.The rationale to offer this level 1 course is to allow local studentsto understand their own national culture and build up their ownidentity through studying Chinese painting and calligraphy—ones of the cores in Chinese visual arts. In the bigger picture,training in Chinese painting is a radical departure from thepredominance of Western art, providing quite distinct artisticmeans for students to express themselves and unlike viewpointsto look at the world, regardless of those who are local, national orinternational. Besides, this course would make AVA’s art trainingmore conspicuous and significant in the light of the deficit ofcomparable training at the primary and secondary level of thelocal art education, even after the handover of 1997.539Course Descriptions

540Course DescriptionsV.A. 2060 Life Drawing (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesLife drawing is a means to strengthen the students’ power ofperception and observational skills. This class will concentrate onworking with life models. It starts from anatomy studies to form,proportion, spatial relationship of figure and pictorial structure.Drawing from human figures is a training to response to gesture,forms and movement, weight, and scale. Students should be ableto work critically and selectively to explore ways of representation.Various kinds of drawing media will be used and explored inclasses to broaden the scope of drawing expression. As this isa level II drawing class it aims at strengthening students’ skillsin drawing expressions mainly in forms, proportion, pictorialstructure, ways of representation, abstract and conceptualexpressions. These objectives will be explored through extensiveuse of study of the human figure with live models. This coursewill be beneficial for students who plan to pursue the study offigurative forms in drawing, painting, and sculpture.V.A. 2080 Space and Site (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesNext to “object” the central concept in three-dimensional visualarts is “space”. In opposite to objects however, the nature, essence,and the mode of existence of space, even the ultimate definitionof space are still debated. In this context “site” can be defined asspatial mark-making: by distinguishing a particular place withinspace through an intervention of any kind this location becomes asite.Space and Site is a course dedicated to concepts and techniquesnecessary for all those designers and artists who want to work withspace as a medium. It includes introductions to contemporaryspace-related theories and also some of the most importantspatial designs of the 20th and 21st centuries. It also familiarizesparticipants with planning tools such as technical drafting, modelmaking and virtual representations of space, as well as withthe basic principles of constructions. These acquired skills andknowledge will be practised in a number of small exercises andone medium-sized project at the scale of a city-furniture or smallarchitectural object.Upon completion of this course a participant will have the meansto develop and conceptualize his/her spatial ideas and presentthem adequately to an audience of professionals. Especiallystudents who would like to continue their studies into threedimensional subject areas like exhibition design, and installationwill benefit from this course.V.A. 2140 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot (3,4,0) (E)to Sculptural FormPrerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesClay is the most natural and primal element on earth. Its plasticitymakes it the most tactile hands-on material in artefact making,while its durability after firing retains a long history of ceramic artin almost all developed cultures. Ceramic artefacts, from shapingof clay to purposed glazing and firing, are completely individualmade,which allows artists to express themselves in this threedimensional medium. Therefore, ceramic art now is treated astraditional craft as well as contemporary art.This is a studio course designed to teach students the basichand-building and throwing techniques involved in constructingand surface decorating ceramic forms, from functional ware tosculpture. It creates a practical basis for addressing perceptual andaesthetic concerns as related to formal concepts such as balance,structure, continuity, texture and the spatial relationship betweenobjects. Students will be encouraged to develop their own meansof personal expression while working through assignments basedon different ceramic techniques and skills.By learning special hand-building and throwing techniques, andexploring the physical properties of clay as a hands-on creativematerial, this course enhances the ability of students to expresseloquently their ideas through three-dimensional representation,especially with the transformation to one single material. Startingfrom the aspect of function, students have to investigate thecultural significance of these functional wares, the relationship ofdetails and the functions, and also the connection of these objectformswith the makers and users. In addition to learning the skillsand process of making functional studio pottery, students willalso be taught for creating vessel-form as art form for aestheticexpression. This in the end conducts to non-functional sculpturalconcepts in clay using hand-building and various decoratingtechniques. Emphases will be put on the development ofconstruction skills and an understanding of form/space relation,surface treatment, and firing possibilities.V.A. 2200 From Liquid to Solid: The Art of (3,4,0) (E)Glass BlowingPrerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesGlass is known as solid-liquid, and is a highly versatile material.Glass is used in everyday life—in functional tableware and relatedproducts—or as a medium for fine art production. Glass advancesand enriches our life through science, architecture, interior design,everyday products and fine art expression. It is hard to imagineliving in a world without glass. Among the many ways of glassmaking, glass blowing is the most exciting method, and alsoa unique skill among art materials. Glass blowing introducesstudents to the most beautiful and functional way of designingobjects while expressing their own artistic ideas. Students willexplore the endless possibilities of hot glass, while increasing theirconfidence and accuracy required for craftsmanship.This course is an introduction to basic techniques of glassblowing as fundamental to glass art. It teaches many ways ofglass making from hot-shop techniques such as making paperweights,cups, vessels and hot sculptures, to cold-shop techniquessuch as grinding, polishing, engraving and sandblasting. Studentswill learn how to handle the punty and pipe to gather hot-liquidglass out from an 1180°C furnace. They will learn to makesolid sculptures with the punty, and to deliver breath throughthe pipe, to blow a bubble into a cup, a vessel, or a hollow formfor sculpture. Students will explore the potential of hot glass, toexpress their ideas/designs through the voice of hot-glass, andfinalize their products with cold-working techniques. Learningglass blowing will allow students to apply their knowledge indrawing, sculpture, installation and design, thus enabling abroader dimension of artistic expression, as well as activating theirimagination.V.A. 2210 Design for Hypermedia (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe Internet has become an important – if not the most important– channel of our media-based communication, and it makesgood sense for designers and artists to have the creative and alsotechnical skills to develop concepts for the hypermedia. TheWorld Wide Web is a classic and popular example of hypermedia.Accordingly the purpose of this course is to give an introductionto the Internet as an artistic medium and provide a foundation ofhistorical, cultural and technical knowledge related to Internet art.The core of the course will be developing students’ own artisticvoice using this particular way of communication. That includesthe examination of theory, history and practices of Internet artand related concepts of hypermedia, open source, connectivity,non-linear narrative and hacktivism. At the same time studentswill learn the basic technologies and design skills to publish theirartistic statements and concepts online.

V.A. 2230 Typography (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesTypography means selection, scaling and organizing letters ona blank page or screen. It is one of the designer’s most basicchallenges. Typography is the tool to communicate any kindof content. Based on the students’ prerequisite knowledge andexperience in design, they will further broaden their understandingof micro and macro typography, developing and using grids intypography, preparing data for the print process and using thePDF-format for publishing content online. Additionally, throughlectures, plus research and practice students will strengthen theirexpertise in design history and study the work of prominentdesigners in the field of graphic design. Basic design skills andfundamental knowledge of Adobe InDesign are expected.Typography is a core subject for many designers, especiallythose working in the graphic design field. Students must developtheir ability to find creative solutions in the field of visualcommunication while also developing new technical skills. Thiscourse concentrates on the usage of typography for printed mediaand media published online. Typography addresses issues thatare useful for all disciplines of visual arts—ranging from designpractices to fine arts. However, its principles are especially usefulfor information aesthetics, book design and exhibition design.V.A. 2240 Material Culture and Collections (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesMaterials are significant elements in our understanding of cultureboth in terms of our own identities and within the wider globalcontexts. This course will explore concepts and theories ofmaterial culture in reflecting upon the elements of culture, whichsurround and influence our daily lives. Examining the everydaycontext of material life through a variety of methods and theories,students will develop their skills of textual analysis and beequipped with theoretical frameworks in examining objects withinwider context of culture.From objects of personal significance to national treasure, andfrom consumer’s good circulated in global market to connoisseur’scurios, the analysis of material culture seeks to question meaning,value and intention. Through the discussions of what objectsmean to us, the course will further pose crucial questionsevaluating the historical, cultural and social significance of objects.Contextualising the entangled relations between people and thematerial objects, and studying things both within and externalto, environmental and cultural context, this course will engagestudents into critical debates of material culture, and extend theirunderstandings of creating and creativity in the contemporarysociety.Drawing theories from Art History, Museology, Art Anthropology,this course will include critical analysis of objects in a varietyof forms and mediums, such as painting, textile, buildings, andheritage sites. Based within themes of context, the course willanalyse issues of consumption, globalization, tourism, gender,tradition, value, belief, commerce and historical events. Thiscourse connects laterally across the disciplines of the AVAproviding the theoretical context for practice and creativity.V.A. 2320 Form and Function: (3,4,0) (E)Wheel-Thrown CeramicsPrerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesOne of the oldest and most important tools in the ceramics studiois the potters-wheel. The variety of vessel forms that can be madeon the potters-wheel is inexhaustible. Wheel-Thrown Ceramics isa studio course suitable for students wishing to learn the skill ofmaking vessels on the electric potters-wheel. A primary emphasiswill be placed on acquiring wheel-throwing skills and guidedpractice sessions will be preceded by frequent demonstrations ofwheel-throwing and glazing techniques. Conceptual and aestheticaspects of strong functional work will be examined along withthe historical development and uses of both Western and Asianutilitarian pottery. In addition to learning the skills and processof making functional studio pottery, students will also be taughttechniques for creating a small body of related functional vesselsthat reflect the students own unique style and personal expression.Like hand-building techniques, throwing is also a direct handsontechnique to work with clay but with the co-operation of amachine. Therefore, learning to throw on the potter’s wheelmeans to achieve a harmony in matching the tactility of handson clay with the speed of the spinning wheel. In the aspect offunction, students have to investigate the cultural significanceof these functional wares; the relationship of details and thefunctions, and also the connection of these object-forms with themakers and users.V.A. 2380 Sound: The Basics (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course aims to study sound beyond the common practiceof audio as supplementary and secondary to visuals. Studentswill un-learn sense of sight as their primary sense, and thus relearnmultiple meanings and interpretations of sound and itsrelations with visuals. Students will learn to use microphones andrecorder, and the skills of audio recording and editing techniques.On top of these technical craft, fundamentals of sound designform essential parts of the course. Principles of sound includingphysics of sound, auditory perception, awareness of acousticenvironment and different types of listening practices will also beintroduced.As a foundation course, it aims to raise students’ interests anddoubts in rethinking audio-visual relations. By stressing soundas an artistic and expressive medium in its own right, rather thanapproached as secondary to visuals, students learn to discoverimmense creative potentials of sound. Hence, students will beboth technically and intellectually ready to engage in furtherexperimentations of sonic creations in advanced courses exploringnovelty and possibilities of time-based media. Students will workon sonic creations or, sound design for moving image works (oftheir own or of their fellow classmates). This course also supportsstudents further explore sound in various media such as video art,installation art, hypermedia and interactive media.V.A. 2400 Graphics Storytelling (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual Artscourses“To be a person is to have a story to tell.”—Isak DinesenStorytelling is a fundamental element in many creative processes;comic art is a medium that best illustrates its importance througharrangement of visual elements and image-text interactions. Thiscourse aims to provide a platform for the students to specificallylook into the aesthetics of storytelling. It emphasizes on both thetraining of practical skills and the investigation of the language ofcomic and sequential illustrations.Through the introduction of theories by scholars and artists likeScott McCloud and Will Eisner, and the examination of the recentlocal independent comic art movement, students are providedwith a critical framework to read and understand comics in a newperspective. They will become able to analyze and appreciatelocal and international works within a specific social and culturalcontext.The course also take a look into the process of how abstractconcepts and fragmented ideas are transformed into concretemessage before it is delivered to the reader creatively. They arerequired to conduct research in various drawing styles basedon the discussion of storytelling methods as presented in MattMadden’s 99 Ways to Tell a Story.Besides, a series of studio workshop will be held to providepractical training in the areas such as story structure, scriptwriting,drafting, drawing, inking and the publishing process. Students willbe encouraged to experiment with various production methods,541Course Descriptions

542Course Descriptionsand to start developing their unique way of presentation as a firststep in becoming a professional illustrator or comic writer.V.A. 2410 Experimental Illustration (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesIllustration is a fundament subject in visual arts that provides basictraining in observation, integration and expression. Apart fromthe formal functions such as giving information and commentary,narration and persuasion, it allows artist to establish their ownartistic identity through manipulation of image and text in anexpressive way.This course aims to let students purely focus on the image-makingprocess. They are encouraged to experiment with different toolsand materials before they invent their new approach to createimage. The use of non-traditional tools could enhance theirproblem-solving skills since they will have to work with thelimitations of the tools. During the process, they will need toexplore and examine the specificity of the tools or medium in use.Such experience will help them to make decision and developtheir own strategy during the creative process in the future.Areas covered in the course will be: digital illustration, handmadegraphics, tactile illustration, graffiti and other nontraditionalimage-making methods such as paper cut-out, collageand stitching. Although the majority of the course is skill-basedtraining, the design assignment also requires students to learn howto articulate ideas and integrate different skills into a well-plannedcreative strategy.V.A. 2440 Interactive Art (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesContemporary artists have been experimenting with the use oftechnology to enable and orchestrate the participation of theaudience. Unfortunately, common studies of interactivity areoften focused on the technical implementation rather from thecritical and aesthetic viewpoints.This course introduces the foundation concepts and skills ofinteractivity employed in contemporary art and design. It aimsto go beyond the traditional discussion of interactive mediafrom either the media studies approach or the cognitive aspectof the human computer interaction (HCI) direction. Within thecurrent social and technological context, it provides a broaderinvestigation from the participatory and the performative natureof interaction with the focus of the human body as the main siteof interaction.Students in the course learn to create simple audio-visualmusical instruments that the artists and audience can performtogether. They also build game-like environments or devices thatparticipants can explore through their bodily interaction. Withinthis context the focus of the course lies more on the interactionprocess and experience rather than on the interface design.This course provides a broad coverage of the use of interactivityin different areas of contemporary art and design. Historicalreference will be drawn from a variety of sources such asliterature, theatre, information technology, social science, andarchitecture. The course will teach the use of the simple graphicalprogramming environment Pure Data that the students can useto experiment with interactive media content, without goingthrough a steep learning curve of mastering traditional text basedprogramming.V.A. 2490 Painting: Image and Interpretation (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course aims to introduce students to the full range ofmaterials and processes of painting. It provides opportunities forsubstantial skill development through extensive studio practiceof different genres including portrait, landscape, still life andabstraction. The course also consolidates the technical expertisein painting including the understanding of the material qualityof paint, the consideration of different painting supports, healthand safety issues as well as the efficiency of studio practice. Thecourse also puts emphasis on examining how ideas and images arerepresented and explore how they relate to individual expressionas well as social interpretation. Students will have opportunity toinvestigate the fundamental formal languages of painting throughdifferent exercises and will gain a solid understanding of theconnection between form and content. Studio practice will besupported by lectures and tutorials, which purpose to investigatethe debates surrounding the role of contemporary painting.Regular class discussions will also be held to examine the workof art by contemporary painters in terms of their cultural contextand stylistic concern. At the end of the course, students will beequipped with preparation skills to discuss in oral and writtenforms the conceptual and visual elements in their paintings.V.A. 2550 Small Metal Jewellery (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesMankind has developed personal decoration and ornaments forthousands of years. Jewellery has always been an expression andreflection of its epoch, its social structures and cultural standards.Since the past fifty years, jewellery is now no more the privilege ofthe wealthy, as the social structure of contemporary societies hasbroadened considerably, and allows the concept of jewellery to beunderstood far more universal. In a contemporary sense, jewelleryhas become a collective noun for body-related objects.This is an introductory course in jewellery making, with a focuson metalsmithing for small objects. It is designed to introducenon-ferrous metal as an expressive medium and to explore theunique properties it has to offer. Students will learn various waysof working metal, and how these techniques can be applied tothe creation of small metal objects. Emphasis will be put onhow these objects can be related to the human body. Basic 3Ddesign concepts will be used to demonstrate these possibilities.The students will be introduced to the contemporary viewsof jewellery, and begin to appreciate jewellery as an art form.Through studying this diversified art form, the students canbroaden their appreciation of the world around their body. Thestudents will develop a sense of scale, and will have an enhancedsensitivity in relating their work to the environment. They willalso practise thinking in 3D.V.A. 2560 Wearables (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesWearables are articles worn on the human body, enhancing agiven feature of the body or creating an entirely new interface forinteraction, thus extending the traditional function of clothinginto new artistic or functional areas. Accordingly the aim of thecourse is to interpret the human body as an interface for artisticexpression.The course offers an introduction to the broad scope of wearablesand covers basic techniques for designing, pattern making andpattern alteration such as square blocking, contour sectioningand pivoting, which enables learners to develop creative conceptsinto wearable designs. Building on to this foundation, throughstudio exercises, student research and studio practice the studentsare invited to explore various approaches, concepts and materialsfor the creation of wearables. This knowledge shall be appliedto design a set of wearable pieces or body extensions from thevery first design sketch to a finished prototype, taking in thecontemporary discourse on the topic.Wearables connect the three-dimensional design-area withdisciplines like theatre, film or performance art. Most obviousapplications are theatre-costumes, but wearable design-pieces thatare based on a particular view of the world or a particular spatialenvironment are rather common throughout the art- or designscene.

V.A. 2570 The Art of Chinese Calligraphy (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course consists of three parts: (1) study of the historicaland theoretical aspects of Chinese calligraphy; (2) the practicalstudy in basic brush techniques and styles of the major works inzhuanshu (seal script), lishu and kaishu (standardscript); and (3) a hands-on studio art project. The class will learnthe relevant brush techniques and calligraphic styles throughdemonstrations and guided practice. The course culminates inthe creative project where by students will treat calligraphy asa vehicle for self-expression, expressing ideas in terms of theirartworks’ style and verbal content.The course not only informs students about traditional Chineseculture, but also challenges them from academic and artisticperspectives. Students will develop independent thinking andproblem-solving skills and express creativity as part of the processfor creating calligraphic works. Additionally, they will study thehistorical and theoretical aspects of this fascinating art. Thiscourse is related to all other courses of Chinese art history,Chinese painting, Chinese calligraphy (e.g. semi-cursive script),seal engraving, typography, and graphic design in general.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.V.A. 2600 Arts of Asia (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe fundamental aim of this course is to provide students with abroad understanding of Asian art since the 19th century. Painting,sculpture, architecture, decorative arts and modern art from China,Japan, Korea, India, Southeast Asia as well as the Middle Eastwill be used to illustrate the diversity and uniqueness of visualart and culture in these places, and also the cultural interactionthrough which the production, trading and consumption of arttrigger. Whilst the course encourages students to investigate theindividual characteristics of visual arts of different countries andcultures, it attempts to enhance student’s understanding of thevisual arts in the scope of Asia.To understand any culture it is necessary to study the arts fromthat culture and how they interrelate with historical, geographical,religious and philosophical factors. The arts of Asia maketangible and visible the beliefs, which have guided the variouscivilizations of the continent. This course examines various artmovements in a number of key Asian regions as well as the artand cultural interaction amongst these regions.V.A. 2690 Drawing: Visual Thinking and (3,4,0) (E)ObservationPrerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesDrawing is the fundamental training for various visual artssubjects. It is a discipline that includes strategies for representingforms, movement and ideas through the mark-making medium.It is also a way to convey thoughts and beliefs through handand mind coordination. While transforming the experienceinto drawing, students will obtain new interpretations of visualexpressions, as the course focuses on strengthening students’visual perception and observation with the practice of traditionaland contemporary drawing approaches.This course aims to introduce drawing studies from formaland representational into unconventional image expression,and will advance all beginners to go from fundamental to moreexploration level. The course consists of three parts: the practiceof drawing fundamentals; the learning of basic visual languagesin drawing; and the re-interpretation of drawing from thefigurative, representational to the application of various mediaand alternative processes. There will be exercises on basic trainingthrough a series of assignments that stress on using drawing as amedium for visual thinking and observation. Students will drawfrom direct observation or imagination of still life, landscape, andthe human figure. Drawing media may include graphite, charcoal,ink, and collage, as well as watercolour and pastel.V.A. 2700 Visual Literacy in Chinese (3,4,0) (E)PaintingPrerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course provides comprehensive and fundamental trainingon guohua, literally translated as “national painting” or“Chinese painting”. It is primarily divided into two sections: (1)understanding of xieyi (free style), and (2) understanding of gongbi(fine-brush, or delicate style). Focuses are on the critical conceptsand ideas, conventional modes of expression and technical skillsof guohua in the ancient models. Students are expected to exploresuch models for reinterpreting and rejuvenating the traditionalform of guohua in the end of the semester.The rationale to offer this level II course is to allow students tounderstand one of the cores of Chinese arts—Chinese painting.Regarded as Hong Kong residents, art students are supposedto have sufficient art trainings in both Western and Chinesearts. However, Chinese art training has been in deficit in localeducational system even after the handover of 1997. Thus thiscourse is to provide relevant art trainings and cognitive knowledgefor students to capture the Chinese cultural narratives throughpractising Chinese painting.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.V.A. 2710 Chinese Word as Image: (3,4,0) (E)Foundational Studies in ChineseCalligraphy & Seal EngravingPrerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe centrality of using Chinese words as the major element inartistic expressions is a unique and prominent phenomenonin both Chinese and global visual culture from past to present.Chinese words, as evolved from pictographic representation tonon-representational character, is the fundamental medium forartistic expressions in the practices of a range of Chinese artforms including calligraphy, seal engraving and other craft arts.Whether brushed on paper or engraved in three-dimensionalobjects made of stone, bronze and any other penetrable material,the visual and artistic form of Chinese word interacts with thesubtlety of the linguistic aspect of Chinese language to produce arichly interdisciplinary artistic experience.This course consists of three parts: (1) the study of foundationalknowledge and theories pertinent to the material, tools, and thelinguistic skills involved in the practices of Chinese calligraphyand seal engraving; (2) the practical study of brush, engraving andcarving techniques, the compositional strategies of the strokes ofChinese characters and other relevant basic skills; and (3) a simplehands-on studio art project.The class will learn the skills of adopting different material,handling of tools and other basic techniques of Chinesecalligraphy and seal engraving through demonstrations and guidedpractice. The course culminates in a small-scale yet rewardingcreative project where by students will produce one piece ofartwork based on the application of their acquired concepts, toolsand skills.Students need to acquire the foundational tools and skills of thiscourse to nurture their understanding of Chinese cultural heritage.The foundational knowledge and experience offered by thiscourse are intended to cultivate a synergy with all other courses ofChinese and Asian art history, visual culture, Chinese calligraphy,seal engraving, Chinese painting, typography, Chinese language,and some aspects of sculpture.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.543Course Descriptions

544Course DescriptionsV.A. 2720 Looking through the Lens (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe world and its cultures are external before one looks deeply.As artists and as responsible citizens, ways of focused lookingwill help us to learn from, and benefit back to our society and theworld.This is a course on fundamental knowledge of lens-based media,including photography and moving image productions. Theessential foundations provided in this course are not merelytechnical craft but ways of inquisitive looking. Lookingis attentive and active while seeing is external and passive.Accordingly, supplementary to technical training, this course aimsat broadening students’ visual perceptions and sharpening theirsenses responding to the outside world. Students will explore andexperiment how photographers, moving image artists understand,capture and represent actuality. Technical workshops on colours,optical theories, camera movements, framing and operations willbe offered. Field work for practising skills of observation is animportant part of the course. Class assignments will enhancestudents’ ability to look into details both in aesthetic realm and incultural contexts.Students will be working on photography and video productionthat are essential craft for media artists in various fields and in across-disciplinary manner. This course serves as a foundation forworks of photography and moving image, interactive media withmoving and still content, spatial design, visual narrative, and videoinstallation. Students will be both technically and intellectuallyready to engage in further experimentations of lens-based mediacreations in advanced courses.V.A. 2730 Sculpture: Materials and Processes (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesWe live in a built environment. This environment is defined bydifferent structures and objects, and their spatial relationships. Inan effort to interpret our environment and to create new placesand forms, this course will explore through in and out of classprojects how structures and forms are built through an additiveprocess.This course is designed to bring to light different ways ofunderstanding how sculpture has been made, can be made andexplore new methods for the continuance of the discipline intoa contemporary context. This course not only looks at sculptureas an independent form but sculpture as an expanded disciplinethat reaches into many realms expanding our perception to threedimensional space and experience.This course explores the tools and techniques of additiveproduction and the capacities of the wood shop, metal shopand sculpture studio. A series of small projects designed tobuild students’ skill base in carpentry, metalworking and generalstructural challenges will be considered and applied. In addition,students are invited to incorporate projects from other AVAcourses or their individual studio practice into the course.V.A. 2740 Bodyscape (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesIn most art forms, the artist is either moving away from the humanform or closer to it. This fluctuation defines the need for furtherexploration of the body’s ability to communicate and produceform that can further define artistic expression.This course will explore the body as a landscape for appropriation.Students will look at the different techniques involved in usingthe human form as object and subject of their creative output.Students are to identify the human forms’ innate ability to beabstracted and appropriated for self-expression. Students willexplore the body in different mediums and processes fromtraditional to contemporary. There will be a focus on theconnections that can be made between the generation of form, thecreative process and the body as a performative object.V.A. 2770 Product Design (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesProduct design is a creative discipline, which combines art andtechnology, ideas and materials, to improve our daily lives, protectour health and create new opportunities for the industry. Thiscourse produces imaginative design ideas and solutions for smalland large-scale industrial production.The aim of this course is to provide knowledge and understandingof common and new materials used for designing new productsand objects. It also introduces basic processes and methods usedin industrial and product design manufacturing for these materials.Three different projects will be introduced to understand that theright choice of materials and processes is inseparably linked to thelook and performance of any product.This subject builds the foundation and hands-on experienceindispensable to any other 3D related courses.V.A. 2780 Writing in Art and Culture (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesWriting on and about visual art is an essential element of artisticpractice and has a multitude of uses from artist’s statementsto exhibition, critical analysis and academic discourse. Howthe artist uses words to analyse and describe works, becomes anecessary component in the dissemination and communicationof the creative. The writing of the visual explores the essenceof communication and the positions and perspectives of artistsand art writers. Art writing further provides primary sources toexplore the changing role of the writing about art, from manifestoand critic to intention and reception.This course will improve students’ individual research, criticalanalysis and written skills, in order to effectively express ideas fortheir own practice, and in interpreting and understanding writingsabout art.The course will examine fundamental skills of research practice,methods and methodology for practicing artists and academicwriting on art. Revealing the relationship between art, creativityand language, as a methodology that can enhance communicationand critical engagement with art theory and art historical writings.It will also assess writings on modern and contemporary visualarts practices by looking at how key texts from the past haveinformed present discourses on art.We will examine a number of artists’ writings through selectedexamples of primary source materials; notes, correspondence,manifestos, and other printed matter, by those who work betweenart and also writing about art.V.A. 2790 Installation Art (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesInstallation has been the most commonly used art form incontemporary visual creation since 1970s. It is a kind ofintegrated medium of expression which potentially triggersdifferent sense such as sound, light, odour and other intangiblesensible elements. The phenomenon of mixed media andinterdisciplinary creation in contemporary art making hasindicated strong initiatives to explore new creative space andlanguage within an existing framework, and installation art isthe most organic experimental area in this realm. Through thepractice of installation art, students will utilise various forms ofvisual expression within space.This course aims to inspire and enhance students’ abilities increativity and expression through practice, exploration andresearch work on various mixed-forms in the concept of spaceand place. It will focus on exploring the integrated specificityof installation art, which can integrate other medium such asvideo, imaging, processing, temporary, performance and theatre,and even interactive installation. It will give a general survey ontheory, the development and the latest trends of installation art;

students will explore how ideas and theories get contextualized,and how space is redefined with concepts of identification andsite-specific contextual meanings. Construction workshop will begiven to assist their installation production.V.A. 2820 Exhibition and Art Markets (3,3,0) (E)Pre-requisite: V.A.1090 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesHow is art effected and affected by exhibition cultures and artmarkets?Do exhibitions define art buying patterns? Or do buying patternsdefine exhibition?These key questions for the understanding of the art world are thefocus for the emerging artist breaking into the highly competitiveart market place.From the differing perspectives of both the public and the privatesector, this course will provide navigation and assessment ofthe contrasts and similarities of the sectors, discussing issues ofwealth and value, consumption and issues of ownership.The history and theory of exhibitions, collecting and the effectand impacts of the growing commercial Art markets, withfurther analysis of the roles and restrictions of cultural policy anddefinitions of culture, in a local and global sense, contextualise theframeworks for public and private sectors.The themes and topics will provide essential knowledge of the artssector, reviewing the role of the public sector in the advancementof the art exhibition 'blockbuster' and the commercialisation ofart through case studies of world leading galleries such as TateModern, MOMA and the Guggenheim. Critically examiningthe practice and marketing of exhibitions and the associatedmemorabilia of the gift shop art.The changing role of Art and its exhibition will be examined, interms of traditional associations of status, education and of art inan increasing commercial form as investment. Assessing the rolesof gallery, dealer, auction house and buyer as the centre pin todriving and responding to market forces.V.A. 3020 Concepts in Contemporary Art (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2780 Writing in Art and Culture or V.A.1220 Introduction to Western Art and V.A. 1210Introduction to Chinese ArtThis course will concentrate on the study of art trends and artmovements by thematic discussion. The study will explore art andartists from across the world and examine the linking of conceptsand theories of modern and contemporary trends from 1945.The course provides a platform to get to know with the historicaland contemporary frameworks for discussing and analysing art,further more, student will learn to evaluate sources and ideascritically and make informed decisions about their relevance andworth.Nowadays, Contemporary Art is a very complex conceptaccording to various interpretational needs. By stressing theanalysis of works of art within thematic groupings rather thana linear historical introduction, engages students in activelyconsidering how ideas, forms, materials, process, and purposesall contribute to meaning of Contemporary Art. In addition,students will be acquainted with the current international andlocal art scene in order to better understand the inter-textuality ofconcepts in contemporary art.V.A. 3030 Painting: Creative Projects (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2490 Painting: Image and InterpretationThis is an advanced painting class, and it aims to nourishprofessional artist. There will be research studies, lectures, studiovisits and artist talks to focus on current art and cultural issues.Students will work on independent studio projects with rigorousgroup critique sessions to evaluate individual artistic development.Tutorship will also be given through regular supervision sessionsto assist individual artistic development. With the scheduling ofspecial sessions for discussing and to reviewing the evolution inart especially in painting on the convergence of traditionalismand modernism, students will further investigate the problem ofpainting. This course is to nourish professional advancement foran art career. Students are expected to work on art pieces withself-initiated themes. The course is to give intensive training onpainting and art studies, and students are expected to work on artpieces with self-initiated themes.V.A. 3040 Creative Ceramics: Concept and (3,4,0) (E)ProcessPrerequisite: V.A. 2140 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot toSculptural Form or V.A. 2320 Form and Function:Wheel-Thrown CeramicsCeramic art, with its origin in craft, has been propelled byartistic movements, which integrated traditional techniques andaesthetics into the creation of contemporary artwork. In thiscourse, students will build on previously acquired ceramic skills byaugmenting their ceramic knowledge through exposure to moreadvanced ceramic techniques and the viewing of high calibreceramic artworks. It is also an exploration into the possibilities ofceramic material and techniques in artistic expression. Studentshave to tackle different problems in various projects with differentapproaches to ceramic art including a thematic project, in whichstudents have to create within an assigned concept.Using a variety of techniques, including paper-clay, advancedhand building and wheel throwing techniques, slip-castingand press-moulding, students will fabricate ceramic compositeforms in non-functional approach. Image transfer and glaze testprojects will also help students to develop their own messages onsurface. Forms constructed range from abstraction to images offound objects, where the aesthetic consideration will be openedto personal creative expression. Emphasis will be placed onthe development of concept and the transformation to threedimensional clay objects. Students are encouraged to createindependent work exhibiting personal symbols and content.Students will further broaden their understanding of ceramicsby visiting museums, galleries, and meeting artists at theirstudios. Additionally, through lectures and research, studentswill strengthen their historical knowledge of both traditional andcontemporary ceramics, so that they can explore the issues ofcultural identity and significance in their own work.V.A. 3160 Chinese Visual Art: Idea and (3,4,0) (E)NaturePrerequisite: V.A. 2700 Visual Literacy in Chinese PaintingShanshui, literally landscape painting, has been regularlyconsidered the most mature genre in Chinese painting since theNorthern Song dynasty (960–1127), in the light of that shanshui iscapable of expressing the outward reality of nature and the innerbeing of an individual artist. A variety of landscape motifs andpainting methods would not be regarded as the outcomes of theobservation from nature, but as a system of cultural codes, throughwhich Chinese artists could make their ideas and thoughts knownto others and develop their own visual language and style.One of the purposes of this course is to familiarize students withthe ideas and the artistic concepts of shanshui on the basis of muchadvanced painting skills required by such genre. Each studentwill study a variety of landscape motifs such as tree, rock, cloudand stream, and a wide range of painting methods like foliage andcun (literally texture stroke, for depiction of the rocky texture)methods, with the assistance of the references from the classicalChinese painting. The other purpose is to enable students toadapt and appropriate the landscape motifs and conventionalmethods to a new mode of expression. Focus of this part willbe on the spatial arrangement of a single piece of painting ormultiple panels of paintings, and the presentation of the artworkwith a hint of contemporary sense.The rationale to offer this level III course is to allow studentsto understand the genre of shanshui painting that has long beenranked at the topmost level in the hierarchy of Chinese painting.The provision of the course does not merely emphasize on theacquisition of the very advanced skills of landscape painting,even though they are very essential. The understanding of thecodification system, and the revival and the re-definition ofshanshui will also be the focus of the course. The key to revive545Course Descriptions

546Course DescriptionsChinese landscape painting here is no more to merge the ideasand concepts from other arts than to explore how to present theartistic concept and the shanshui elements with a non-traditionalart form.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.V.A. 3171-2 Career Preparation Workshop (0,*,*)Prerequisite: Year 3 StandingThis is a workshop-based course. A series of special topic will beoffered to meet the specific needs of students for practical careerdevelopment after graduation: Students will build up their firstcompleted portfolio and CV, acquire useful sources for furtherdevelopment, funding and other further training opportunities.The course will also enable the students to understand theimplications of being an artist, art administrator and teacher etc.and prepare them to make a well founded decision on their futurecareer.V.A. 3180 From Object to Installation: (3,4,0) (E)The Art of Glass Kiln-FormingPrerequisite: V.A. 2140 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot toSculptural Form or V.A. 2200 From Liquid toSolid: The Art of Glass BlowingIn addition to Glass Blowing and Casting, Glass Kiln Forming isanother essential set of glass-art techniques with more complexfiring schedules due to the effect of different melting points. It isused widely in the creative industry, from small jewellery objects,daily table products, and interior designs to artistic works, byusing fusible colour glass sheets, frits and powders, as well aswindow glass and recycled glass. This course focuses on threeKiln Forming techniques: Fusing, Slumping and Pate De Verre.Slumping (660 °C) transfers a sheet of glass from 2-D to 3-D, froma sketch to an object. Students learn to use a diamond cutter tocut glass sheets to compose various patterns, and to slump it overa ceramic mould to sag the forms in a kiln. Use of daily recycledglass and window glass are also introduced for Slumping.The temperature of Fusing (750–840 °C) is higher than Slumping.Fusing is suitable for making jewellery objects, 2-D works, andcomponents for interior designs as well as creating panels forSlumping projects.Pate de Verre (700 °C) is a French word “glass paste” by usingdifferent size and colour glass frits and powders mixed withCMC glue to apply over/into a mould (ceramics fibre or hightemperatureplaster), then fused together by firing. The workscould be thin as a leaf, detailed as lace, vivid as a flower andcomplex as a building.The three Kiln Forming Techniques could be used individuallyor co-ordinately to realize concepts/ideas exquisitely. SufficientGlass Kiln Forming cold-working techniques will also be taughtto facilitate a professional completion of the work. Students willexplore the potential and wide possibilities of Kiln Forming whilebuilding up confidence and accuracy required for craftsmanship.It will provide students with good craft skills and an artistic basefor their future career development in visual arts.V.A. 3240 Public Art (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2730 Sculpture: Materials and Processes or V.A.2790 Installation ArtTraditionally the concept of public art has mainly been relatedto monuments and statues in public spaces. Later its form werediversified through various interpretations of the “public”, andas a result not only includes outdoor sculptures and muralsto functional works integrated into architecture, but also sitespecificityworks, community based projects and interactive streetperformances. Nowadays, a new sense of public art refers to anyart that happens and exhibits in a public domain, which may beart in “public places”, art that “creates public spaces”, and artof “public interest”. Public art does not simply refer to alreadyexisting physical urban sites such as parks, squares, streets orcities, but actually aims to re-interpret various social and culturalspaces and their functions.This is a practice-based course, which includes conceptual andpractical exercises relating to public art, as well as investigatingand exploring new possibilities of art in the public arena. It willprovide students with new concepts and approaches to exploreart as a public situation. Students will establish public art intheir geographical, political and social context, allowing themto integrate art and life within their personal living space andcommunity. Students will further understand the concept of 2Dand 3D art work, site-specific work, performances in contextualityand art in daily life, making this course also a valuable experiencefor students interested in Sculpture, Spatial Design, InstallationArt and Performance Art.V.A. 3260 Visual Arts and Modernity (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 1220 Introduction to Western Art and V.A.1210 Introduction to Chinese Art or V.A. 2780Writing in Art and CultureAs visual artists, how we think, and how we understand that worldaround us, both effects and influence our creativity and the workswe create. The art of the 20th century exemplifies this interplaybetween art, artist and society, marking a point of distinct artisticdifference with the past and highlighting Modernity throughoutculture and society. The responses to modernity have incorporatednew forms and expressions of visual art and developed a range ofradical theories, attempting to define and contextualize the art in acentury of unprecedented global change.Using the themes of Modernity as a platform—for example:revolution, gender, industrial advance etc.—we will examinethe shaping of visual art of the 20th century. Considering therelationships and affinities between varieties of media, andinvestigating the theories and language of visual art we will learnto understand contextually and visually the often ambiguous terms“Modern”, “Modernity” and “Modernism”.The course will offer the student a greater depth of theunderstanding of Art History and the interplay between visualart, the creative process of the visual artist, and the influence ofpolitical, cultural, economics and anthropological arenas of life.V.A. 3270 Chinese Seal Engraving: (3,4,0) (E)The Expressive IdentityPrerequisite: V.A. 2570 The Art of Chinese Calligraphy or V.A.2710 Chinese Word as ImageSeal engraving (zhuanke ) is a highly developed yet muchunderstudied form of Chinese art. Few people have any idea howto appreciate the beauty of a seal’s (yinzhang ) imprintedimage, let alone grasp the subtlety of these aesthetic objects.More than simply tools used to imprint one’s presence (commonlyauthorship and ownership) on a painting or work of calligraphy,seals are carefully design works of art that express a variety ofcultural and personal values.This course consists of three parts: (1) study of the theoretical andhistorical aspects of seal engraving; (2) the practical study of stylesand carving techniques; and (3) a hands-on studio art project.Students will be introduced to related topics as social functionsof the seal, transformation of seal styles, relationships betweenthe seal and other arts of China, appreciating the seal and itsimprint as aesthetic objects, and the seal as a vehicle for expressingself-image and identity. After a vigorous analysis of styles andcompositional types, the class will learn the techniques of sealengraving through demonstrations and guided practice. Thecourse culminates in the creative project where by students willcarve their own personal seals that convey through their design ofcharacter seals (wenzi yin ) and pictorial seals (tuxiang yin ), an expression of their self-image or identity.Seal engraving is an integral form of Chinese art and visualculture. The course not only informs students about traditionalChinese culture, but also challenges them to invigorate thenational heritage to express their contemporary thoughts andlife. Students will develop independent thinking and problemsolvingskills and express creativity as part of the process forcreating seals. This course is intended to cultivate a synergy withall other courses of Chinese art history, Chinese painting, Chinesecalligraphy, typography, jewellery design, and some aspects of

548Course Descriptionsgrids, formats, openings and page design in combination create theessential experience of a good read. And these are only the basics.In addition a digital book cannot replace the sensory experienceof touching, smelling and hearing the pages of an analog book.This course critically evaluates contemporary book design byexploring the changing formats of the book in history, and inthe context of the visual arts: as craft, as product, as art andas medium. It introduces the business of publishing, andits terminology, as well as essential knowledge of printingtechnologies. Most of all however, the course aims at providingthe tools, skills and creative approaches to design and produce abook with self given content and constraints.After all, it is the purpose of the course to create a book thatdoes not depend on conventional templates but develops froman understanding of competing conventions. The course buildsconfidence in creative organisation and management of contentfor a wide range of publication practice in contemporary visualarts. It is the point of culmination within the course sequence ofthe Graphic art-cluster that intends to bring together all previouslyacquired skills in one project.V.A. 3340 Painting: Expression and (3,4,0) (E)ExplorationPrerequisite: V.A. 2490 Painting: Image and InterpretationThis course aims to develop students’ understanding of paintas an expressive tool and help students to explore their owndirection through visual problem solving. Students will beprovided with opportunities to experiment with differentmediums and processes so as to investigate the unique qualitiesof painting. The course develops students’ independence andconsistent work pattern within the studio. It also fosters studentsto develop a personal language and aesthetic sensibility withan emphasis on the individual growth through technical aswell as conceptual development. The course also addresses theprocesses of transformation from ideas and images into visualart with consideration of contemporary ideologies and criticaldebates. Students will be encouraged to start with traditionalapproaches to painting in terms of seeing it as a self-sufficientdiscipline and further develop to experimental approaches towardsinterdisciplinary. Alongside with given studio exercises, lecturesand tutorials will be scheduled for addressing major topics incontemporary painting relating to identity concerns, spiritualissues and political debates, and discussing how these issuesare relevant to students own practice. By the end of the course,student will have a set of work completed according to their selfinitiatedtheme, which will be further applied onto their futurestudy of the subject.V.A. 3360 Wearables as Media (3,4,0)Prerequisite: V.A. 2560 WearablesThe aim of this course is to produce wearables not merely asfashionable articles for next season’s market consumption, butas cultural objects with the potential to critique or transform thesocial or political environment.The course explores how wearables play a central role in definingour identity, by looking at the ethical, environmental, politicaland social issues of clothing, fashion and textiles along withthe role of the artist/designer operating within these spheres ofcultural production. It also sheds light on strategies that artistsand creative designers employ in their work practices to transformor critique society through wearable art/design pieces. Thestudio-part of the course involves the application of such creativeconcepts, where appropriate methods and materials will betested in order to create design solutions. The outcomes will bewearables and/or accessories that “can create models for possibleworlds and possible bits of worlds.” (Bourriaud, 2002) In this waywearables play a central role in defining and communicating ouridentity.The goal of this course is to produce conscientious artists anddesigners who are willing and able to take responsibility for thematerial goods and services they produce, the effects these haveon our social, political and ecological environment and who canarticulate their perspectives using creative strategies. Its underlyingintention is to foster awareness of the massive implications ofapplied human creativity in the fashion industry, and how thethings we wear affect and intervene with our everyday lives onmultiple levels. In doing so students are equipped with advancedskills in the production of their own wearable prototypes.V.A. 3380 Convention and Innovation (3,4,0) (E)in Chinese PaintingPrerequisite: V.A. 2700 Visual Literacy in Chinese PaintingAs Hong Kong serves as a point of convergence of Chinese andWestern cultural narratives, “hybridity” comes to be a primarymeans for local artists, especially ink artists, to take into their artcreation. For better understanding Chinese cultural heritage, thecourse requires students to explore the conventions embeddedin guohua for thousands of years. The aim of such training is toenhance and build up visual literacy in Chinese painting. With theintroduction of the concept of “hybridity”, students are expectedto reveal the local cultural identity on the basis of the integrationof the convention(s) of guohua with Western mode of expression.This course is divided into two sections: (1) exploration inconventional Chinese painting; and (2) innovative creativity withthe concept of “hybridity”. The former section aims at exploringpossibilities of guohua (literally translated as national painting)based on the research of the conventional concepts and ideas.Both xieyi (free style) and gongbi (fine-brush, or delicate, style) arethe focuses. The provision of the latter section is the concept of“hybridity”, which is regarded as a crucial artistic means for inkartist to revive the ancient art form of guohua and reveal HongKong cultural identity. Through adapting, appropriating andrevising the mode(s) of expression from Western art, studentslearn how to reconcile “Chineseness” and “modernism/contemporaneity” to create Chinese painting with a contemporarynew look.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.V.A. 3390 Picture Book (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A.2230 Typography or V.A.2400 GraphicStorytellingThis course aims to develop student’s storytelling skills and theability to conceptualize complex visualization in the form ofpicture book. It provides a platform for the students to explorehow images, text, graphics and other visual elements can be usedto inform, explain and narrate complex “story” in a unique andcreative way.The course emphasizes the importance of research in the stageof idea-development. Through lectures, workshops and field trip,students will have chance to explore various methodologies thatcould help them to conduct research on related topics. They willneed to initiate their own story idea and develop strategy to gather,organize and articulate contents and information for creative use.To enrich student’s visual language, advance topics in storystructure, story setting, character design, visualization, image-textinteractions and book illustration will be covered. Students arealso encouraged to experiment with various approaches in visualexpression in order to establish their own personal style.Besides, the course will provide a comprehensive overview of thehistory and contemporary practice in the areas stated above byintroducing classical works and modern examples. Alternativeand cutting-edge models of publishing methods will also beexamined to encourage students to challenge the concept of a“picture book”.V.A. 3410 Experiments in Moving Image (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2380 Sound: The Basics or V.A. 2720 Lookingthrough the LensThis course aims at offering students unconventional perspectiveson moving image and sound. Notions of creativity and usagesof digital moving image and sound gears as artistic tools arehighlighted. Hence, the course strongly encourages mixed genresand personal experiments.Students will learn the art of moving image and sound that

inherently stress the significance of experimentation in visualrhetoric, mass media (TV) criticism, and the spirits of boldnessin contemporary art making. Students will learn histories,technological/cultural contexts and artistic practices ofexperimental film/video art.As an intermediate level course, students will learn digital videoproduction including camera work and the use of supported gears,the craft of three-point lighting and its variations, and also theknowledge of safety and different types of lighting gears.After taking this course, students should be ready for upper-levelcourses that are research-based and aim at exploring further onnovelty of time-based media. This course also supports studentsworking on other areas of arts with elements of moving imageand sound, such as interactive media, hypermedia and installationart works.V.A. 3430 Studio Jewellery (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2550 Small-Metal JewelleryFrom pre-historic time till the mid-twentieth Century, people worejewellery to showcase their wealth, power, social and religiousstatus, superiority and their aesthetic sense. After the SecondWorld War, many of the societies in Europe and America wereturned upside down.The great loss of lives made many artists questioned thetraditional values, and reflected on the question of self-identity.The scarcity of materials also pushed many artists to start makingjewellery. Together with the new materials made available throughtechnology advancement, the studio jewellery movement wasborn. At the core of the movement is a deep desire to establishvalues and identity through jewellery. In many ways, jewellery isthe ideal art form to consider a person’s values, and to explore thepossibilities of utilizing or challenging traditional meanings.In this course, students will be guided to develop a series ofwork that reflects their stance on contemporary issues. Theywill start by studying the traditional meanings of jewellery, andtheir connections to the underlying craftsmanship. Once theseconnections are made, they will look at how the studio jewellerymovement pushed these apart, and used new ideas and materialsto create a new set of language. The students will then reflect ontheir own perception, develop a series of jewellery, and presenttheir work and research findings to the class.V.A. 3440 Contemporary Vision in (3,3,0) (E)Chinese Art PracticePrerequisite: V.A. 2600 Arts of Asia or V.A. 1220 Introductionto Western Art and V.A. 1210 Introduction toChinese ArtContemporary Chinese art practice exists in a multiplicity thatencompasses a wide spectrum ranging from traditional to avantgardeartistic expressions. This course covers both theoreticalstudy of contemporary Chinese art practice and practical studyof art production methods with a contemporary vision. Throughcritical examination of a range of major scholarly debates onmodern and contemporary Chinese art practices, students willlearn to apply art-historical methods and approaches to theanalysis and interpretation of works by major contemporaryChinese artists. Meanwhile, the centrality of the notion ofnegotiations with tradition and modernity in the practicesof contemporary Chinese painting and calligraphy will behighlighted. Students will exercise their critical thinking andanalytical skill in both oral presentation and writing assignments.Based on the inspiration originated from the aforementionedtheoretical study, students will be guided to explore experimentalmethods and techniques to transform traditional mode of Chineseart practices which include Chinese painting, calligraphy and sealengraving. The course will culminate in students’ development ofa set of personal creative strategy to effectively express their ideasthrough artwork production.In the context of an emerging world market of contemporaryChinese art, the development of contemporary Chinese artbecomes a subject of global attention. This course is significantbecause it presents the current state of knowledge about modernand contemporary Chinese art. Moreover, it offers an opportunityfor students to learn the tools for analysis and interpretation ofworks by major contemporary Chinese artists. Meanwhile, thiscourse serves as an extended study of the other studio art coursesof Chinese painting, calligraphy and seal engraving. Lastly,the interdisciplinary nature of the course, as embodied in thecoexistence of academic research methods and artistic output,contribute to the overall direction of AVA.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.V.A. 3450 Sculpture: Form and Applications (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2730 Sculpture: Materials and Processes or V.A.2790 Installation ArtDirect carving is a technique that has been utilized since thebeginnings of civilization. The course will focus on suchsubtractive process and/or the use of reductive thinking as acreative tool to explore sculptural forms. Students will investigatehow form can be revealed through different carving approachesand techniques.In this course students will study the use of working models,templates as well as to work directly with the material toexperience both systematic and intuitive methods for producingsculptural form. Students will also examine the applicationaspects of sculptural form in large scale public sculpture/environmental project through scaled models and appropriatevisual presentation formats.V.A. 3470 Human Machine Interface (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: V.A.2440 Interactive Art or V.A.2740 BodyscapeDigital media products have moved beyond the use of standardgraphical interface. Buttons and display screens will not besufficient to cater for the ubiquitous and mobile usage. Moreover,contemporary interactive artworks often embed the interfacesinto a spatial environment or custom made artefacts. Bothcases demand a revisit of the existing desktop metaphor and thegraphical user interface. These interfaces are the subject of thestudies. The course aims to investigate the creative use of physicalinterfaces for digital media artworks and products.Because digital technologies are incorporated into our daily life,there is a crucial need to strengthen the communication betweenthese systems and their users. The interaction between thedigital and the physical world is a field with increasing meaningfor designers and artists. This course will explore the historyof interface design – related to time and space – with regards tousability and cultural issues. The development of interfaces hasalways been driven by technical progress along with the needs ofhuman beings. By analysing users’ interaction with machines,and adopting knowledge on basic electronics and computerprogramming, students will research on interaction design, digitalmedia content and create new concepts for interfaces that enhanceusers’ experience.V.A. 3500 Screenprinting and Lithographic (3,4,0) (E)PrintmakingPrerequisite: V.A. 2210 Design for Hypermedia or V.A. 2410Experimental IllustrationScreen-printing was first developed in China during the SongDynasty, and was only relatively late introduced to the West.However, when it finally was patented in England in the early20th century it developed into a huge industry as it allowed for thefirst time to print onto almost any surface of almost any 3D-form.Lithography is a truly European invention based on chemicalprocesses of “hydrophobic” and “hydrophilic” surfaces andprinting paint. As these chemicals can be applied to all kinds ofsurfaces, it also allows a vast array of printing possibilities that areparticularly interesting for industrial and commercial usage.Together these two techniques cover almost the entirety ofall industrially printed matters, from books to products, frompackaging to magazines, yet since Andy Warhol and Pop Artin the 1960s these techniques also became popular as media forartistic expression.Building up on the skills and knowledge acquired in Prerequisite549Course Descriptions

550Course Descriptionscourses this is consecutive course on water-based screen-printingand basic lithographic printmaking techniques that also covers thehistorical, conceptual and technical aspects of these techniques.Expression and implementation of design concepts developedthrough studies of the printing process will be the primary goal ofthis course.In order to facilitate the learning experience, students will makeuse of the techniques and context of these two printmakingprocesses to complete several projects. These prints are expectedto be technically proficient and indicate an understanding of thetwo different printing processes. The prints are also required tobe imaginative and well designed. All prints must be completelyoriginal. Group critiques will coincide with the completion ofassigned projects.Upon completion of the course students will develop greaterknowledge in perception, appreciation, composition, printingprocess preparation and use of colours. Heightened powers ofvisual awareness, knowledge of the fundamental elements of art,organizational ability, and a creative approach to the use of theprintmaking media combine to equip the student for future effortsin studio art production or appreciation activities.V.A. 3510 Relief and Intaglio Printmaking (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2210 Design for Hypermedia or V.A. 2410Experimental IllustrationRelief and intaglio printmaking in a way relate to each other likeadditive and subtractive approaches in sculpture: in relief printingsome parts of a given matrix are removed to form an image. Inkis applied to the remaining surface areas, and from there directlytransferred onto paper. Intaglio printing does exactly the reverse:again some parts of a given matrix are removed, however thenthe ink is applied into the newly created “gaps” of the surface andthen transferred from there to the paper.Relief printing—as represented for example in woodcut prints—is probably the oldest printing technique of all, having been inuse for several millennia throughout many different regionsand cultures. It is conceptually and technically simple, yetdue to many different available materials, tools and carvingtechniques nevertheless very versatile. Intaglio in return is moresophisticated, and allows for finer, more controlled lines as well asfor more durable printing plates. Both techniques have been partof the artistic canon for centuries, and also today offer plenty ofopportunities for experimentation and discovery.This course covers the historical, conceptual and technical aspectsof relief and intaglio printmaking techniques, its focus howeverlies on expression and implementation of design conceptsdeveloped through studies of the printing process. Printmakingprojects will support the concepts of individuality, originality,independent decision-making, self-directed inquiry as well as thepractical skills needed to express concepts.V.A. 3520 Evolutionary Graphics (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2210 Design for Hypermedia or V.A. 2410Experimental IllustrationThe course introduces the ideas and practices of evolutionaryand generative methods to create complex visual imageries. Inthe context of procedural animation and computer graphics, theconcepts of evolutionary biology can both simulate the form ofnature and as well go beyond it by creating static or dynamicgraphics with little reference in the physical world.Students in the course learn to create complex computer graphicsby specifying very simple rules. They will understand the notionof artificial nature where the seemingly complex behaviours aredeveloped by a number of simple mutually interacting units.Historical reference will be drawn from a variety of disciplineslike machine theory, algorithmic graphics, chaos theory, and selforganizingsystems.The course will introduce the use of the graphical programmingenvironment such as TouchDesigner* or Context Free Art** thatthe students can use to experiment with generative graphics andprocedural animation without the need to write traditional textbased computer programs. The artworks can both be shown onscreen or output as computer paintings.By using the commonly available graphic design software, studentsusually work on computer graphics with a top down planningapproach. The variety of the visual imageries will often be limitedto the background and exposure of the students’ former visualtraining. This course offers a bottom up approach to facilitatestudents to overcome the former constraints. By purposelyintroducing rules and limitations, the generative or evolutionaryprocesses can automatically produce imageries that challenge boththe representational and abstract ways of two-dimensional visualcreation.The conceptual framework in the class is transferable andapplicable to other subjects like 2D design, spatial design, andexperimental painting. As computing software is becoming animportant tool for visual art and design, the understanding of thecodes, which are essentially rules, is a competitive advantage forstudents to expand their visual repertoire.* A free authoring tool for creating interactive 3D art, http://www.derivative.ca/** A free software that generates images from written grammar,http://www.contextfreeart.org/V.A. 3530 From Zero Space to Infinite (3,4,0) (E)Dimension: The Art of Glass CastingPrerequisite: V.A. 2140 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot toSculptural Form or V.A. 2200 From Liquid toSolid: The Art of Glass Blowing or V.A.2320 Formand Function: Wheel-Thrown CeramicsMost objects have three dimensions; however glass can haveinfinite dimensions through the very light that travels through itand is captured within it. It is a unique quality of glass that it canbe transparent, translucent and/or opaque. Such qualities makeit possible for glass to express infinite dimensions externally andinternally at a zero space. Glass casting is an ancient Chineseglass technique that can be dated back to the Warring State(BC 481–221). Now it is the primary glass art technique taughtinternationally and locally, and one of the main glass productionmethods used by artists and designers. It is also becoming animportant art skill for creative industries, and it has a place in fineart, public art, spatial design and in architecture.This course introduces the essential techniques of glass castingand its sufficient cold-working such as grinding and polishing forfinishing the glass product. Students will explore the potentialfor cast glass artworks, and at the same time build a solid andsufficient knowledge base in glass casting skills and the accuracyrequired for good craftsmanship. This class will encourage theenhancement of aesthetic understanding, sensitivity to design,development of imagination, and the development of personalcreative language.Learning glass casting allows students to apply their understandingof two-dimensional concepts—drawing and design skills—tothree-dimensional works. It also allows students to integrate theirstudies in sculpture, ceramics, jewellery, design and installation toformulate an interdisciplinary practice within glass casting. Thecourse will allow students to attain glass casting craftsmanship,and establish their personal creative language through differentprojects. It will also expose students to the history anddevelopment of glass casting and important examples of glass castdesigns and art works.V.A. 3540 Second Skin (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2560 WearablesBody coverings can be described as a second skin. This courseinvestigates this notion in terms of intimacy and extimacy.“Intimacy” describes the corporeal relationship of textiles andthe body whilst “extimacy” extends to the realm of luxury anddisplay. Second Skin relates to wearables that are in intimatecontact with the body; they enhance or disguise, comfort orprotect us. Second Skins are three-dimensional objects that areformed through the manipulation of raw materials. The materialsand techniques used in their creation are deeply interwoven withculture and tradition. This course expands the basic skills gainedin V.A. 2560 Wearables adding the tools and techniques to createfabrics and textural finishes, which will be explored and combined

to design and produce wearables and accessories.Understanding the properties and structures of materials as wellas the history and cultural significance of traditional techniquesoffers the designer a great scope for creativity. The studentswill be provided with technical skills to develop a fundamentalunderstanding of textiles properties and their cultural significancenecessary to produce creative products with a professional level ofaesthetic and artistic integrity. Through practical demonstrationof traditional and contemporary textiles techniques includinga range of non-loom and loom techniques as well as variousmethods of texturising, colouring and embellishment, students areencouraged to embrace cross-disciplinary approaches to developnew techniques and applications for body coverings. The productoutcomes will be wearables or accessories as forms of creativeexpression, design innovation or designs for practical applicationsin response to a written brief. Students will be expected tocomplete a range of samples and design concepts as well as aminimum of one wearable object.V.A. 3550 Exhibits and Displays (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2080 Space and Site or V.A. 2770 ProductDesignExhibition Design is potentially one of the most common, but alsoleast recognized design-areas: despite the practice of exhibitingis found not only in museum- or gallery-exhibitions, but also intrade-fairs, showrooms, shops and various public institutions,there are not many programmes or courses dedicated to thisspecific area. Accordingly this course aims to equip students withthe basic knowledge and skills for designing exhibits and displaysfor all kinds of situations, including the spatial arrangement ofa site, the interior design for the space, exhibition-furniture and-graphics. However, it also intends to go beyond the professionalpractice of exhibit design, and explore the wider practice ofexhibiting in general.As this course aims at students who have already some experiencein art-/design-related subjects, but not yet any systematic approachto Exhibit Design, the focus of the course will be on transferringknowledge, skills and personal experience from other subjects likeSculpture, Installation Art, Graphic Design and others, and toapply these in a new professional area that it sought for widely inmany design-professions.V.A. 3570 Museum Studies (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2240 Material Culture and Collections orV.A. 2820 Exhibition and Art Markets or V.A.1220 Introduction to Western Art and V.A. 1210Introduction to Chinese ArtMuseums have served many functions, as repositories of antiques,temples of genuine artworks, platforms for life-long learning,and as social agents promoting civic values. How do museumsbalance their diverse roles and responsibilities against a backdropof changing social agendas, commercial competition, and theglobal diversification of communication technologies?Focusing on policy issues and professional concerns, thiscourse examines organizational conventions, collectionmanagement policies, documentation systems, interpretationand communication mechanisms, and education and outreachprogrammes, to consider how museums can shape a new form ofpublic life around diverse cultural resources. Through case studies,hands-on workshops, and site visits, this course offers studentspractical knowledge of art administration with an emphasis onoperation routines, management skills, and project planning, tobring art to a wider audience. This course also examines howmuseums can convey standards about the value and meaning ofartwork, shape public understanding of art, and become involvedin the production of art and culture. Students will learn aboutoperating mechanisms of museums and reflect on the complexrelationship between museums and contemporary practices in theart world and in society. Looking into various museum practices,such as acquisition, preservation and displaying of artwork, thiscourse explores how meanings of art would be created and thusenables students to reflect on their artistic practices. This helpsbridging with many practical courses offered by AVA.V.A. 3590 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year III standingThe Honours Project provides a keystone experience for thestudent in his final year in the BA (Hons) in Visual Artsprogramme.It gives the student an opportunity to prove hiscapability of solving independently and self-reliantly a selfgeneratedassignment in the work-field of the Visual Arts. Hewill apply the concepts and skills gained on the programme tothe investigation. In successfully doing so the student will meetacademic and creative standards that allow the Academy to conferthe BA (Hons) in Visual Arts degree on him.The Honours Project has to be completed by all students duringtheir final term of study in the BA (Hons) Visual Arts-programme.To increase students’ performance during the development oftheir Honours Project, and as preparation for their careers aftergraduation the Honours Project includes a series of requiredworkshops.V.A. 3600 Hong Kong Craft: Tradition (3,4,0) (E)and TransformationPrerequisite: V.A. 2600 Arts of Asia or V.A. 1220 Introductionto Western Art and V.A. 1210 Introduction toChinese ArtHong Kong is known for its concentration of traditionalcraftspeople and clusters of materials for handicraft industry.Nowadays, Hong Kong, as one of the post capital cities in Asia,faces urban re-development and the consequent potential lossof local marginalized wisdom of craftspeople and communitynetworks. One of the Academy’s roles is to provide a platformto study traditional handicraft, conserve its culture and supportits re-generation. By doing so, this course will inspire ideas andconcepts also in subjects like ceramics, glass, jewellery design,sculpture, and wearable.This is a practice-based course with theory presenting the HongKong handicraft industry’s early development and handicraftskills. In exploring the relevant development in trend andecological environment of traditional handicraft, its positionwithin the framework of art-theory based cluster will also enhancethe cognition of intangible cultural heritage and its sustainableconditions under the material culture concerns and cultural policymaking.The course will experience sharing of and collaborationwith local traditional craftspeople. It emphasizes both techniquetraining and materials exploration, including the handlingand interpreting of traditional or new materials and how toconvert them into a new form of art and design. Student will beencouraged to interact with each other and the local communityfor their creative projects. Handicraft such as paper offerings forancestors, paper scissor-cuts, Cantonese embroidery, Chinesebird cage, paper lantern, flour-clay character, rattan knitting,galvanized iron manufacture, cart and wooden boat building, etc.will be studied in this course.V.A. 3610 Visual Arts Internship (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Completion of minimum four Visual Arts level IIcoursesAll students of the BA (Hons) in Visual Arts programme arerecommended to undertake an internship within their preferredcareer area during their time of study. An internship linksclassroom theory to professional practice, and thus will providethe student with learning experiences beyond the possibilitiesof the BA (Hons) programme. Such experience will be valuablefor the student’s professional and personal development, andin particular very helpful in establishing and/or verifying thestudent’s career intentions.As any internship is not supposed to interfere with the regularstudies of the student, it will usually be taken as a summer courseduring term break. Any internship will be self-organized bythe student, in an institutional body related to the cultural and/or creative sector. To be eligible for credit units the internshipneeds to represent a workload equivalent to 264 regular workinghours (i.e. six full working weeks) to be taken as one consecutiveemployment. The nature of work performed by the intern duringthe internship should reflect a reasonable professional level in551Course Descriptions

552Course Descriptionsdesign, visual arts, arts administration or equivalent.If a student intends to claim credit units for an internship, he hasto seek approval through the Internship Coordinator prior to uptakingthe position. In order to get approval the student needs toprovide sufficient information about the internship provider—including the name and contact data of a specified supervisor fromwithin the internship institution—as well as about the intendednature of work during the internship. Upon returning to hisstudies the student is obliged to provide exhaustive documentationof his doings during the internship, and a written report fromthe internship supervisor to the Internship Coordinator. TheInternship Coordinator will assess the sufficient validity of thetasks performed during the internship, and declare—usually afterconsultation with other academic staff—the relevancy of theinternship for one particular concentration. Any internship willonly be graded as “pass/fail”, and will be listed in the student’sTranscript of Records.V.A. 3620 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in (3,3,0) (E)Art HistoryPrerequisite: V.A. 2780 Writing in Art and Culture or V.A.1220 Introduction to Western Art and V.A. 1210Introduction to Chinese ArtThe early meetings and exchanges between Europe and Asiahave left a valuable legacy for intercultural studies in the presentera of globalization. The accelerated flow of artefacts, artworks,ideas and people from one nation to the other has contributedto the active dialogue between Asian and Western cultures. Italso enriches our knowledge and experience of cross-culturalencounters in the global community.This theme-based course examines the reception and productionof visual arts in the context of cross-cultural interaction amongstWestern and Asian countries, including America, Europe, China,Japan, India and the Middle East. It will lay emphasis on China’sencounters with the outside world from the 18th to the 20thcentury. Most materials will explore how Western collectors andartists perceived Asian art and material culture, ranging frompaintings, woodcuts and photographs, to porcelains, sculptures,furniture and gardens. The in-depth analysis of the production,design and consumption of Chinese and Japanese export art, aswell as their impact on Western taste and art practice, will informcritical issues of art training and art market in the modern period.Considering the collecting of foreign objects in China and thepresence of European Jesuits and artists at the imperial court,this course will also investigate Asian interest in Western art andthe production of the hybrid forms of art. Issues of museumcollecting and looting, as well as the theoretical discourses ofOrientalism and colonialism will be discussed.Through lectures, group discussions and field trips, this coursewill offer students a greater depth of the understanding ofart and cultural history from a historical, cross-cultural andinterdisciplinary perspective. It will broaden their knowledge ofcreativity by demonstrating wider and diverse visual environmentsin different social, cultural, political and economic contexts. Byunderstanding and evaluating cross-cultural issues in art, studentscan engage in a dynamic creative process with an internationaloutlook.V.A. 3630 Special Topics in Visual Arts (3,3,0) (E)StudiesPrerequisite: V.A. 1220 Introduction to Western Art and V.A.1210 Introduction to Chinese ArtThis course aims to provide an opportunity for students to studyin-depth, selected topics in contemporary issues related to thetheoretical study of the Visual Arts. Through examination oftheories related to the topic, students will look at issues from aninterdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspective. The course willguide students to integrate various points of view and developtheir own critical judgment of the Visual Arts.The course will normally start with a discussion and introductionto the special topic in relation to the study and practice of theVisual Arts. Depending on the nature of the selected topic, thecourse will focus on one or more important trends of thought,assessing their relevance to contemporary culture and practice.Assigned readings will be interdisciplinary, and students will beencouraged to examine the topic from a cross-cultural perspective.The course will conclude with a critical reflection on the topic andits relevance to the general understanding of Visual Arts.This course changes subjects/theme regularly; therefore theindividual instructor in consultation with the Visual Arts StudiesDivision will determine the selected topic, to take full advantageof developing research, issues and global developments in thevisual arts.V.A. 3640 The Anthropology of Art (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2240 Material Culture and Collections orV.A. 2820 Exhibition and Art Markets or V.A.1220 Introduction to Western Art and V.A. 1210Introduction to Chinese ArtThis course introduces the study of visual anthropology,examining the visual documentation of humanity and its cultures.Exploring a variety of media objects and events, this coursecritically engages students into debates and issues related tophotography, advertising, global mass media, material culture andthe impact of new technologies.The visual interpretation offers significant insight into ourunderstanding of the human development in terms of our ownidentities, and within the wider global and historical contexts.Fragile, and often temporarily specific, the analyses of visualelements offer an intellectual platform for contextualization anddecontextualization.Exploring concepts and methods as research tools foranthropological inquiry that consider the inter-connection ofreality, social perspectives, and the resulting visuality, which canhelp to inform and influence our ways of understanding andassimilating our lives and societies.Through the discussions of what images mean to us, and theireffects, the course will further poses crucial questions surroundingour understanding within the historical, cultural and social,value and power of vision, image and artefact. Emphasizingand contextualizing the relations between people and the visualas objects, studied both within and external to, environmentaland cultural context, this course will guide students to integratevarious points of view and develop their own critical judgment ofthe Visual Arts.V.A. 3650 Special Topics in Craft and (3,4,0) (E)DesignPrerequisite: To be specified by offering instructorThis course aims to provide an opportunity for students to studyin-depth selected topics in contemporary issues related to thevarious creative practices in Craft and Design.Through examination of theories related to the topic, studentswill get an initial look at issues in the Craft and Design froman interdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspective. The coursewill then guide them to integrate various points of view, and todevelop their own critical judgment on the topic under study.Starting on the basis of this initial introduction the course willthen aim to investigate through practice different approachesand methodologies to the course topic, and to ultimately connectand integrate them with existing skills and knowledge of courseparticipants. The aim is to develop and practise skills andconcepts for students’ personal practices in Craft and Design atthe current state of the arts.This course changes subjects/theme regularly; therefore theindividual instructor in consultation with the Craft and DesignDivision will determine the selected topic, to take full advantageof developing research, issues and global developments in thevisual arts.V.A. 3660 Hong Kong Arts (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2600 Arts of Asia or V.A. 1220 Introductionto Western Art and V.A. 1210 Introduction toChinese ArtEvery place has its own story/stories that can be narrated,illustrated and represented creatively through visual arts if not

in words. This course attempts to tell the many stories of HongKong by looking at examples of local art works, includingpainting, sculpture, cartoons, photography and architecture thatare produced from the early 19th century to the present day, as away to outline the character and history of the place. With thesupplement of texts and documentaries, students will learn fromthe visual examples how Hong Kong transformed from a smallfishing village to a metropolis city of over seven million people;or from a British colony to be a part of the People’s Republic ofChina nowadays.Alternately, the socio-political changes, technology development,education reform, cultural interaction of a place can also influencethe production of works of art, in terms of style, medium andmeaning. The search for identity before the return of sovereigntybefore 1997, for example, triggered off a substantial amount of artcreation on the issue on Hong Kong identity.The course will adopt a multi-disciplinary approach in readingstories of Hong Kong, not solely from the view points of visualarts, but also sociology, history, cultural studies, geography, and/or literature, whichever can bring new insight to enhance ourunderstanding on the topics. The opportunity to study originalworks of art, either from museum or private collection, enablesstudents to make direct encounter with the history of the place,which will ultimately inspire their thoughts and interpretation ofthe subject of Hong Kong.V.A. 3670 Sustainable Design (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: V.A. 2080 Space and Site or V.A. 2770 ProductDesignNot just after the growing concern about global climate changehave environmental issues become an increasingly relevantissue in particular for designer. Sustainable Design describesan environmentally conscious approach to a highly sensitive,political and social problem: the world changes, and so mustwe. The course will give you an understanding of bio-based andbiodegradable materials, recycling materials, and sustainableproduction processes. The challenge is to take an everyday object,remould, rebuild and re-purpose it to create an entirely new itemusing as little additional materials as possible. Three differentprojects and external collaborations with the industry will be themeans to a deep understanding of global environmental problemsand possible solutions.V.A. 3680 Special Topics in Studio and (3,4,0) (E)Media ArtsPrerequisite: To be specified by offering instructorThis course aims to provide an opportunity for students to studyin-depth selected topics in contemporary issues related to thevarious creative practices in Studio and Media Arts.Through examination of theories related to the topic, studentswill get an initial look at issues in the Studio and Media Arts froman interdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspective. The coursewill then guide them to integrate various points of view, and todevelop their own critical judgment on the topic under study.Starting on the basis of this initial introduction the course willthen aim to investigate through practice different approachesand methodologies to the course topic, and to ultimately connectand integrate them with existing skills and knowledge of courseparticipants. The aim is to develop and practice skills andconcepts for students’ personal practices in Studio and Media Artsat the current state of the arts.This course changes subjects/theme regularly; therefore theindividual instructor in consultation with the Studio and MediaArts Division will determine the selected topic, to take fulladvantage of developing research, issues and global developmentsin the visual arts.V.A. 3690 3D Prototyping (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: V.A.2080 Space & Site or V.A.2770 Product DesignComputers and digital technology allow us to work within avirtual space. Three-dimensional software allows us to play withform and space without dealing with the consequences or naturalproperties of the actual form in an actual space. In this virtualworld the artist can explore and expand their art practice into thisvirtual world and through it by harnessing its advantages to createnew forms and new spaces.This course will introduce students to digital technology as ameans to expand their capabilities to produce and visualizealternative projects in the various art studios. This course exploresthe extended field of sculpture into the digital realm. Studentswill be exposed to basic to advanced 3D software used to createsuitable models for production with the laser cutter and CNC(computer numeric controlled) machines. Students will also beable to create projects that are meant to be utilized in other art anddesign practices, such as: precise mould making, template makingfor fabrication/collaboration, copper plate and wood blockpreparation for printmaking and glass etching to name a few.This course is project based and will focus on technicaldemonstration and a continuous presentation of visiting artist/designers and faculty from all disciplines to inspire in the studentsthe abilities to think fluidly about how ideas can be filteredthrough this technology. They will then take on more complexprojects based on their ability to use the software. This courseis designed to show what the machines can do to extend thestudents’ creativity into an alternative mediums and processes.The core objective of this class is to give students an ability toplay with such technology so as to expand their creative output inwhatever studio they may practice within.VAAA 7100 Management of Creativity (3,3,0)This course attempts to investigate how art administrators canact as the bridge between artists, governments and variousstakeholders in offering a vast array of cultural experiences forthe public. It aims at introducing students to diverse aspectsof managing creativity in developing basic understanding andprofessional skills and attitudes of the field of art administration.Examining current cultural thinking, professional practices andcommunity agendas, this course considers major areas of artadministration and discusses key issues and debates in which theprofession has been engaged. It is designed to equipping studentswith theoretical concerns and practical skills in bringing arts to thecommunity.VAAA 7110 Art Criticism and Theory (3,3,0)This course critically examines issues and debates brought upby key concepts of contemporary art theory and criticism inconsidering creative practices in relation to modern and postmodernconventions of cultures. It aims to analyse a variety oftheoretical and critical approaches of studying contemporary arts,and contextualise contemporary practices within wider contextof globalised art scene. This course is designed to be a systematicsurvey of critics, theorists and philosophers who have offereddifferent interpretive tools that enable students to articulate thesignificance of art practices, and reflect upon the complex natureof contemporary arts.VAAA 7200 Arts and the Public (3,3,0)This course is designed to explore how people associate witharts through an investigation of cognitive science, aestheticsperception, learning models and communication theories. Thetheoretical studies will enable students to further examine whypeople would engage into arts, what aesthetic experiences meanto audiences, and the rationale of art education. Students willalso look into practical implications of the theories in developingmarketing strategies, organizing education activities, and buildingaudiences in a multi-facets endeavour.VAAA 7210 Art Curatorship (3,3,0)Art curatorship is a crucial aspect of art administration andmanagement, which involves diverse, creative collaborations withartists, cultural organizations and the public. This course aims toequip students with the basic concepts and skills of curation, andenable them to relate the operational mechanisms of the art worldto contemporary contexts and audience development. Relating553Course Descriptions

554Course Descriptionscuratorial works to wider cultural agendas and social concerns,students will also examine current issues faced by curators, andkey elements for organizing an art exhibition. This course is animportant means of nurturing creative modes of art managementand offers further synergies with other courses in this programme.VAAA 7300 Master Project for Art Administration (6,*,*)The Master Project embodies research, development andrealization of an independent body of work under the supervisionof a supervisory team (Principal Supervisor and SecondarySupervisor). The final outcomes of the Master Project could bea project developed and delivered for/with an art organization ora reflective thesis on a defined topic. The format and deliverablesof the Master Project should base on the individual learningcontract which is agreed between the student and the supervisoryteam before the beginning of the last trimester. The outcomesshould demonstrate students’ mastery of the knowledge, skills andprofessional attitude throughout the programme.VAAC 7100 Critical Analysis of Art and Aesthetics (3,3,0)This course aims to introduce human artistic phenomena andthe relation of art to the study of philosophy and aesthetics. Theobjective is to enable students to conduct critical discussion onclassical and contemporary visual art with reference to theoriesof both Western and Chinese aesthetics. The course also aims toeducate on theories and philosophies of art and enable students toconduct critical reflection on the relation of art and cultures andthe social realities.VAAC 7110 Current Issues in Visual Arts and (3,3,0)Cultural PolicyThis course aims to introduce students to current visual artrepresentations and their related problems and significant issues.Its objectives are to understand the shaping of visual art creativityand its reception under the impacts of cultural policy in the lightof critical theories and attitudes. It also aims to reflect on therelation between the two domains in Hong Kong and to investigateits history and development in the post-colonial context.VAAC 7200 New Media in Society (3,3,0)This course will examine what new media is from a variety ofperspectives, investigating forms and examples of new media (websites, computer interface, virtual worlds, multimedia, computergames, computer animation, digital video, special effects incinema and net films, interactive computer installations, etc.) aswell as the theories that underlie and emerge from these forms.VAAC 7210 Creative Industries and Cultural Studies (3,3,0)This course is designed to enhance students’ understanding ofcreative industries and related cultural theories. It examinescultural studies and relates them to the development of creativeindustries in Hong Kong in a cross-disciplinary approach. Italso aims at highlighting the importance of creative industries tocultural as well as economic development in a global city.VAAC 7300 Master Project for Art and Culture (6,*,*)The Master Project embodies research, development andrealization of an independent body of work under the supervisionof a supervisory team (Principal Supervisor and SecondarySupervisor). The final outcomes of the Master Project couldbe a text-based project or a reflective thesis on a defined topic.The format and deliverables of the Master Project should baseon the individual learning contract which is agreed between thestudent and the supervisory team before the beginning of the lasttrimester. The outcomes should demonstrate students’ masteryof the knowledge, skills and professional attitude throughout theprogramme.VAED 7100 Narrative Aesthetics (6,8,0)Any designed experience is built on an underlying narrative,which at the same time is created and pre-defined through thedesign-process. Any narrative, linear or non-linear, pre-supposesa time-line, allowing a story to begin, progress, climax and end.In that sense Experience Design is about designing the time foran experience to strategically un-fold to its pre-defined maximaleffect.Narratives are a core concept in contemporary engagementwith any audience; narrative structures are applied to corporatebrands, events, public relations and promotion, as well as all themost effective kinds of interactions with the public. Narrativesstructure the exposure of the audience to an experience and definethe desired overall emotional effect—aka the “product”—of thedesign.It is the aim of this course to introduce various interpretativestrategies (i.e. narratives) to the students, to allow them to discover,analyse, understand and appreciate the structures, purposesand intentions of existing narrative samples. It then establishesapproaches for developing immersive aesthetic narratives with thestudents that equip them to relate with, engage and provoke theirintended recipients, by establishing on-going and ideally valuableaudience relations. These acquired skills will then be applied andpractised through designing narratives for given case studies.VAED 7200 Scenographic Contexts (6,8,0)A premise of contemporary Experience Design is the existenceof a constructed, communicative context as the location for anexperience to take place. This context may be physical, virtual,fictional or social, or—often—any of these at the same time.Scenography is about creating complex spatial environments thatallow and encourage particular experiences.Scenographic contexts today leave behind the limitations ofphysical space and integrate virtual reality, medial representations,social networks and many more. The experience of a brand forexample will usually be across a wide range of media and spaces,including graphics, commercials, web, retail spaces, products,social interaction, etc.This course offers the students the opportunity to engage withand practise the interplay of spaces that create scenographicexperiences. Through the realization of a small-scale urbanintervention that scenographically articulates the spatial andtemporal experience of a—real or fictional—brand the studentswill be introduced to a professional level of planning, and learn toproject audience reactions. It is also part of the realization processto navigate the project through unpredictable changes in budget,venue and context, as they commonly happen in this practice.VAED 7300 Master Project for Experience Design (6,*,*)The Master Project embodies research, development andrealization of an independent body of work under the supervisionof a supervisory team (Principal Supervisor and SecondarySupervisor). The final outcomes of the Master Project couldbe a series of artistic work on a defined topic. The format anddeliverables of the Master Project should base on the individuallearning contract which is agreed between the student and thesupervisory team before the beginning of the last trimester. Theoutcomes should demonstrate students’ mastery of the knowledge,skills and professional attitude throughout the programme.VART 1005 Introduction to Visual Arts I (3,4,0) (E)The aim of this course focuses on heightening students’aesthetical and cultural awareness as well as facilitating themto develop perceptual and conceptual abilities for visual artspractice. Through a series of integrated seminars, workshops andfield studies, students are expected to formulate critical feedback;to articulate creative ideas and to propose individual creativeresponses in connection to a specified topic. From sensoryobservations to idea development, then to visualizing innovativethoughts, students will go through the comprehensive process ofcreative thinking and be ready to execute the creative ideas with

appropriate media and problem solving skills in the up-comingstage of Introduction to Visual Arts II.VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1005 Introduction to Visual Arts IThe aim of this course an emphasizes on the organization andexecution of the creative ideas which students developed in thecourse of Introduction to Visual Arts I. Students have to exploredifferent ways of categorizing the creative ideas from individuals;debate, negotiate and comprise on various possibilities of artisticfeedback and eventually come with a unanimous decision for ateam project in response to the specified topic. In this secondstage of development, wide varieties of visual art forms coveringtwo-dimensional, three-dimensional and time-based media will beinvestigated and be experimented through a series of integratedseminars and hands-on workshops. Students are expected toemploy appropriate artistic skills and teamwork strategy toexecute the creative project for a final showcase.VART 2115 Drawing: Visual Thinking and (3,4,0) (E)ObservationPrerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesDrawing is the fundamental training for various visual artssubjects. It is a discipline that includes strategies for representingforms, movement and ideas through the mark-making medium.It is also a way to convey thoughts and believes through handand mind coordination. While transforming the experienceinto drawing, students will obtain new interpretations of visualexpressions, as the course focuses on strengthening students’visual perception and observation with the practice of traditionaland contemporary drawing approaches.This course aims to introduce drawing studies from formaland representational into unconventional image expression,and will advance all beginners to go from fundamental to moreexploration level. The course consists of three parts: the practiceof drawing fundamentals; the learning of basic visual languagesin drawing; and the re-interpretation of drawing from thefigurative, representational to the application of various mediaand alternative processes. There will be exercises on basic trainingthrough a series of assignments that stress on using drawing as amedium for visual thinking and observation. Students will drawfrom direct observation or imagination of still life, landscape, andthe human figure. Drawing media may include graphite, charcoal,ink, and collage, as well as watercolour and pastel.VART 2116 Painting: Image and Interpretation (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course aims to introduce students to the full range ofmaterials and processes of painting. It provides opportunities forsubstantial skill development through extensive studio practiceof different genres including portrait, landscape, still life andabstraction. The course also consolidates the technical expertisein painting including the understanding of the material quality ofpaint, the consideration of different painting supports, health andsafety issues as well as the efficiency of studio practice.The course also puts emphasis on examining how ideas andimages are represented and explore how they relate to individualexpression as well as social interpretation. Students will haveopportunity to investigate the fundamental formal languagesof painting through different exercises and will gain a solidunderstanding of the connection between form and content.Studio practice will be supported by lectures and tutorials,which purpose to investigate the debates surrounding the role ofcontemporary painting. Regular class discussions will also be heldto examine the work of art by contemporary painters in termsof their cultural context and stylistic concern. At the end of thecourse, students will be equipped with preparation skills to discussin oral and written forms the conceptual and visual elements intheir paintings.VART 2125 Visual Literacy in Chinese (3,4,0) (E)PaintingPrerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course provides comprehensive and fundamental trainingon guohua, literally translated as “national painting” or“Chinese painting”. It is primarily divided into two sections:(1) understanding of Xieyi (free style); and (2) understandingof Gongbi (fine-brush, or delicate style). Focuses are on thecritical concepts and ideas, conventional modes of expressionand technical skills of guohua in the ancient models. Studentsare expected to explore such models for reinterpreting andrejuvenating the traditional form of guohua in the end of thesemester.The rationale to offer this level-II course is to allow students tounderstand one of the cores of Chinese arts—Chinese painting.Regarded as Hong Kong residents, art students are supposedto have sufficient art trainings in both Western and Chinesearts. However, Chinese art training has been in deficit in localeducational system even after the handover of 1997. Thus thiscourse is to provide relevant art trainings and cognitive knowledgefor students to capture the Chinese cultural narratives throughpracticing Chinese painting.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.VART 2126 Chinese Word as Image: (3,4,0) (E)Foundational Studies in ChineseCalligraphy and Seal EngravingPrerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe centrality of using Chinese words as the major element inartistic expressions is a unique and prominent phenomenonin both Chinese and global visual culture from past to present.Chinese words, as evolved from pictographic representation tonon-representational character, is the fundamental medium forartistic expressions in the practices of a range of Chinese artforms including calligraphy, seal engraving and other craft arts.Whether brushed on paper or engraved in three-dimensionalobjects made of stone, bronze and any other penetrable material,the visual and artistic form of Chinese word interacts with thesubtlety of the linguistic aspect of Chinese language to produce arichly interdisciplinary artistic experience. This course consists ofthree parts: (1) The study of foundational knowledge and theoriespertinent to the material, tools, and the linguistic skills involvedin the practices of Chinese calligraphy and seal engraving; (2)The practical study of brush, engraving and carving techniques,the compositional strategies of the strokes of Chinese charactersand other relevant basic skills; and (3) A simple hands-on studioart project. The class will learn the skills of adopting differentmaterial, handling of tools and other basic techniques of Chinesecalligraphy and seal engraving through demonstrations and guidedpractice. The course culminates in a small-scale yet rewardingcreative project where by students will produce one piece ofartwork based on the application of their acquired concepts, toolsand skills. Students need to the foundational tools and skills ofthis course to nurture their understanding of Chinese culturalheritage. The acquire foundational knowledge and experienceoffered by this course are intended to cultivate a synergy with allother courses of Chinese and Asian art history, visual culture,Chinese calligraphy, seal engraving, Chinese painting, typography,Chinese language, and some aspects of sculpture.VART 2135 Looking through the Lens (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe world and its cultures are external before one looks deeply.As artists and as responsible citizens, ways of focused lookingwill help us to learn from, and benefit back to our society and theworld.555Course Descriptions

556Course DescriptionsThis is a course on fundamental knowledge of lens-based media,including photography and moving image productions. Theessential foundations provided in this course are not merelytechnical craft but ways of inquisitive looking. Lookingis attentive and active while seeing is external and passive.Accordingly, supplementary to technical training, this course aimsat broadening students' visual perceptions and sharpening theirsenses responding to the outside world.Students will explore and experiment how photographers,moving image artists understand, capture and represent actuality.Technical workshops on colours, optical theories, cameramovements, framing and operations will be offered. Field workfor practicing skills of observation is an important part of thecourse. Class assignments will enhance students' ability to lookinto details both in aesthetic realm and in cultural contexts.Students will be working on photography and video productionthat are essential craft for media artists in various fields and in across-disciplinary manner. This course serves as a foundation forworks of photography and moving image, interactive media withmoving and still content, spatial design, visual narrative, and videoinstallation. Students will be both technically and intellectuallyready to engage in further experimentations of lens-based mediacreations in advanced courses.VART 2136 Sound: The Basics (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThis course aims to study sound beyond the common practiceof audio as supplementary and secondary to visuals. Studentswill un-learn sense of sight as their primary sense, and thus relearnmultiple meanings and interpretations of sound and itsrelations with visuals. Students will learn to use microphones andrecorders, and the skills of audio recording and editing techniques.On top of these technical craft, fundamentals of sound designform essential parts of the course. Principles of sound includingphysics of sound, auditory perception, awareness of acousticenvironment and different types of listening practices will also beintroduced.As a foundation course, it aims to raise students’ interests anddoubts in rethinking audio-visual relations. By stressing soundas an artistic and expressive medium in its own right, rather thanapproached as secondary to visuals, students learn to discoverimmense creative potentials of sound. Hence, students will beboth technically and intellectually ready to engage in furtherexperimentations of sonic creations in advanced courses exploringnovelty and possibilities of time-based media. Students will workon sonic creations or, sound design for moving image works (oftheir own or of their fellow classmates). This course also supportsstudents further explore sound in various media such as video art,installation art, hypermedia, interactive media.VART 2145 Sculpture: Materials and Processes (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesWe live in a built environment. This environment is defined bydifferent structures and objects, and their spatial relationships. Inan effort to interpret our environment and to create new placesand forms, this course will explore through in and out of classprojects how structures and forms are built through an additiveprocess. This course is designed to bring to light different waysof understanding how sculpture has been made, can be made andexplore new methods for the continuance of the discipline intoa contemporary context. This course not only looks at sculptureas an independent form but sculpture as an expanded disciplinethat reaches into many realms expanding our perception to threedimensional space and experience.This course explores the tools and techniques of additiveproduction and the capacities of the wood shop, metal shopand sculpture studio. A series of small projects designed tobuild students’ skill base in carpentry, metalworking and generalstructural challenges will be considered and applied. In addition,students are invited to incorporate projects from other AVAcourses or their individual studio practice into the course.VART 2147 Installation Art (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: VART1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesInstallation has been the most commonly used art form incontemporary visual creation since 1970s. It is a kind ofintegrated medium of expression which potentially triggersdifferent sense such as sound, light, odour and other intangiblesensible elements. The phenomenon of mixed media andinterdisciplinary creation in contemporary art making hasindicated strong initiatives to explore new creative space andlanguage within an existing framework, and installation art isthe most organic experimental area in this realm. Through thepractice of installation art, students will utilise various forms ofvisual expression within space.This course aims to inspire and enhance students’ abilities increativity and expression through practice, exploration andresearch work on various mixed-forms in the concept of spaceand place. It will focus on exploring the integrated specificityof installation art, which can integrate other medium such asvideo, imaging, processing, temporary, performance and theatre,and even interactive installation. It will give a general survey ontheory, the development and the latest trends of installation art;students will explore how ideas and theories get contextualized,and how space is redefined with concepts of identification andsite-specific contextual meanings. Construction workshop will begiven to assist their installation production.VART 2155 Bodyscape (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesIn most all art forms, the artist is either moving away from thehuman form or closer to it. This fluctuation defines the needfor further exploration of the body’s ability to communicate andproduce form that can further define artistic expression.This course will explore the body as a landscape for appropriation.Students will look at the different techniques involved in usingthe human form as object and subject of their creative output.Students are to identify the human forms’ innate ability to beabstracted and appropriated for self-expression. Students willexplore the body in different mediums and processes fromtraditional to contemporary. There will be a focus on theconnections that can be made between the generation of form, thecreative process and the body as a performative object.VART 2156 Interactive Art (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesContemporary artists have been experimenting with the use oftechnology to enable and orchestrate the participation of theaudience. Unfortunately, common studies of interactivity areoften focused on the technical implementation rather from thecritical and aesthetic viewpoints.This course introduces the foundation concepts and skills ofinteractivity employed in contemporary art and design. It aimsto go beyond the traditional discussion of interactive mediafrom either the media studies approach or the cognitive aspectof the human computer interaction (HCI) direction. Within thecurrent social and technological context, it provides a broaderinvestigation from the participatory and the performative natureof interaction with the focus of the human body as the main siteof interaction.Students in the course learn to create simple audio-visualmusical instruments that the artists and audience can performtogether. They also build game-like environments or devices thatparticipants can explore through their bodily interaction. Withinthis context the focus of the course lies more on the interactionprocess and experience rather than on the interface design.

This course provides a broad coverage of the use of interactivityin different areas of contemporary art and design. Historicalreference will be drawn from a variety of sources such asliterature, theatre, information technology, social science, andarchitecture. The course will teach the use of the simple graphicalprogramming environment Pure Data that the students can useto experiment with interactive media content, without goingthrough a steep learning curve of mastering traditional text basedprogramming.VART 2215 Typography (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesTypography means selection, scaling and organizing letters ona blank page or screen. It is one of the graphic designer’s mostbasic challenges. Typography is the tool to communicate any kindof content. Based on the students’ prerequisite knowledge andexperience in design, they will further broaden their understandingof micro and macro typography, developing and using grids intypography, preparing data for the print process and using thePDF-format for publishing content online. Additionally, throughlectures, plus research and practice students will strengthen theirexpertise in design history, and study the work of prominentdesigners in the field of graphic design.Typography addresses issues that are useful for all disciplines ofVisual Arts—ranging from design practices to fine arts. However,its principles are especially useful for Information Aesthetics,Book Design and Exhibition Design.VART 2216 Graphics Storytelling (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual Artscourses“To be a person is to have a story to tell.”—Isak DinesenStorytelling is a fundamental element in many creative processes;comic art is a medium that best illustrates its importance througharrangement of visual elements and image-text interactions. Thiscourse aims to provide a platform for the students to specificallylook into the aesthetics of storytelling. It emphasizes on both thetraining of practical skills and the investigation of the language ofcomic and sequential illustrations.Through the introduction of theories by scholars and artists likeScott McCloud and Will Eisner, and the examination of the recentlocal independent comic art movement, students are providedwith a critical framework to read and understand comics in a newperspective. They will become able to analyse and appreciatelocal and international works within a specific social and culturalcontext.The course also takes a look into the process of how abstractconcepts and fragmented ideas are transformed into concretemessage before it is delivered to the reader creatively. They arerequired to conduct research in various drawing styles basedon the discussion of storytelling methods as presented in MattMadden’s 99 Ways to Tell a Story.Besides, a series of studio workshop will be held to providepractical training in the areas such as story structure, scriptwriting,drafting, drawing, inking and the publishing process. Students willbe encouraged to experiment with various production methods,and to start developing their unique way of presentation as a firststep in becoming a professional illustrator or comic writer.VART 2225 Experimental Illustration (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesIllustration is a fundament subject in visual arts that provides basictraining in observation, integration and expression. Apart fromthe formal functions such as giving information and commentary,narration and persuasion, it allows artist to establish their ownartistic identity through manipulation of image and text in anexpressive way.This course aims to let students purely focus on the image-makingprocess. They are encouraged to experiment with different toolsand materials before they invent their new approach to createimage. The use of non-traditional tools could enhance theirproblem-solving skills since they will have to work with thelimitations of the tools. During the process, they will need toexplore and examine the specificity of the tools or medium in use.Such experience will help them to make decision and developtheir own strategy during the creative process in the future.Areas covered in the course will be: Digital illustration, handmadegraphics, tactile illustration, graffiti and other nontraditionalimage-making methods such as paper cut-out, collageand stitching. Although the majority of the course is skill-basedtraining, the design assignment also requires students to learn howto articulate ideas and integrate different skills into a well-plannedcreative strategy.VART 2226 Design for Hypermedia (3,4,0) (E)Pre-requisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe Internet has become an important – if not the most important– channel of our media-based communication, and it makesgood sense for designers and artists to have the creative and alsotechnical skills to develop concepts for the hypermedia. TheWorld Wide Web is a classic and popular example of hypermedia.Accordingly the purpose of this course is to give an introductionto the Internet as an artistic medium and provide a foundation ofhistorical, cultural and technical knowledge related to Internet art.The core of the course will be developing students’ own artisticvoice using this particular way of communication. That includesthe examination of theory, history and practices of Internet artand related concepts of hypermedia, open source, connectivity,non-linear narrative and hacktivism. At the same time studentswill learn the basic technologies and design skills to publish theirartistic statements and concepts online.VART 2235 From Liquid to Solid: The Art (3,4,0) (E)of Glass BlowingPrerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesGlass is known as solid-liquid, and is a highly versatile material.Glass is used in everyday life—in functional tableware and relatedproducts—or as a medium for fine art production. Glass advancesand enriches our life through science, architecture, interior design,everyday products and fine art expression. It is hard to imagineliving in a world without glass.Among the many ways of glass making, Glass Blowing is themost exciting method, and also a unique skill among art materials.Glass Blowing introduces students to the most beautiful andfunctional way of designing objects while expressing their ownartistic ideas. Students will explore the endless possibilities of hotglass, while increasing their confidence and accuracy required forcraftsmanship.This course is an introduction to basic techniques of GlassBlowing as fundamental to glass art. It teaches many ways ofglass making from hot-shop techniques such as making paperweights,cups, vessels and hot sculptures, to cold-shop techniquessuch as grinding, polishing, engraving and sandblasting. Studentswill learn how to handle the punty and pipe to gather hot-liquidglass out from an 1180°C furnace. They will learn to makesolid sculptures with the punty, and to deliver breath through thepipe, to blow a bubble into a cup, a vessel, or a hollow form forsculpture.Students will explore the potential of hot glass, to express theirideas/designs through the voice of hot-glass, and finalize theirproducts with cold-working techniques. Learning Glass Blowingwill allow students to apply their knowledge in drawing, sculpture,installation and design, thus enabling a broader dimension ofartistic expression, as well as activating their imagination.557Course Descriptions

558Course DescriptionsVART 2236 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot (3,4,0) (E)to Sculptural FormPrerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesClay is the most natural and primal element on earth. Its plasticitymakes it the most tactile hands-on material in artefact making,while its durability after firing retains a long history of ceramic artin almost all developed cultures. Ceramic artefacts, from shapingof clay to purposed glazing and firing, are completely individualmade,which allows artists to express themselves in this threedimensional medium. Therefore, ceramic art now is treated astraditional craft as well as contemporary art.This is a studio course designed to teach students the basichand-building and throwing techniques involved in constructingand surface decorating ceramic forms, from functional ware tosculpture. It creates a practical basis for addressing perceptual andaesthetic concerns as related to formal concepts such as balance,structure, continuity, texture and the spatial relationship betweenobjects. Students will be encouraged to develop their own meansof personal expression while working through assignments basedon different ceramic techniques and skills.By learning special hand-building and throwing techniques, andexploring the physical properties of clay as a hands-on creativematerial, this course enhances the ability of students to expresseloquently their ideas through three-dimensional representation,especially with the transformation to one single material.Starting from the aspect of function, students have to investigatethe cultural significance of these functional wares, the relationshipof details and the functions, and also the connection of theseobject-forms with the makers and users. In addition to learningthe skills and process of making functional studio pottery, studentswill also be taught for creating vessel-form as art form for aestheticexpression. This in the end conducts to non-functional sculpturalconcepts in clay using hand-building and various decoratingtechniques. Emphasises will be put on the development ofconstruction skills and an understanding of form/space relation,surface treatment, and firing possibilities.VART 2245 Wearables (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesWearables are articles worn on the human body, enhancing agiven feature of the body or creating an entirely new interface forinteraction, thus extending the traditional function of clothinginto new artistic or functional areas. Accordingly the aim of thecourse is to interpret the human body as an interface for artisticexpression.The course offers an introduction to the broad scope of wearablesand covers basic techniques for designing, pattern making andpattern alteration such as square blocking, contour sectioning andpivoting, which enables learners to develop creative concepts intowearable designs.Building on to this foundation, through studio exercises, studentresearch and studio practice the students are invited to explorevarious approaches, concepts and materials for the creation ofwearables. This knowledge shall be applied to design a set ofwearable pieces or body extensions from the very first designsketch to a finished prototype, taking in the contemporarydiscourse on the topic.Wearables connect the three-dimensional design-area withdisciplines like theatre, film or performance art. Most obviousapplications are theatre-costumes, but wearable design-pieces thatare based on a particular view of the world or a particular spatialenvironment are rather common throughout the art- or designscene.VART 2246 Small Metal Jewellery (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesMankind has developed personal decoration and ornaments forthousands of years. Jewellery has always been an expression andreflection of its epoch, its social structures and cultural standards.Since the past fifty years, jewellery is now no more the privilege ofthe wealthy, as the social structure of contemporary societies hasbroadened considerably, and allows the concept of jewellery to beunderstood far more universal: In a contemporary sense, jewelleryhas become a collective noun for body-related objects.This is an introductory course in jewellery making, with a focuson metalsmithing for small objects. It is designed to introducenon-ferrous metal as an expressive medium and to explore theunique properties it has to offer. Students will learn various waysof working metal, and how these techniques can be applied tothe creation of small metal objects. Emphasis will be put onhow these objects can be related to the human body. Basic 3Ddesign concepts will be used to demonstrate these possibilities.The students will be introduced to the contemporary views ofjewellery, and begin to appreciate jewellery as an art form.Through studying this diversified art form, the students canbroaden their appreciation of the world around their body. Thestudents will develop a sense of scale, and will have an enhancedsensitivity in relating their work to the environment. They willalso practice thinking in 3D.VART 2255 Space and Site (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesNext to “object” the central concept in three-dimensional visualarts is “space”. In opposite to objects however, the nature,essence, and the mode of existence of space, even the ultimatedefinition of space are still debated.In this context “site” can be defined as spatial mark-making:by distinguishing a particular place within space through anintervention of any kind this location becomes a site.Space and Site is a course dedicated to concepts and techniquesnecessary for all those designers and artists who want to work withspace as a medium. It includes introductions to contemporaryspace-related theories and also some of the most importantspatial designs of the 20th and 21st century. It also familiarizesparticipants with planning tools such as technical drafting, modelmaking and virtual representations of space, as well as with thebasic principles of constructions.These acquired skills and knowledge will be practised in a numberof small exercises and one medium-sized project at the scale of acity-furniture or small architectural object.Upon completion of this course a participant will have the meansto develop and conceptualize his/her spatial ideas and presentthem adequately to an audience of professionals. Especiallystudents who would like to continue their studies into threedimensional subject areas like exhibition design, and installationwill benefit from this course.VART 2256 Product Design (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesProduct design is a creative discipline, which combines art andtechnology, ideas and materials, to improve our daily lives, protectour health and create new opportunities for the industry. Thiscourse produces imaginative design ideas and solutions for smalland large-scale industrial production.The aim of this course is to provide knowledge and understandingof common and new materials used for designing new productsand objects. It also introduces basic processes and methods usedin industrial and product design manufacturing for these materials.Three different projects will be introduced to understand that theright choice of materials and processes is inseparably linked to thelook and performance of any product.This subject builds the foundation and hands-on experienceindispensable to any other 3D related courses.VART 2305 Introduction to Western Art (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts IIThe aim of this course is to introduce students to the keydevelopments in the history of Western art. This theme-based

course will survey the production of art within the context of thesocial, cultural, and stylistic significances of art under changinghistorical, scientific and philosophical conditions.Each theme will be examined, in depth, over a two-session periodand linked with theory to form a comprehensive analytical surveyof the canon of Western Art History and present connectionswith the everyday lives of the students. The in-depth analysisof specific works of visual art will broaden the knowledge ofcreativity and explore issues of multi-cultural creation, belief,ideology and reception.By studying and understanding the developments and importanceof western art and culture, students can inform their own practiceand compete as artists in a global setting with a greater clarityand depth of knowledge. As the required parallel course toVART 2306 Introduction to Chinese Art, the courses combine tosynthesise understanding of visual art from a global perspective.VART 2306 Introduction to Chinese Art (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts IIHong Kong visual arts students should have an appreciation ofChinese cultural heritage and the recent developments of Chinesevisual arts, not only to enrich their own artistic production, butalso to intellectually challenge them to organize knowledge gainedfrom the course and to use their analytical skill to explain Chinesevisual arts in the conditions that produced them.The course presents Chinese art as expression of materialculture, belief systems, politics, elitist emblem, self-cultivation,identity, community and changing worldviews. Structuring ina chronological and thematic manner, this course begins withLate Neolithic material cultures and ends with contemporaryartistic expressions. The broad survey provides students withknowledge and understanding of the cultural, social, and stylisticsignificances of Chinese visual arts under changing historicalconditions.VART 2315 Writing in Art and Culture (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesWriting on and about visual art is an essential element of artisticpractice and has a multitude of uses from artist’s statementsto exhibition, critical analysis and academic discourse. Howthe artist uses words to analyse and describe works, becomes anecessary component in the dissemination and communicationof the creative. The writing of the visual explores the essenceof communication and the positions and perspectives of artistsand art writers. Art writing further provides primary sources toexplore the changing role of the writing about art, from manifestoand critic to intention and reception.This course will improve students’ individual research, criticalanalysis and written skills, in order to effectively express ideas fortheir own practice, and in interpreting and understanding writingsabout art.The course will examine fundamental skills of research practice,methods and methodology for practicing artists and academicwriting on art. Revealing the relationship between art, creativityand language, as a methodology that can enhance communicationand critical engagement with art theory and art historical writings.It will also assess writings on modern and contemporary visualarts practices by looking at how key texts from the past haveinformed present discourses on art.We will examine a number of artists’ writings through selectedexamples of primary source materials; notes, correspondence,manifestos, and other printed matter, by those who work betweenart and also writing about art.VART 2325 Arts of Asia (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesThe fundamental aim of this course is to provide students witha broad understanding of Asian art since the 19th century.Painting, sculpture, architecture, decorative arts and modernart from China, Japan, Korea, India, Southeast Asia as wellas the Middle East will be used to illustrate the diversity anduniqueness of visual art and culture in these places, and also thecultural interaction through which the production, trading andconsumption of art is triggered. Whilst the course encouragesstudents to investigate the individual characteristics of visual artsof different countries and cultures, it attempts to enhance student’sunderstanding of the visual arts in the scope of Asia.To understand any culture it is necessary to study the arts fromthat culture and how they interrelate with historical, geographical,religious and philosophical factors. The Arts of Asia maketangible and visible the beliefs, which have guided the variouscivilizations of the continent.VART 2335 Material Culture and Collections (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesMaterials are significant elements in our understanding of cultureboth in terms of our own identities and within the wider globalcontexts. This course will explore concepts and theories ofmaterial culture in reflecting upon the elements of culture, whichsurround and influence our daily lives. Examining the everydaycontext of material life through a variety of methods and theories,students will develop their skills of textual analysis and beequipped with theoretical frameworks in examining objects withinwider context of culture.From objects of personal significance to national treasure, andfrom consumer’s good circulated in global market to connoisseur’scurios, the analysis of material culture seeks to question meaning,value and intention. Through the discussions of what objectsmean to us, the course will further pose crucial questionsevaluating the historical, cultural and social significance of objects.Contextualizing the entangled relations between people and thematerial objects, and studying things both within and externalto, environmental and cultural context, this course will engagestudents into critical debates of material culture, and extend theirunderstandings of creating and creativity in the contemporarysociety.Drawing theories from Art History, Museology, Art Anthropology,this course will include critical analysis of objects in a varietyof forms and mediums, such as painting, textile, buildings, andheritage sites. Based within themes of context, the course willanalyse issues of consumption, globalization, tourism, gender,tradition, value, belief, commerce and historical events. Thiscourse connects laterally across the disciplines of the AVAproviding the theoretical context for practice and creativity.VART 2336 Exhibition and Art Markets (3,3,0) (E)Pre-requisite: VART 1006 Introduction to Visual Arts II or anyGDCV courses offered by AVA or any Visual ArtscoursesHow is art effected and affected by exhibition cultures and artmarkets?Do exhibitions define art buying patterns? Or do buying patternsdefine exhibition?These key questions for the understanding of the art world are thefocus for the emerging artist breaking into the highly competitiveart market place.From the differing perspectives of both the public and the privatesector, this course will provide navigation and assessment ofthe contrasts and similarities of the sectors, discussing issues ofwealth and value, consumption and issues of ownership.The history and theory of exhibitions, collecting and the effectand impacts of the growing commercial Art markets, withfurther analysis of the roles and restrictions of cultural policyand definitions of culture, in a local and global sense, andcontextualise the frameworks for public and private sectors.The themes and topics will provide essential knowledge of the artssector, reviewing the role of the public sector in the advancementof the art exhibition ’blockbuster’ and the commercialisation ofart through case studies of world leading galleries such as TateModern, MOMA and the Guggenheim. Critically examining559Course Descriptions

560Course Descriptionsthe practice and marketing of exhibitions and the associatedmemorabilia of the gift shop art.The changing role of Art and its exhibition will be examined, interms of traditional associations of status, education and of art inan increasing commercial form as investment. Assessing the rolesof gallery, dealer, auction house and buyer as the centre pin todriving and responding to market forces.VART 3005 Visual Arts Internship (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Completion of minimum four Visual Arts level IIcoursesAll students of the BA (Hons) in Visual Arts programme arerecommended to undertake an internship within their preferredcareer area during their time of study. An internship linksclassroom theory to professional practice, and thus will providethe student with learning experiences beyond the possibilitiesof the BA (Hons) programme. Such experience will be valuablefor the student’s professional and personal development, andin particular very helpful in establishing and/or verifying thestudent’s career intentions.As any internship is not supposed to interfere with the regularstudies of the student, it will usually be taken as a summer courseduring term break. Any internship will be self-organized bythe student, in an institutional body related to the cultural and/or creative sector. To be eligible for credit units the internshipneeds to represent a workload equivalent to 264 regular workinghours (i.e. six full working weeks) to be taken as one consecutiveemployment. The nature of work performed by the intern duringthe internship should reflect a reasonable professional level indesign, visual arts, arts administration or equivalent.If a student intends to claim credit units for an internship, he hasto seek approval through the Internship Coordinator prior to uptakingthe position. In order to get approval the student needs toprovide sufficient information about the internship provider—including the name and contact data of a specified supervisor fromwithin the internship institution—as well as about the intendednature of work during the internship. Upon returning to hisstudies the student is obliged to provide exhaustive documentationof his doings during the internship, and a written report fromthe internship supervisor to the Internship Coordinator. TheInternship Coordinator will assess the sufficient validity of thetasks performed during the internship, and declare—usually afterconsultation with other academic staff—the relevancy of theinternship for one particular concentration. Any internship willonly be graded as “pass/fail”, and will be listed in the student’sTranscript of Records.VART 3105 Special Topics in Studio and (3,4,0) (E)Media Arts (Drawing and Painting)VART 3106 Special Topics in Studio and (3,4,0) (E)Media Arts (Chinese Arts)VART 3107 Special Topics in Studio and (3,4,0) (E)Media Arts (Lens-based Media)VART 3195 Special Topics in Studio and (3,4,0) (E)Media Arts (Sculpture)VART 3196 Special Topics in Studio and (3,4,0) (E)Media Arts (Body as Interface)Prerequisite: To be specified by offering instructorThis course aims to provide an opportunity for students to studyin-depth selected topics in contemporary issues related to thevarious creative practices in Studio and Media Arts.Through examination of theories related to the topic, studentswill get an initial look at issues in the Studio and Media Arts froman interdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspective. The coursewill then guide them to integrate various points of view, and todevelop their own critical judgment on the topic under study.Starting on the basis of this initial introduction the course willthen aim to investigate through practice different approachesand methodologies to the course topic, and to ultimately connectand integrate them with existing skills and knowledge of courseparticipants. The aim is to develop and practice skills andconcepts for students’ personal practices in Studio and Media Artsat the current state of the arts.This course changes subjects/theme regularly; therefore theindividual instructor in consultation with the Studio and MediaArts Division will determine the selected topic, to take fulladvantage of developing research, issues and global developmentsin the visual arts.VART 3115 Drawing: Inquiry and (3,4,0) (E)ExperimentationPrerequisite: VART 2115 Drawing: Visual Thinking andObservationDrawing is not merely a fundamental tool for all visual artists,but also an artistic medium in its own right: by inquiring intotraditional ideas, and through experimental use of drawing mediaand innovative approaches, Drawing can open entirely newperceptions of reality, beyond the notions commonly connotedwith pencil and paper.This course aims to strengthen and consolidate students’ drawingskills and knowledge acquired from the course of VART 2115Drawing: Visual Thinking and Observation. It enables students toexplore drawing as an evolving mode of contemporary art practiceand expression, and considers drawing as a means for contextualinquiry and experimentation with the application of creative ideas,practices and technologies of the discipline. The content dealswith the concept of drawing, its development from traditional tocontemporary, and covers a wide range of techniques, materials,functions and approaches with alternative process of the media.Students may work in a variety of traditional media, includinggraphite, charcoal and pastel, and are encouraged to explore theuse of new and mixed media. Various drawing approaches witha variety of subject matters, such as figure, still-life, and landscapewill be examined and practiced in the course. Students will alsoconcentrate on more complex personal and creative aspects ofdrawing, while perceptual and conceptual issues will be pursued.By the end of the course, students will have the competence totransform the contextual inquiry into expressive or experimentaldrawing.VART 3116 Painting: Expression and (3,4,0) (E)ExplorationPrerequisite: VART 2116 Painting: Image and InterpretationThis course aims to develop students’ understanding of paint asan expressive tool and help students to explore their own directionthrough visual problem solving. Students will be providedwith opportunities to experiment with different mediums andprocesses so as to investigate the unique qualities of painting.The course develops students’ independence and consistent workpattern within the studio. It also fosters students to develop apersonal language and aesthetic sensibility with an emphasis onthe individual growth through technical as well as conceptualdevelopment.The course also addresses the processes of transformationfrom ideas and images into visual art with consideration ofcontemporary ideologies and critical debates. Students will beencouraged to start with traditional approaches to painting interms of seeing it as a self-sufficient discipline and further developto experimental approaches towards interdisciplinary. Alongsidewith given studio exercises, lectures and tutorials will be scheduledfor addressing major topics in contemporary painting relatingto identity concerns, spiritual issues and political debates,and discussing how these issues are relevant to students ownpractice. By the end of the course, student will have a set of workcompleted according to their self-initiated theme, which will befurther applied onto their future study of the subject.VART 3125 Convention and Innovation in (3,4,0) (E)Chinese PaintingPrerequisite: VART 2125 Visual Literacy in Chinese PaintingAs Hong Kong serves as a point of convergence of Chinese andWestern cultural narratives, “hybridity” comes to be a primarymeans for local artists, especially ink artists, to take into their artcreation. For better understanding Chinese cultural heritage, thecourse requires students to explore the conventions embeddedin guohua for thousands of years. The aim of such training is to

enhance and build up visual literacy in Chinese painting. Withthe introduction of the concept of “hybridity”, students areexpected to reveal the local cultural identity on the basis of theintegration of the convention(s) of guohua with Western mode ofexpression.This course is divided into two sections: (1) exploration inconventional Chinese painting; and (2) innovative creativity withthe concept of “hybridity”. The former section aims at exploringpossibilities of guohua (literally translated as national painting)based on the research of the conventional concepts and ideas.Both xieyi (free style) and gongbi (fine-brush, or delicate, style) arethe focuses. The provision of the latter section is the concept of“hybridity”, which is regarded as a crucial artistic means for inkartist to revive the ancient art form of guohua and reveal HongKong cultural identity. Through adapting, appropriating andrevising the mode(s) of expression from Western art, studentslearn how to reconcile “Chineseness” and “modernism/contemporaneity” to create Chinese painting with a contemporarynew look.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.VART 3126 Chinese Seal Engraving: The (3,4,0) (E)Expressive IdentityPrerequisite: VART 2126 Chinese Word as ImageSeal engraving (zhuanke ) is a highly developed yet muchunderstudied form of Chinese art. Few people have any idea howto appreciate the beauty of a seal’s (yinzhang ) imprintedimage, let alone grasp the subtlety of these aesthetic objects.More than simply tools used to imprint one’s presence (commonlyauthorship and ownership) on a painting or work of calligraphy,seals are carefully design works of art that express a variety ofcultural and personal values.This course consists of three parts: (1) study of the theoretical andhistorical aspects of seal engraving; (2) the practical study of stylesand carving techniques; and (3) a hands-on studio art project.Students will be introduced to related topics as social functionsof the seal, transformation of seal styles, relationships betweenthe seal and other arts of China, appreciating the seal and itsimprint as aesthetic objects, and the seal as a vehicle for expressingself-image and identity. After a vigorous analysis of styles andcompositional types, the class will learn the techniques of sealengraving through demonstrations and guided practice. Thecourse culminates in the creative project where by students willcarve their own personal seals that convey through their design ofcharacter seals (wenzi yin ) and pictorial seals (tuxiang yin ), an expression of their self-image or identity.Seal engraving is an integral form of Chinese art and visualculture. The course not only informs students about traditionalChinese culture, but also challenges them to invigorate thenational heritage to express their contemporary thoughts andlife. Students will develop independent thinking and problemsolvingskills and express creativity as part of the process forcreating seals. This course is intended to cultivate a synergy withall other courses of Chinese art history, Chinese painting, Chinesecalligraphy, typography, jewellery design, and some aspects ofsculpture.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.VART 3135 Independent Music Video (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2135 Looking through the Lens or VART2136 Sound: The BasicsIndependent music videos have been an exceptionally richplatform for audio-visual experimentations since the 1980’s.Artists work with limited resources and manipulate simple craftto create innovative music/visual relations. Examining variousforms and development of independent music videos willtherefore definitely broaden students’ mastery of aesthetics andtechnicality of music/visual productions.This studio course provides students with knowledge of history,cultural contexts, and various styles of independent music videowith emphasis on its spirits of DIY, low budget, experimentationand novelty.The course’s offerings include video camera and lightingworkshops, but it also aims at expanding the possibilities ofmaking moving images by including sequences of photographs,illustrations and drawings for music video, which are notnecessarily video camera-based. This is achieved by coveringessential skills of computer-based moving image composition.As a course-project course, each student must finish a music videofor Hong Kong independent musicians/bands or sound artistsby the end of the semester. Hence, production management isalso a focus. Students have to deal with allocation of work in acrew, location scouting, scheduling, equipment booking etc. Theinstructor will introduce students to local independent musicians/sound artists and facilitates communication for the collaborations.In sum, students acquire experience of the complete procedures ofa music video production: choosing music/sound works, knowingthe musicians/sound artists, generating initial ideas, presentationof concept and treatment, negotiations and fine-tuning,production (shooting or drawings), moving image compositions,and publishing (in format of professional broadcast HDV, DVD orweb-based platforms).VART 3136 Experiments in Moving Image (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2136 Sound: The Basics or VART 2135Looking through the LensThis course aims at offering students unconventional perspectiveson moving image and sound. Notions of creativity and usagesof digital moving image and sound gears as artistic tools arehighlighted. Hence, the course strongly encourages mixed genresand personal experiments.Students will learn the art of moving image and sound thatinherently stress the significance of experimentation in visualrhetoric, mass media (TV) criticism, and the spirits of boldnessin contemporary art making. Students will learn histories,technological/cultural contexts and artistic practices ofexperimental film/video art.As an intermediate level course, students will learn digital videoproduction including camera work and the use of supported gears,the craft of three-point lighting and its variations, and also theknowledge of safety and different types of lighting gears.After taking this course, students should be ready for upper-levelcourses that are research-based and aim at exploring further onnovelty of time-based media. This course also supports studentsworking on other areas of arts with elements of moving imageand sound, such as interactive media, hypermedia and installationart works.VART 3137 Narrative Photography (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2135 Looking through the Lens or VART2136 Sound: The BasicsIn the post-medium culture, artists no longer identify themselvesas a practitioner in a specific medium, but rather work acrossmultiple mediums to create a rich visual dialogue. Therefore,this course is an attempt to bring together photography andperformance art, with the awareness of “the act depicted in thephotography”, “the unpremeditated photographic action” as thestyle of mid-twentieth-century photojournalism and lomography:snapshots, “an act/performance created for a photograph” and “astand-alone picture to present a pictorial narrative.” Referencingphotographers who create images relating to fables, fairy tales,apocryphal events and modern myths—a collective consciousness,this course will further develop creative processes and innovativeworks that explore the possibilities in an active moment that isnot simply captured by a still frame, but will continue beyond theimage.This studio course will launch an interactive dialogue betweenphotography and performance art. Students will explore thedifferent creative processes between these two art mediums,discovering the similarities and differences in each, and utilizingthe knowledge gained from both in developing time-basedphotography. Discussions and presentations will focus on561Course Descriptions

562Course Descriptionsnarrative compositions (such as directing an event, specifically forthe camera), surveillance, process and documentation as art, andthe use of text in photography.VART 3145 Sculpture: Form and Applications (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2145 Sculpture: Materials and Processes orVART 2147 Installation ArtDirect carving is a technique that has been utilized since thebeginnings of civilization. The course will focus on suchsubtractive process and/or the use of reductive thinking as acreative tool to explore sculptural forms. Students will investigatehow form can be revealed through different carving approachesand techniques.In this course students will study the use of working models,templates as well as to work directly with the material toexperience both systematic and intuitive methods for producingsculptural form. Students will also examine the applicationaspects of sculptural form in large scale public sculpture /environmental project through scaled models and appropriatevisual presentation formats.VART 3147 Public Art (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2145 Sculpture: Materials and Processes orVART 2147 Installation ArtTraditionally the concept of public art has mainly been relatedto monuments and statues in public spaces. Later its form werediversified through various interpretations of the “public”, andas a result not only includes outdoor sculptures and muralsto functional works integrated into architecture, but also sitespecificityworks, community based projects and interactive streetperformances. Nowadays, a new sense of public art refers to anyart that happens and exhibits in a public domain, which may beart in “public places”, art that “creates public spaces”, and artof “public interest”. Public art does not simply refer to alreadyexisting physical urban sites such as parks, squares, streets orcities, but actually aims to re-interpret various social and culturalspaces and their functions.This is a practice-based course, which includes conceptual andpractical exercises relating to public art, as well as investigatingand exploring new possibilities of art in the public arena. It willprovide students with new concepts and approaches to exploreart as a public situation. Students will establish public art intheir geographical, political and social context, allowing themto integrate art and life within their personal living space andcommunity. Students will further understand the concept of 2Dand 3D art work, site-specific work, performances in contextualityand art in daily life, making this course also a valuable experiencefor students interested in Sculpture, Spatial Design, InstallationArt and Performance Art.VART 3155 Bodily Perception in Artistic (3,4,0) (E)PracticePrerequisite: VART 2155 Bodyscape or VART 2156 InteractiveArtGaining perceptual experience through our bodily senses (sight,hearing, smell, taste, touch and motion), and making use of it todiscern various circumstances in the surroundings is the commonground for human communication. From the perspective ofvisual arts practice, this course aims to extend students’ sensibilityand capability in employing perceptual experience as a meansof artistic investigations and expressions. It will also open upstudents’ vision and mind to new creative possibilities. The studyof bodily perception will be introduced in both practical andtheoretical aspects in which relevant reading materials on BodyAesthetics and related art movements in the 20th century will beexplored.With the influences of Dada, Fluxus, Happening, Performanceand other related art movements in the 20th century, thephenomenon of artists presenting art with their own bodieshas become common. It particularly refers to the explorationof bodily perception and its possible implication in artisticexpression. In recent years, this phenomenon extends to a widerscope of artistic practice and is now applied to more diversecreative disciplines such as wearable, spatial, product, multimediaand interface design. The study of bodily perception thus suggestsan interdisciplinary platform to integrate various art forms andcreative practices.VART 3157 Human Machine Interface (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2155 Bodyscape or VART 2156 InteractiveArtDigital media products have moved beyond the use of standardgraphical interface. Buttons and display screens will not besufficient to cater for the ubiquitous and mobile usage. Moreover,contemporary interactive artworks often embed the interfacesinto a spatial environment or custom made artefacts. Bothcases demand a revisit of the existing desktop metaphor and thegraphical user interface. These interfaces are the subject of thestudies. The course aims to investigate the creative use of physicalinterfaces for digital media artworks and products.Because digital technologies are incorporated into our daily life,there is a crucial need to strengthen the communication betweenthese systems and their users. The interaction between thedigital and the physical world is a field with increasing meaningfor designers and artists. This course will explore the historyof interface design–related to time and space–with regards tousability and cultural issues. The development of interfaces hasalways been driven by technical progress along with the needs ofhuman beings. By analysing users’ interaction with machines,and adopting knowledge on basic electronics and computerprogramming, students will research on interaction design, digitalmedia content and create new concepts for interfaces that enhanceusers’ experience.VART 3205 Special Topics in Craft (3,4,0) (E)and Design (Graphic Book)VART 3206 Special Topics in Craft (3,4,0) (E)and Design (Experimental Imaging)VART 3207 Special Topics in Craft (3,4,0) (E)and Design (Glass and Ceramics)VART 3295 Special Topics in Craft (3,4,0) (E)and Design (Wearables)VART 3296 Special Topics in Craft (3,4,0) (E)and Design (Objects and Environment)Prerequisite: To be specified by offering instructorThis course aims to provide an opportunity for students to studyin-depth selected topics in contemporary issues related to thevarious creative practices in Craft and Design.Through examination of theories related to the topic, studentswill get an initial look at issues in the Craft and Design froman interdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspective. The coursewill then guide them to integrate various points of view, and todevelop their own critical judgment on the topic under study.Starting on the basis of this initial introduction the course willthen aim to investigate through practice different approachesand methodologies to the course topic, and to ultimately connectand integrate them with existing skills and knowledge of courseparticipants. The aim is to develop and practise skills andconcepts for students’ personal practices in Craft and Design atthe current state of the arts.This course changes subjects/theme regularly; therefore theindividual instructor in consultation with the Craft and DesignDivision will determine the selected topic, to take full advantageof developing research, issues and global developments in thevisual arts.VART 3215 Picture Book (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2115 Typography or VART 2216 GraphicStorytellingThis course aims to develop student’s storytelling skills and theability to conceptualize complex visualization in the form ofpicture book. It provides a platform for the students to explorehow images, text, graphics and other visual elements can be usedto inform, explain and narrate complex “story” in a unique andcreative way.The course emphasizes the importance of research in the stage

of idea-development. Through lectures, workshops and field trip,students will have chance to explore various methodologies thatcould help them to conduct research on related topics. They willneed to initiate their own story idea and develop strategy to gather,organize and articulate contents and information for creativeuse. To enrich student’s visual language, advance topics in storystructure, story setting, character design, visualization, image-textinteractions and book illustration will be covered. Students arealso encouraged to experiment with various approaches in visualexpression in order to establish their own personal style.Besides, the course will provide a comprehensive overview of thehistory and contemporary practice in the areas stated above byintroducing classical works and modern examples. Alternativeand cutting-edge models of publishing methods will also beexamined to encourage students to challenge the concept of a“picture book”.VART 3216 Cover to Cover (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2215 Typography or VART 2216 GraphicsStorytellingFor centuries, reading a book was the only one way of savetravellingto faraway places, unknown cultures and boldadventures. Even time travel and the transforming to anotheridentity were possible while lounging in an armchair at home andreading a book. Today we have more opportunities to get into astory by listening to an audio book, watching movie or playingcomputer games. But even the medium book is changing itsnature from analogue to digital (Kindle and iPad, only to namethe famous one).Despite all these innovations, the traditional printed book is stillthe most common and most successful distribution format for textandimage-based content. Still the number of printed publicationis rising every year. Book design is still the ultimate achievementfor any 2D-designer. The innumerable contents of books cannotbe covered by one standard design of an anonymous iBook. Notjust the physical design of the “anatomy” of a book—spine, cover,binding, front, body, and back—but also the canons of proportion,grids, formats, openings and page design in combination create theessential experience of a good read. And these are only the basics.In addition a digital book cannot replace the sensory experienceof touching, smelling and hearing the pages of an analog book.This course critically evaluates contemporary book design byexploring the changing formats of the book in history, and inthe context of the visual arts: as craft, as product, as art andas medium. It introduces the business of publishing, andits terminology, as well as essential knowledge of printingtechnologies. Most of all however, the course aims at providingthe tools, skills and creative approaches to design and produce abook with self given content and constraints.After all, it is the purpose of the course to create a book thatdoes not depend on conventional templates but develops froman understanding of competing conventions. The course buildsconfidence in creative organization and management of contentfor a wide range of publication practice in contemporary visualarts. It is the point of culmination within the course sequence ofthe Graphic art-cluster that intends to bring together all previouslyacquired skills in one project.VART 3225 Screenprinting and Lithographic (3,4,0) (E)PrintmakingPrerequisite: VART 2225 Experimental Illustration or VART2226 Design for HypermediaScreen-printing was first developed in China during the SongDynasty, and was only relatively late introduced to the West.However, when it finally was patented in England in the early20th century it developed into a huge industry as it allowed for thefirst time to print onto almost any surface of almost any 3D-form.Lithography is a truly European invention based on chemicalprocesses of “hydrophobic” and “hydrophilic” surfaces andprinting paint. As these chemicals can be applied to all kinds ofsurfaces, it also allows a vast array of printing possibilities that areparticularly interesting for industrial and commercial usage.Together these two techniques cover almost the entirety ofall industrially printed matters, from books to products, frompackaging to magazines, yet since Andy Warhol and Pop Artin the 1960s these techniques also became popular as media forartistic expression.Building up on the skills and knowledge acquired in prerequisitecourses, this is a consecutive course on water-based screen-printingand basic lithographic printmaking techniques that also covers thehistorical, conceptual and technical aspects of these techniques.Expression and implementation of design concepts developedthrough studies of the printing process will be the primary goal ofthis course.In order to facilitate the learning experience, students will makeuse of the techniques and context of these two printmakingprocesses to complete several projects. These prints are expectedto be technically proficient and indicate an understanding of thetwo different printing processes. The prints are also required tobe imaginative and well designed. All prints must be completelyoriginal. Group critiques will coincide with the completion ofassigned projects.Upon completion of the course students will develop greaterknowledge in perception, appreciation, composition, printingprocess preparation and use of colours. Heightened powers ofvisual awareness, knowledge of the fundamental elements of art,organizational ability, and a creative approach to the use of theprintmaking media combine to equip the student for future effortsin studio art production or appreciation activities.VART 3226 Relief and Intaglio Printmaking (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2225 Experimental Illustration or VART2226 Design for HypermediaRelief and intaglio printmaking in a way relate to each other likeadditive and subtractive approaches in sculpture: in relief printingsome parts of a given matrix are removed to form an image. Inkis applied to the remaining surface areas, and from there directlytransferred onto paper. Intaglio printing does exactly the reverse:again some parts of a given matrix are removed, however thenthe ink is applied into the newly created “gaps” of the surface andthen transferred from there to the paper.Relief printing—as represented for example in woodcut prints—is probably the oldest printing technique of all, having beenin use for several millennia throughout many different regionsand cultures. It is conceptually and technically simple, yetdue to many different available materials, tools and carvingtechniques nevertheless very versatile. Intaglio in return is moresophisticated, and allows for finer, more controlled lines as well asfor more durable printing plates. Both techniques have been partof the artistic canon for centuries, and also today offer plenty ofopportunities for experimentation and discovery.This course covers the historical, conceptual and technical aspectsof relief and intaglio printmaking techniques, its focus howeverlies on expression and implementation of design conceptsdeveloped through studies of the printing process. Printmakingprojects will support the concepts of individuality, originality,independent decision-making, self-directed inquiry as well as thepractical skills needed to express concepts.VART 3227 Evolutionary Graphics (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2225 Experimental Illustration or VART2226 Design for HypermediaThe course introduces the ideas and practices of evolutionaryand generative methods to create complex visual imageries. Inthe context of procedural animation and computer graphics, theconcepts of evolutionary biology can both simulate the form ofnature and as well go beyond it by creating static or dynamicgraphics with little reference in the physical world.Students in the course learn to create complex computer graphicsby specifying very simple rules. They will understand the notionof artificial nature where the seemingly complex behaviours aredeveloped by a number of simple mutually interacting units.Historical reference will be drawn from a variety of disciplineslike machine theory, algorithmic graphics, chaos theory, and selforganizingsystems.The course will introduce the use of the graphical programming563Course Descriptions

564Course Descriptionsenvironment such as TouchDesigner* or Context Free Art** thatthe students can use to experiment with generative graphics andprocedural animation without the need to write traditional textbased computer programs. The artworks can both be shown onscreen or output as computer paintings.By using the commonly available graphic design software, studentsusually work on computer graphics with a top down planningapproach. The variety of the visual imageries will often be limitedto the background and exposure of the students’ former visualtraining. This course offers a bottom up approach to facilitatestudents to overcome the former constraints. By purposelyintroducing rules and limitations, the generative or evolutionaryprocesses can automatically produce imageries that challenge boththe representational and abstract ways of two-dimensional visualcreation.The conceptual framework in the class is transferable andapplicable to other subjects like 2D design, spatial design, andexperimental painting. As computing software is becoming animportant tool for visual art and design, the understanding of thecodes, which are essentially rules, is a competitive advantage forstudents to expand their visual repertoire.* A free authoring tool for creating interactive 3D art, http://www.derivative.ca/** A free software that generates images from written grammar,http://www.contextfreeart.org/VART 3235 From Zero Space to Infinite (3,4,0) (E)Dimension: The Art of Glass CastingPrerequisite: VART 2236 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot toSculptural Form or VART 2235 From Liquid toSolid: The Art of Glass BlowingMost objects have three dimensions; however glass can haveinfinite dimensions through the very light that travels through itand is captured within it. It is a unique quality of glass that it canbe transparent, translucent and/or opaque. Such qualities makeit possible for glass to express infinite dimensions externally andinternally at a zero space.Glass Casting is an ancient Chinese glass technique that can bedated back to the Warring State (BC 481-221). Now it is theprimary glass art technique taught internationally and locally,and one of the main glass production methods used by artists anddesigners. It is also becoming an important art skill for creativeindustries, and it has a place in fine art, public art, spatial designand in architecture.This course introduces the essential techniques of Glass Castingand its sufficient cold-working such as grinding and polishing forfinishing the glass product. Students will explore the potentialfor Cast Glass artworks, and at the same time build a solid andsufficient knowledge base in Glass Casting skills and the accuracyrequired for good craftsmanship. This class will encourage theenhancement of aesthetic understanding, sensitivity to design,development of imagination, and the development of personalcreative language.Learning Glass Casting allows students to apply theirunderstanding of two-dimensional concept—drawing and designskills—to three-dimensional works. It also allows students tointegrate their studies in sculpture, ceramics, jewellery, design andinstallation to formulate an interdisciplinary practice within GlassCasting.The course will allow students to attain Glass Castingcraftsmanship, and establish their personal creative languagethrough different projects. It will also expose students to thehistory and development of Glass Casting and importantexamples of glass cast designs and art works.VART 3236 From Object to Installation: (3,4,0) (E)The Art of Glass Kiln-FormingPrerequisite: VART 2236 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot toSculptural Form or VART 2235 From Liquid toSolid: The Art of Glass BlowingIn addition to Glass Blowing and Casting, Glass Kiln Forming isanother essential set of glass-art techniques with more complexfiring schedules due to the effect of different melting points. It isused widely in the creative industry, from small jewellery objects,daily table products, and interior designs to artistic works, byusing fusible colour glass sheets, frits and powders, as well aswindow glass and recycled glass. This course focuses on threeKiln Forming techniques: Fusing, Slumping and Pate De Verre.Slumping (660°C) transfers a sheet of glass from 2-D to 3-D, froma sketch to an object. Students learn to use a diamond cutter tocut glass sheets to compose various patterns, and to slump it overa ceramic mould to sag the forms in a kiln. Use of daily recycledglass and window glass are also introduced for Slumping.The temperature of Fusing (750-840 °C) is higher than Slumping.Fusing is suitable for making jewellery objects, 2-D works, andcomponents for interior designs as well as creating panels forSlumping projects.Pate de Verre (700°C) is a French word “glass paste” by usingdifferent size and colour glass frits and powders mixed withCMC glue to apply over/into a mould (ceramics fibre or hightemperatureplaster), then fused together by firing. The workscould be thin as a leaf, detailed as lace, vivid as a flower andcomplex as a building.The three Kiln Forming Techniques could be used individuallyor co-ordinately to realize concepts/ideas exquisitely. Sufficientglass Kiln Forming cold-working techniques will also be taughtto facilitate a professional completion of the work. Students willexplore the potential and wide possibilities of Kiln Forming whilebuilding up confidence and accuracy required for craftsmanship.It will provide students with good craft skills and an artistic basefor their future career development in visual arts.VART 3237 Creative Ceramics: Concept and (3,4,0) (E)ProcessPrerequisite: VART 2236 Ceramic Art: From Pinched Pot toSculptural FormCeramic art, with its origin in craft, has been propelled by artisticmovements, which integrated traditional techniques and aestheticsinto the creation of contemporary artwork.In this course, students will build on previously acquired ceramicskills by augmenting their ceramic knowledge through exposure tomore advanced ceramic techniques and the viewing of high calibreceramic artworks. It is also an exploration into the possibilities ofceramic material and techniques in artistic expression. Studentshave to tackle different problems in various projects with differentapproaches to ceramic art including a thematic project, in whichstudents have to create within an assigned concept.Using a variety of techniques, including paper-clay, advancedhand building and wheel throwing techniques, slip-casting andpress-moulding, students will fabricate ceramic composite formsin non-functional approach. Image transfer and glaze test projectswill also help students to develop their own messages on surface.Forms constructed range from abstraction to images of foundobjects, where the aesthetic consideration will be opened topersonal creative expression. Emphasis will be placed onthe development of concept and the transformation to threedimensional clay objects. Students are encouraged to createindependent work exhibiting personal symbols and content.Students will further broaden their understanding of ceramicsby visiting museums, galleries, and meeting artists at theirstudios. Additionally, through lectures and research, studentswill strengthen their historical knowledge of both traditional andcontemporary ceramics, so that they can explore the issues ofcultural identity and significance in their own work.VART 3245 Second Skin (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2245 WearablesBody coverings can be described as a second skin. This courseinvestigates this notion in terms of intimacy and extimacy.“Intimacy” describes the corporeal relationship of textiles andthe body whilst “extimacy” extends to the realm of luxury anddisplay. Second Skin relates to wearables that are in intimatecontact with the body; they enhance or disguise, comfort orprotect us. Second Skins are three-dimensional objects that areformed through the manipulation of raw materials. The materialsand techniques used in their creation are deeply interwoven

with culture and tradition. This course expands the basic skillsgained in the lower-level Wearables-course adding the tools andtechniques to create fabrics and textural finishes, which will beexplored and combined to design and produce wearables andaccessories.Understanding the properties and structures of materials as wellas the history and cultural significance of traditional techniquesoffers the designer a great scope for creativity. The studentswill be provided with technical skills to develop a fundamentalunderstanding of textiles properties and their cultural significancenecessary to produce creative products with a professional level ofaesthetic and artistic integrity.Through practical demonstration of traditional and contemporarytextiles techniques including a range of non-loom and loomtechniques as well as various methods of texturising, colouringand embellishment, students are encouraged to embracecross-disciplinary approaches to develop new techniques andapplications for body coverings.The product outcomes will be wearables or accessories as formsof creative expression, design innovation or designs for practicalapplications in response to a written brief. Students will beexpected to complete a range of samples and design concepts aswell as a minimum of one wearable object.VART 3246 Studio Jewellery (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2246 Small-Metal JewelleryFrom pre-historic time till the mid-twentieth Century, people worejewellery to showcase their wealth, power, social and religiousstatus, superiority and their aesthetic sense. After the SecondWorld War, many of the societies in Europe and America wereturned upside down.The great loss of lives made many artists questioned thetraditional values, and reflected on the question of self-identity.The scarcity of materials also pushed many artists to start makingjewellery. Together with the new materials made available throughtechnology advancement, the studio jewellery movement wasborn. At the core of the movement is a deep desire to establishvalues and identity through jewellery. In many ways, jewellery isthe ideal art form to consider a person’s values, and to explore thepossibilities of utilizing or challenging traditional meanings.In this course, students will be guided to develop a series ofwork that reflects their stance on contemporary issues. Theywill start by studying the traditional meanings of jewellery, andtheir connections to the underlying craftsmanship. Once theseconnections are made, they will look at how the studio jewellerymovement pushed these apart, and used new ideas and materialsto create a new set of language. The students will then reflect ontheir own perception, develop a series of jewellery, and presenttheir work and research findings to the class.VART 3255 Exhibits and Displays (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2255 Space and Site or VART 2256 ProductDesignExhibition Design is potentially one of the most common, but alsoleast recognized design-areas: despite the practice of exhibitingis found not only in museum- or gallery-exhibitions, but also intrade-fairs, showrooms, shops and various public institutions,there are not many programmes or courses dedicated to thisspecific area. Accordingly this course aims to equip students withthe basic knowledge and skills for designing exhibits and displaysfor all kinds of situations, including the spatial arrangement ofa site, the interior design for the space, exhibition-furniture and-graphics. However, it also intends to go beyond the professionalpractice of exhibit design, and explore the wider practice ofexhibiting in general.As this course aims at students who have already some experiencein art-/design-related subjects, but not yet any systematic approachto Exhibit Design, the focus of the course will be on transferringknowledge, skills and personal experience from other subjects likeSculpture, Installation Art, Graphic Design and others, and toapply these in a new professional area that it sought for widely inmany design-professions.VART 3256 Sustainable Design (3,4,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2255 Space and Site or VART 2256 ProductDesignNot just after the growing concern about global climate changehas environmental issues become an increasingly relevantissue in particular for designer. Sustainable Design describesan environmentally conscious approach to a highly sensitive,political and social problem: the world changes, and so mustwe. The course will give you an understanding of bio-based andbiodegradable materials, recycling materials, and sustainableproduction processes. The challenge is to take an everyday object,remould, rebuild and re-purpose it to create an entirely new itemusing as little additional materials as possible. Three differentprojects and external collaborations with the industry will be themeans to a deep understanding of global environmental problemsand possible solutions.VART 3257 3D Prototyping (3,4,0)Pre-requisite: VART 2255 Space & Site or VART 2256 ProductDesignComputers and digital technology allow us to work within avirtual space. Three-dimensional software allows us to play withform and space without dealing with the consequences or naturalproperties of the actual form in an actual space. In this virtualworld the artist can explore and expand their art practice into thisvirtual world and through it by harnessing its advantages to createnew forms and new spaces.This course will introduce students to digital technology as ameans to expand their capabilities to produce and visualizealternative projects in the various art studios. This course exploresthe extended field of sculpture into the digital realm. Studentswill be exposed to basic to advanced 3D software used to createsuitable models for production with the laser cutter and CNC(computer numeric controlled) machines. Students will also beable to create projects that are meant to be utilized in other art anddesign practices, such as: precise mould making, template makingfor fabrication/collaboration, copper plate and wood blockpreparation for printmaking and glass etching to name a few.This course is project based and will focus on technicaldemonstration and a continuous presentation of visiting artist/designers and faculty from all disciplines to inspire in the studentsthe abilities to think fluidly about how ideas can be filteredthrough this technology. They will then take on more complexprojects based on their ability to use the software. This courseis designed to show what the machines can do to extend thestudents’ creativity into an alternative mediums and processes.The core objective of this class is to give students an ability toplay with such technology so as to expand their creative output inwhatever studio they may practice within.VART 3305 Special Topics in Visual Arts (3,3,0) (E)Studies (Art History and Theory)VART 3306 Special Topics in Visual Arts (3,3,0) (E)Studies (Chinese Arts Studies)VART 3307 Special Topics in Visual Arts (3,3,0) (E)Studies (Visual and Material Culture)Prerequisite: VART 2305 Introduction to Western Art andVART 2306 Introduction to Chinese ArtThis course aims to provide an opportunity for students to studyin-depth, selected topics in contemporary issues related to thetheoretical study of the Visual Arts. Through examination oftheories related to the topic, students will look at issues from aninterdisciplinary and cross-cultural perspective. The course willguide students to integrate various points of view and developtheir own critical judgment of the Visual Arts.The course will normally start with a discussion and introductionto the special topic in relation to the study and practice of theVisual Arts. Depending on the nature of the selected topic, thecourse will focus on one or more important trends of thought,assessing their relevance to contemporary culture and practice.Assigned readings will be interdisciplinary, and students will beencouraged to examine the topic from a cross-cultural perspective.The course will conclude with a critical reflection on the topic andits relevance to the general understanding of Visual Arts.565Course Descriptions

566Course DescriptionsThis course changes subjects/theme regularly; therefore theindividual instructor in consultation with the Visual Arts StudiesDivision will determine the selected topic, to take full advantageof developing research, issues and global developments in thevisual arts.VART 3315 Concepts in Contemporary Art (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2315 Writing in Art and Culture andCulture or VART 2305 Introduction to WesternArt and VART 2306 Introduction to Chinese ArtThis course will concentrate on the study of art trends and artmovements by thematic discussion. The study will explore art andartists from across the world and examine the linking of conceptsand theories of modern and contemporary trends from 1945.The course provides a platform to get to know with the historicaland contemporary frameworks for discussing and analysing art,further more, student will learn to evaluate sources and ideascritically and make informed decisions about their relevance andworth.Nowadays, Contemporary Art is a very complex conceptaccording to various interpretational needs. By stressing theanalysis of works of art within thematic groupings rather thana linear historical introduction, engages students in activelyconsidering how ideas, forms, materials, process, and purposesall contribute to meaning of Contemporary Art. In addition,students will be acquainted with the current international andlocal art scene in order to better understand the inter-textuality ofconcepts in contemporary art.VART 3316 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in (3,3,0) (E)Art HistoryPrerequisite: VART 2315 Writing in Art and Culture or VART2305 Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtThe early meetings and exchanges between Europe and Asiahave left a valuable legacy for intercultural studies in the presentera of globalization. The accelerated flow of artefacts, artworks,ideas and people from one nation to the other has contributedto the active dialogue between Asian and Western cultures. Italso enriches our knowledge and experience of cross-culturalencounters in the global community.This theme-based course examines the reception and productionof visual arts in the context of cross-cultural interaction amongstWestern and Asian countries, including America, Europe, China,Japan, India and the Middle East. It will lay emphasis on China’sencounters with the outside world from the 18th to the 20thcentury. Most materials will explore how Western collectors andartists perceived Asian art and material culture, ranging frompaintings, woodcuts and photographs, to porcelains, sculptures,furniture and gardens. The in-depth analysis of the production,design and consumption of Chinese and Japanese export art, aswell as their impact on Western taste and art practice, will informcritical issues of art training and art market in the modern period.Considering the collecting of foreign objects in China and thepresence of European Jesuits and artists at the imperial court,this course will also investigate Asian interest in Western art andthe production of the hybrid forms of art. Issues of museumcollecting and looting, as well as the theoretical discourses ofOrientalism and colonialism will be discussed.Through lectures, group discussions and field trips, this coursewill offer students a greater depth of the understanding ofart and cultural history from a historical, cross-cultural andinterdisciplinary perspective. It will broaden their knowledge ofcreativity by demonstrating wider and diverse visual environmentsin different social, cultural, political and economic contexts. Byunderstanding and evaluating cross-cultural issues in art, studentscan engage in a dynamic creative process with an internationaloutlook.VART 3317 Visual Arts and Modernity (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2315 Writing in Art and Culture or VART2305 Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtAs visual artists, how we think, and how we understand the worldaround us, both effects and influences our creativity and the workswe create. The art of the 20th century exemplifies this interplaybetween art, artist and society, marking a point of distinctartistic difference with the past and highlighting Modernitythroughout culture and society. The responses to Modernityhave incorporated new forms and expressions of visual art anddeveloped a range of radical theories, attempting to define andcontextualise the art in a century of unprecedented global change.Using the themes of Modernity as a platform—for example:revolution, gender, industrial advance etc.—we will examinethe shaping of visual art of the 20th century. Considering therelationships and affinities between varieties of media, andinvestigating the theories and language of visual art we will learnto understand contextually and visually the often ambiguous terms“Modern”, “Modernity” and “Modernism”.The course will offer the student a greater depth of theunderstanding of Art History and the interplay between visualart, the creative process of the visual artist, and the influence ofpolitical, cultural, economic and anthropological arenas of life.VART 3325 Contemporary Vision in (3,3,0) (E)Chinese Art PracticePrerequisite: VART 2325 Ar ts of Asia or VART 2305Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtContemporary Chinese art practice exists in a multiplicity thatencompasses a wide spectrum ranging from traditional to avantgardeartistic expressions. This course covers both theoreticalstudy of contemporary Chinese art practice and practical studyof art production methods with a contemporary vision. Throughcritical examination of a range of major scholarly debates onmodern and contemporary Chinese art practices, students willlearn to apply art-historical methods and approaches to theanalysis and interpretation of works by major contemporaryChinese artists. Meanwhile, the centrality of the notion ofnegotiations with tradition and modernity in the practicesof contemporary Chinese painting and calligraphy will behighlighted. Students will exercise their critical thinking andanalytical skill in both oral presentation and writing assignments.Based on the inspiration originated from the aforementionedtheoretical study, students will be guided to explore experimentalmethods and techniques to transform traditional mode of Chineseart practices which include Chinese painting, calligraphy and sealengraving. The course will culminate in students’ development ofa set of personal creative strategy to effectively express their ideasthrough artwork production.In the context of an emerging world market of contemporaryChinese art, the development of contemporary Chinese artbecomes a subject of global attention. This course is significantbecause it presents the current state of knowledge about modernand contemporary Chinese art. Moreover, it offers an opportunityfor students to learn the tools for analysis and interpretation ofworks by major contemporary Chinese artists. Meanwhile, thiscourse serves as an extended study of the other studio art coursesof Chinese painting, calligraphy and seal engraving. Lastly,the interdisciplinary nature of the course, as embodied in thecoexistence of academic research methods and artistic output,contribute to the overall-direction of the AVA.While English is the major medium of instruction of this course,occasionally Chinese will be used in the teaching of materials andtexts related to Chinese arts.VART 3326 Hong Kong Arts (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2325 Ar ts of Asia or VART 2305Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtEvery place has its own story/stories that can be narrated,illustrated and represented creatively through visual arts if notin words. This course attempts to tell the many stories of HongKong by looking at examples of local art works, includingpainting, sculpture, cartoons, photography and architecture thatare produced from the early 19th century to the present day, as a

way to outline the character and history of the place. With thesupplement of texts and documentaries, students will learn fromthe visual examples how Hong Kong transformed from a smallfishing village to a metropolis city of over seven million people;or from a British colony to be a part of the People’s Republic ofChina nowadays.Alternately, the socio-political changes, technology development,education reform, cultural interaction of a place can also influencethe production of works of art, in terms of style, medium andmeaning. The search for identity before the return of sovereigntybefore 1997, for example, triggered off a substantial amount of artcreation on the issue on Hong Kong identity.The course will adopt a multi-disciplinary approach in readingstories of Hong Kong, not solely from the view points of visualarts, but also sociology, history, cultural studies, geography, and/or literature, whichever can bring new insight to enhance ourunderstanding on the topics. The opportunity to study originalworks of art, either from museum or private collection, enablesstudents to make direct encounter with the history of the place,which will ultimately inspire their thoughts and interpretation ofthe subject of Hong Kong.VART 3327 Hong Kong Craft: Tradition (3,4,0) (E)and TransformationPrerequisite: VART 2325 Ar ts of Asia or VART 2305Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtHong Kong is known for its concentration of traditionalcraftspeople and clusters of materials for handicraft industry.Nowadays, Hong Kong, as one of the post capital cities in Asia,faces urban re-development and the consequent potential lossof local marginalized wisdom of craftspeople and communitynetworks. One of the Academy’s roles is to provide a platformto study traditional handicraft, conserve its culture and supportits re-generation. By doing so, this course will inspire ideas andconcepts also in subjects like Ceramics, Glass, Jewellery Design,sculpture, and Wearable.This is a practice-based course with theory presenting the HongKong handicraft industry’s early development and handicraftskills. In exploring the relevant development in trend andecological environment of traditional handicraft, its positionwithin the framework of art-theory based cluster will also enhancethe cognition of intangible cultural heritage and its sustainableconditions under the material culture concerns and cultural policymaking.The course will experience sharing of and collaboration with localtraditional craftspeople. It emphasizes both technique trainingand materials exploration, including the handling and interpretingof traditional or new materials and how to convert them intoa new form of art and design. Student will be encouraged tointeract with each other and the local community for their creativeprojects. Handicraft such as paper offerings for ancestors, paperscissor-cuts, Cantonese embroidery, Chinese bird cage, paperlantern, flour-clay character, rattan knitting, galvanized ironmanufacture, cart and wooden boat building etc will be studied inthis course.VART 3335 Museum Studies (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2335 Material Culture and Collections orVART 2336 Exhibition and Art Markets or VART2305 Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtMuseums have served many functions, as repositories of antiques,temples of genuine artworks, platforms for life-long learning,and as social agents promoting civic values. How do museumsbalance their diverse roles and responsibilities against a backdropof changing social agendas, commercial competition, and theglobal diversification of communication technologies?Focusing on policy issues and professional concerns, thiscourse examines organizational conventions, collectionmanagement policies, documentation systems, interpretationand communication mechanisms, and education and outreachprogrammes, to consider how museums can shape a new formof public life around diverse cultural resources. Through casestudies, hands-on workshops, and site visits, this course offersstudents practical knowledge of art administration with anemphasis on operation routines, management skills, and projectplanning, to bring art to a wider audience. This course alsoexamines how museums can convey standards about the valueand meaning of artwork, shape public understanding of art, andbecome involved in the production of art and culture. Studentswill learn about operating mechanisms of museums and reflecton the complex relationship between museums and contemporarypractices in the art world and in society.Looking into various museum practices, such as acquisition,preservation and displaying of artwork, this course explores howmeanings of art would be created and thus enables students toreflect on their artistic practices. This helps bridging with manypractical courses offered by the AVA.VART 3337 The Anthropology of Art (3,3,0) (E)Prerequisite: VART 2335 Material Culture and Collections orVART 2336 Exhibition and Art Markets or VART2305 Introduction to Western Art and VART 2306Introduction to Chinese ArtThis course introduces the study of visual anthropology,examining the visual documentation of humanity and its cultures.Exploring a variety of media objects and events, this coursecritically engages students into debates and issues related tophotography, advertising, global mass media, material culture andthe impact of new technologies.The visual interpretation offers significant insight into ourunderstanding of the human development in terms of our ownidentities, and within the wider global and historical contexts.Fragile, and often temporarily specific, the analyses of visualelements offer an intellectual platform for contextualization anddecontextualization.Exploring concepts and methods as research tools foranthropological inquiry that consider the inter-connection ofreality, social perspectives, and the resulting visuality, which canhelp to inform and influence our ways of understanding andassimilating our lives and societies.Through the discussions of what images mean to us, and theireffects, the course will further poses crucial questions surroundingour understanding within the historical, cultural and social,value and power of vision, image and artefact. Emphasizingand contextualizing the relations between people and the visualas objects, studied both within and external to, environmentaland cultural context, this course will guide students to integratevarious points of view and develop their own critical judgment ofthe Visual Arts.VART 4015 Research and Practice in Studio (6,6,0) (E)and Media ArtsPrerequisite: Completion of minimum one BA-cluster fromSMA concentration or VAS concentrationThis is one of two independent study courses for Year 4 studentsof the BA (Hons) in Visual Arts programme to choose. Like itsequivalent it has a focus on interdisciplinary research in the visualarts, which is integrated with a self-generated practical creativeteam project based on the course’s discipline framework for Studioand Media Arts. While there are no principal formal restrictionsto the creative project – it may be of any medium or approach –students have to initiate, develop and execute the practical projectcollaboratively, and need to commit to substantial research workas part of their outcome.To provide the students with access to the thematic context ofthe course a sequence of lectures, case studies, tutorials and otherrelevant teaching and learning activities relating to research andpractice in the Studio and Media Arts will be offered. Theseactivities also establish a time and workload structure to giveguidance to the students, and provide opportunity for feedbackand criticism.In addition to the specified discipline framework bothindependent study-courses share a series of workshops that aim atconsolidating, combining and extending the wide range of cross-567Course Descriptions

568Course Descriptionsdisciplined research methods, cross-media creative approaches aswell as work documentation and presentation skills that studentsof the programme have acquired in their previous studies sofar. Participation in these workshops will help the students toindependently pursue their investigations and experimentationswithin their personal projects in this course.The knowledge, skills and experiences that students gained in thiscourse will equip them for the development of individual HonoursProject in the final stage of study in the programme.VART 4025 Research and Practice in Craft (6,6,0) (E)and DesignPre-requisite: Completion of minimum one BA-cluster from CDconcentration or VAS concentrationThis is one of two independent study courses for Year 4 studentsof the BA (Hons) in Visual Arts programme to choose. Like itsequivalent it has a focus on interdisciplinary research in the visualarts, which is integrated with a self-generated practical creativeteam project based on the course’s discipline framework for Craftand Design. While there are no principal formal restrictions tothe creative project – it may be of any medium or approach –students have to initiate, develop and execute the practical projectcollaboratively, and need to commit to substantial research workas part of their outcome.To provide the students with access to the thematic context ofthe course a sequence of lectures, case studies, tutorials and otherrelevant teaching and learning activities relating to research andpractice in Craft and Design will be offered. These activities alsoestablish a time and workload structure to give guidance to thestudents, and provide opportunity for feedback and criticism.In addition to the specified discipline framework bothindependent study-courses share a series of workshops that aim atconsolidating, combining and extending the wide range of crossdisciplinedresearch methods, cross-media creative approaches aswell as work documentation and presentation skills that studentsof the programme have acquired in their previous studies sofar. Participation in these workshops will help the students toindependently pursue their investigations and experimentationswithin their personal projects in this course.The knowledge, skills and experiences that students gained in thiscourse will equip them for the development of individual HonoursProject in the final stage of study in the programme.VART 4055 Honours Project (3,*,*)Prerequisite: Year III standingThe Honours Project provides a keystone experience for thestudent in his final year in the BA (Hons) in Visual Artsprogramme.It gives the student an opportunity to prove hiscapability of solving independently and self-reliantly a selfgeneratedassignment in the work-field of the Visual Arts. Hewill apply the concepts and skills gained on the programme tothe investigation. In successfully doing so the student will meetacademic and creative standards that allow the Academy to conferthe BA (Hons) in Visual Arts degree on him.The Honours Project has to be completed by all students duringtheir final term of study in the BA (Hons) Visual Arts-programme.To increase students’ performance during the development oftheir Honours Project, and as preparation for their careers aftergraduation the Honours Project includes a series of requiredworkshops.VASC 7010 Intensive Workshop I (0,0,3)VASC 7020 Intensive Workshop II (0,0,3)VASC 7030 Intensive Workshop III (0,0,3)VASC 7040 Intensive Workshop IV (0,0,3)VASC 7050 Intensive Workshop V (0,0,3)Course names/mediums would be announced to students inthe Master of Visual Arts programme at the beginning of thetrimester.VASC 7100 Research Practice for the Visual Arts (3,3,0)Twenty-first century witnesses visual arts practitioners mergingcultural concerns, research, and process of making into creativeoutput that highlights the complexities of life experiences;and explores new territories. In equipping students’ artisticinquiry, this course introduces various research methods thatare common in art and design-practice, such as content analysis,cultural probe, user survey, interview, and ethnographic studies.Also, it helps students to develop their own research projectby examining different research paradigms, and interpretiveapproaches including hermeneutics, phenomenology, discourseanalysis, feminism and action research. Bringing methodologyinto professional practice, students will go through the process ofresearch—defining research focus, designing appropriate methods,collecting data, documentation, interpreting findings, presenting—through textual and/or audio/visual means.VASC 7200 Professional Practice for the Visual Arts (3,3,0)A graduate in any area of the visual arts entering the professionalarena today cannot expect to be looking forward to a streamlinedcareer. Instead his/her career will be a patchwork of activitiescrossing all boundaries from art-making to applied designcommissions, occasional administrative jobs to part-time teachingand back. They will work in a variety of contexts from selfemployedfreelancing to private agencies, corporate structures andthe public sector. This course aims at equipping students withbasic knowledge and skills in a variety of professional fields thatwill help students to jumpstart their professional practice in thevisual arts.The course is made up by a sequence of workshops deliveredby professional specialists and visual arts practitioners. Eachworkshop includes lectures, seminar-style talks as well as smallpractical assignments, which allow participants to get some initialhands-on experience within the respective area. The intentionof the course however is not to educate specialists, it ratheraims to make aspiring professionals of the field aware of thesematters, sketch the situation and indicate comprehensive ways ofapproaching problems arising.VASC 7300 Interdisciplinary Practice for the (3,4,0)Visual Arts“Creativity isn’t the monopoly of artists.” This remarkableclaim made by Joseph Beuys back in 1979 denotes not only theliberation but also the interdisciplinary nature of contemporaryart. Over the past decades, all sorts of collaborations amongdifferent artistic disciplines, areas of knowledge and variousstakeholders in the society have opened up the diversity andopenness of creative practice.By introducing the background and current trends ofinterdisciplinary practice in connection to visual arts, this courseprovides students with new insights to rethink about the roles,responsibilities and capabilities of visual artists in our time. Asa shared course being offered to all students from various MVAprogrammes, it will utilize this particular setup to also addresscommon areas of socio-cultural concerns, strategies and skillsfor team work as well as the management of creative process forpractitioners from different visual arts fields.VASE 7100 Contemporary Art Issues (6,8,0)No one seems to agree on any precise definition of the term“Contemporary Art”. Various stakeholders in the field such as arthistorians, critics, curators, artists and audiences might interpretit in distinct ways from very diverse perspectives. Nevertheless,it is quite agreeable that the development of contemporaryart has been connecting to and influencing by complex socioculturalfactors internationally since mid-20th century. To identifyand to construct critical discourse on relevant socio-culturalissues is probably the most comprehensive way to conceive thedevelopment of art and culture in our contemporary era.Through its combination of theoretical investigation andsupervised studio practice, students are able to examine the nature

of art and culture within its contemporary context. Wide rangeof issues in connection to current trends of contemporary artand culture will be discussed along with the study of relevant arttheories, movements and artists’ works. Both local and globalperspectives are to be employed in the discussion.Students are expected to acquire informed awareness on thoseissues and to develop critical response within own creativepractice. The choice of art form(s)/media, the relevant mediaskills and techniques as well as their relations with the identifiedtopics/issues are considered to be the emphasis of the creativepractice.VASE 7200 Extended Context/Extended Media (6,8,0)The course expects students to experiment beyond traditionalartistic media by exploring possibilities of employing creativepractices like craft, popular communication media, expandedcinema, multimedia, virtual communities, interior architecture,etc. It encourages students to pay attention to various mediumforms in everyday life encounter and formulate strategies toappropriate them for artistic practices.The course adopts an inter-disciplinary approach. Referencewill be drawn from areas like communication studies, sociology,human computer interaction, architecture, game studies,and media art practices. The studies function as theoreticalfoundations for students to engage themselves in the investigationsand creations of artistic outputs through guided experimentsof the extended media. Students work with their designatedsupervisors in related media to develop a body of works in thecourse of the study.VASE 7300 Master Project for Studio Arts and (6,*,*)Extended MediaThe Master Project embodies research, development andrealization of an independent body of work under the supervisionof a supervisory team (Principal Supervisor and SecondarySupervisor). The final outcomes of the Master Project couldbe a series of artistic work on a defined topic. The format anddeliverables of the Master Project should base on the individuallearning contract which is agreed between the student and thesupervisory team before the beginning of the last trimester. Theoutcomes should demonstrate students’ mastery of the knowledge,skills and professional attitude throughout the programme.VAUT 7100 Call for Future: New Artistic Tactics (6,8,0)This course aims to introduce the theory, history and contextof Utopics and the relationship of art and design to public andprivate spheres. Exposed to artists working with new creativetactics in both local and international contexts, past and presentcase studies, students understand art making is both a theoreticaland practical intervention on the ground for cultural advancement.Artistic practices will be reviewed and examined in topicsincluding ecology, sustainability, autonomy of public space, urbanplay, connectivity, regeneration, community building, citizenreporting and creative activism.This course will broaden students’ horizons of contemporaryvisual art practices as well as the understanding of current hotcultural debates. Students will learn to discuss and appropriateartistic practices, hence to involve the cultural issues. They willwork on small-scale projects, as a testing ground to put theory intopractice.VAUT 7200 Critically Engaged: Artistic Practices (6,8,0)in ContextThis is a project-based course which seeks to develop and testmodes of praxis through practice-led and practice-based researchto develop major projects within local cultural context. Studentswill learn how to heuristically translate the complexities ofsustainable living into individual possibilities for actions.Participation and engagement are the essence of Utopics. Thecourse offers students knowledge to engage themselves criticallyto Hong Kong culture (and that of neighbouring cities) throughcurrent projects/movements. Hence, topics of lectures maychange every year. Issues including local and internationalperspectives on collaboration and negotiation, ethics andcopyright/left will be discussed in relation to students’ projects.Students will also develop their ability to discuss and critiqueartistic projects with social and cultural concerns.Collaborations with individual artists, community workers,NGOs and arts groups are encouraged to render interdisciplinarycooperation among various fields of arts and science, socialservices, journalism, urban planning, education, architecture,urban-agriculture, etc. This does not just aim at buildingup connections for students in their future projects but alsoconstructing positive linkages between academia and communities.VAUT 7300 Master Project for Utopics (6,*,*)The Master Project embodies research, development andrealization of an independent body of work under the supervisionof a supervisory team (Principal Supervisor and SecondarySupervisor). The final outcomes of the Master Project could bea series of artistic work or a project developed and delivered for/with an art organization on a defined topic. The format anddeliverables of the Master Project should base on the individuallearning contract which is agreed between the student and thesupervisory team before the beginning of the last trimester. Theoutcomes should demonstrate students’ mastery of the knowledge,skills and professional attitude throughout the programme.WRIT 1005 Creativity: Theory and Practice (3,3,0) (C)The course aims to help students acquire a systematic and up-todateknowledge of the meanings of creativity, with experientiallearning to engage students in exploring their own creativepotentialities and the practical applications particularly in writing.We will discuss different theories of creativity in literature,philosophy, and other disciplines, and examine the notion throughthe examples from various cultural and artistic forms. We alsoanalyse how creative economy commodifies creativity as somekind of asset.WRIT 2005 Biography Writing (3,2,1) (E)This course aims at introducing to students a particular genreof personal writing, the biography. In this reading and writingcourse, students will conceptualize, research, write and revisebiographical narratives. Questions of how to structure andselect, how lives can be written in an authentic way, and howto do justice to other’s lives will be tackled. Students will alsoexperience, through appreciating masterpieces of biographicalwriting, the diverse ways in which other authors have also writtenlives.WRIT 2006 Food, Wine and Travel Writing (3,2,1)for the Leisure IndustryThe course aims to enhance students’ cultural literacy throughappreciating a variety of bilingual texts of different genres themedfood, wine and travelling, which serve to offer creative inspirationsand critical insights for students’ creative and professional writing.Students will be introduced to the practice of the leisure industryin relation to the writing about food, wine and travel.WRIT 2007 Editing and Publishing (3,2,1)This course aims at fostering a comprehensive understandingof the nature, operations, historical development, and ongoingdramatic changes in publishing as a creative industry. It attemptsto train students to master the core editing skills of English andChinese publishing for both print and electronic books, to enhancestudents’ competence to apply basic editing skills to all mediaforms, and to develop students’ competitive advantage in thenewly evolving industrial environment.WRIT 2015 Writing Seminar: Workshop in (3,2,1) (E)Creative WritingThis course aims to enable students to understand and examinethe major creative writing genres through practices and criticalanalysis, explore the rich diversity of modern literary writings, and569Course Descriptions

570Course Descriptionsread representative works in English and Chinese that will parallelthe writing exercises in both languages. (This course is cross-listedas HUMN 2015.)WRIT 2016 Writing for Science (3,2,1)The course aims to introduce the interested student to theexcitement and challenge of science writing, which concerns itselfwith the communication of scientific knowledge and discovery tothe educated layman. Students will practise interview techniqueswith scientists concerning their research and learn how toorganize, outline, draft, and revise science writing for a series ofgenres.WRIT 2017 Writing for Business (3,2,1) (E)The course aims to help students write effectively in worksituations and learn writing as it exists in business and theprofessions. It prepares students to be effective writers andcommunicators in the workplace. Successful professional writingin business field does not only meet certain formal requirementsbut it also achieves the writer’s goals and meets the reader’sneeds. The course also helps students analyse how textual genrefunction in business and professional settings, and assist them gainextensive individual and collaborative writing practice in thesegenres and acquire expertise in applying persuasive techniques andin problem solving.WRIT 2025 Advertisement Copywriting (3,2,1)This course aims at introducing to students how copywriting inadvertising is different from general writing, and how it can playan important part in selling a brand, a product or a service. Inthis course, we will conceptualize advertising writing in relation toadvertising strategy, big idea, target audience and medium. Reallifecase studies and references will be used to inspire. As studentslearn from these examples, they will be required to apply the basicknowledge to write effectively for advertising campaign.WRIT 3005 Reading Masterpieces and (3,2,1)Writing Your OwnThe course aims to help students acquire a wide overview of themajor works of literature and non-literature, with a focus on someof the biggest names and works in and beyond the Chinese andWestern histories. By reading and discussing selected exemplarsin different literary and non-literary genres of different traditions,this course helps students choose various topical areas to researchfollowed by writing assignments in the same genres leading totheir final writing project.WRIT 3006 Professional Writing Practicum: (3,2,1) (E)Essentials of the Craft of WritingThis course aims to (1) enable students to cope with the writingtasks in the commercial and public fields of employment inHong Kong; (2) help student grasp and understand the functionalforms of writing in both English and Chinese; and (3) teachstudents the intellectual and practical skills necessary for effectivecommunication in the commercial field. (This course is crosslistedas HUMN 3016.)WRIT 3007 Writing for New Media (3,2,1)This course examines how the digital technological changescreate impacts on the practice of writing and explores variousmethods of writing for new media, such as websites, blogs,wikis, social networking sites, text messages, videos, and otherconverged media. While studying how technology shapes ouruse of networked communication, the course also investigatesthe emerging practices of writing and questions what it means towrite in the new media context.WRIT 3015 Scriptwriting for Theatre (3,2,1)The course aims at helping students acquire basic concepts,knowledge and skills, and provide them with practical trainingin writing theatre play. It aims not only at conveying practicalskills and techniques in theatre creation, but also helping studentsunderstand theatre as a distinguished art form, its aesthetics, anddevelop their own idea and style in theatre as an art.WRIT 4005 Cultural Differences and (3,2,1)Creative WritingIn the age of globalization, more and more cross-culturalvalues have been instilled in various forms of writings. Culturaldifferences in thoughts and writing styles have becomeincreasingly important, and writers better trained in masteringcultural diversities will be more successful. This course isdesigned to trigger greater understanding of cultural differencesin a globalized world and their impact on creative writing. It alsoprovides opportunities to discuss issues surrounding cross-culturalissues which could add color to creative writing. This course aimsto stimulate students’ thought about culture differences and theirimpact on creative writing, and guide them to master culturaldiversities in their writings.WRIT 4006 Writing Internship (3,*,*)The course aims to offer students the opportunity to applyknowledge they have gained in classrooms to a professionalenvironment. The fundamental values of the course lie inthe pedagogical benefit of “experiential learning”, combinedwith academic reflection and the idea of host companiessupporting emerging graduates in the field. During the periodof the internship, they will acquire industry experience throughproducing work to briefs and under the pressure of deadlines.They will also learn and improve their writing skills throughsharing their experience of writing with colleagues in a criticaland creative atmosphere.WRIT 4007 The Art of Creating Stories: (3,2,1) (E)Writing and AppreciationThe course will explore the art of storytelling by discussingthe history and role of storytelling in humanities. Followed byintroduction to the fundamental elements, i.e. character, point ofview, structure, plot, tension and dialogue with selected examplesfrom different genres and forms, a wide variety of fictions, poemsand movies will be introduced in this class. Students will learn toappreciate the art of storytelling, and create their own work. Atthe end of this course, students will develop a series of creativework that show their unique voice by making use of strategiesacquired during the process of learning. (This course is crosslistedas HUMN 4026.)WRIT 4015 The Double Face of Creativity: (3,2,1)Fact and FictionThis course aims to demonstrate the interrelationship betweenfact and fiction in the writing of creative works through theexamination and discussion of the historical fiction. While itis generally believed that fact and fiction are two different andsometimes even opposite writings which happen in differentcontexts, this course hopes to show that they are two sides of thesame coin. Through a study of the historical fiction, studentswill see the creative aspects of a critical research, and how beingcritical is an important step towards creativity. (This course iscross-listed as HUMN 4027.)WRIT 4016 Writing Diaspora in a Global (3,2,1)WorldThe course aims to provide students with a critical understandingof diaspora writings in Chinese and English in a globalizing worldfrom historical, cultural and political perspectives. It exposesstudents to important works and issues of diaspora writing indifferent genres and enhances their ability to analyse the culturalpolitics and writing strategies in different works.WRIT 4898-9 Honours Project I & II (3,*,*)This course aims to engage students in an independent researchin academic topic or the production of a creative work under theguidance of teaching staff throughout an academic year.